F F DER M DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF ETHIOPIA MIX IN TRY OF WATER RESOURCES
BARO-AKOBO RIVER BASIN INTEGRATED DEVELOPMENT M \STER PLAN STUDY
FINAL REPORT
Annex 2
NATURAL RESOURCES
Purt 1
May 1997
TAMS
New Y«k
ULG CONSULTANTS LTD
Warwick, U.KLA t‘3.
FEDERAL DEMOCRATIC REPUBLIC OF ETHIOPIA ministry of w ater resources
BARO-AKOBO RIVER BASIN INTEGRATED DEVELOPMENT
MASTER PLAN STUDY
Part I
Annex 2A              Land Evaluation
Annex 2B Soils and Soil Conservation
Annex 2C
Geology
Annex 2D
Mineral Resources
Annex 2E
Forestry
Annex 2F
Wildlife
Annex 2G
Tourism
Annex 2H
Apiculture
TAMS-LLG Bara-A kobo Rh»rBi*in lutep-ncd Development Master PlanINDEX OF VOLUMES AND ANNEXES
S0&- CU(£fc€|<
Volume I:..............................................EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Volume II:Resource Base And Development Options Volume HI:Master Plan Development
Volume IV:...................................  Project .Area Maps
Volume VPrefeasibiltty studies
ANNEXES
I. WATER RESOURCES
.Annex 1A ...Climatology
Annex IB Hydrology
Annex 1C.........................................
...Flood Studies
Annex ID Ground Water
Annex IE
... Reservoir Operation Studies
Annex IF  Sediment Studies
.Annex 1G
Water Resources Cost Estimating
Annex 1H Irrigation Projects
Annex 
II             Water             Supply             Projects 
.Annex IJ                      Hydropower Projects 2. NATURAL RESOURCES
Annex 2A ...
...      Land Evaluation
Annex 2B...................................... ..... Soils and Soil Conservation
Annex 2C ..
Annex 2D
.Annex 2E Forestry 
Annex 2F
Annex 2G
Annex 2H
Geology
Mineral Resources
Wildlife
................. Tourism Apiculture
Annex 21                     Agriculture
/Annex  2 J  .Renewable Energy 
.Annex 2K                          Fisheries
.Annex 2L
J. SOCIO-ECONOMICS
.Annex 3A
.......... Livestock Population Aspects
Annex            3B            Socio-Ethnic            Groups            Analysis Annex 3C             Economic Ln fra structures
Annex 3D ... Annex 3E
Annex 3F
4 ENVIRONMENT
... Social Infrastructures
Economic and Financial Analysis
.................. Institutional Support
Annex 4          Environment
TAMS-ULG Barv-Akubn River Basin Integrated Development Mislrr Plannatural resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
ANNEX 2A LAND EVALUATION
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobn River Basin Integrated Development Mailer PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2.4. LAND EVALUATION
CONTENTS
1. INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................................................1
2. ASSESSMENT OF AV AH ABLE DATA................. —...................................... ......... •............ .........2
5. SECTOR ENSTITI’TIONS................................................................................................................... 4
4. ANALYSIS AND MAPPING................................................................................................................ 5
4 1 Introduction .................................................................................................................................    5
4.2 Analysis ............ ........................................................... —-                  ............7
4.2.J Land Use Cover...................  ................. ........................................................................ .............. 7
4 22Land Urtfto.......................... ................................ .............................................................................. S
4 23 Land Evaluation ......................................... ..... ...... ........ .................... . ......................... ............... -
4.3 Results ....................................................................................................... ...... ..................... 10
4 3 1 Land Use Cover................ ....................  .................. ..........  ................. ■■ ■ ■■■         -70
4 3 / Land Evaluation.......  ...........................  .......................... . -12
5. PRIORITIES AND SECTOR PLAN..................................................................................................20
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 Tables
Appendix  2  Description  of  Soils  and  Land  Units.  ARDCO-GEOSERV Appendix 3 Crop Environmental Requirements
TABLES
Table 1     Data Sources .... ....
Table 2 Structure and definition of suitability classification
-—2
6
Table 3     Limits of Units for SCRC Classes .................................................................................     7
Tabled Comparison of Land Unit Mapping Units 
Table 5 Principal Crops of the Baro-Akobo Basin
9
................10
Table 6    Land Cover Mapping Legend ......................................................................................    11
Table 7    .Area in Each Population Support Capacity Mapping Unit                                              12
Tabie S    Land Suitability - Upper Basin ...................................................................................      13
Table 9    Land Suitability - Lower Basin ..... .................................................................................  15
Table 10
Criteria for Irrigable Land - Non-Rice Crops 
.... ............
16
Table 11
Area of land Suitable for Irrigation, Non-Rice
crops (km*)
.17
Table 12  Land Suitable for Irrigation of Rice (km2J ..................................................................     17
Table 13  .Area of SCRC Mapping Units 
................. ......................... 18
Table 14
Summary of Recommended Land Uses ...
18
Table 15
SCRC Units and Corresponding Land Capability Mapping Units 
19
Table 16
Areas in each Slope Class 
19
TAMS-ULG Baro-Xkubo River Basin Integrated Development Marler Plan
2A-inatural resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND evaluate
acronyms
ALL?               Assistance to Land Use Planning (TAO, 1984}
CEC                 Calion Exchange Capacity
FAO                 Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations
GIS                  Geographical Information System
Ll?RD              Land Use and Planning Regulatory Department
LUT                 Land Utilisation Type (FAO, 1984}
MLUP              Master Land Use Plan
MONDREP     Ministry ofNatural Resources Development and Environmental Protection
PSC                  Population Support Capacity
SCRC               Soil Conservation Requirement Classification
WBISPP          Woody Biomass Inventory and Strategic Planning Project
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Stater
IA - iiNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
I. INTRODUCTION
The objective of this  report is  the analysis  of the existing data on land resources  in order to produce relevant thematic  maps  and tables  These include a map showing the present land cover of the basin with tabulations  of the areas, a land capacity  map showing potential suitability  This  resulted in the production of a comparative table listing 19 Land Capability Mapping Units, which were generalised to 7 units  This  was  in order to make comparisons between the various  land evaluation systems  used in the project area and the identification of major soil and land constraints  to agricultural production, including their distribution The latter is  based on the limiting factors  of the tabulated Soil Conservation Requirement Classes (Table 13 in this volume refers).
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Bmd Integrated Development Master Plan
2A -1ANNEX 2A. LAND
natural resources
i assessment of available data
The quality and reliability of base data on land resources has been reviewed dunng thc irKcption phase (Inception Report Volume 2, Section 1 refers) an will not be repeated in Final Report A list of consulted data sources is included at Table 1
Table 1 Data Sources
Topic
Mapping
uniuatlributc
data
Source
Land Use
Land use-land cover
1 ARDCO-GEOSERV from WBISPP land cover maps combined with LUPRD agro-ecological zones and interpretation of TM images
2  Selkhozpromexport study
Soil and terrain analysi
s Land units
1 ARDCO-GEOSERV field soil survey and remote sensing data
2 Selkhozpromexport field soil surv ey 
data
Land Evaluation
Environmental
requirements
Land utilisation types
4
1 .Assistance to Land Use Planning vol 3, FAO 1984
2 Consultants estimates
1 -Assistance to Land Use Planning vol 3, FAO 1984
2 Consultants estimates
Soil Conservation
' conservation measures
1. Soil Conservation Research Project reports
Population Support
. Capacity
1 Master Land Use Plan, Main Report FAO 1988
The difficulty has been that thc studies for the Upper and Lower Basin used different systems ot soil and land classification and land use and land suitability This has meant that a degree of subjectivnv has been used ir. standard^ the mapping units for the present study
Data on lane use and land cover has been extracted from two main sources zonal government offices and nanonal projects principally the WBISPP (Woodv Biomass Inventory and Strategic
Planning Project, 1995)
The data from zonal offices suffer from three disadvantages
7
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobc Rnrr B
ai|n                           Development Mwr Pl™
2A • 2
Inatural resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
•     the data give the tabulated areas of different land uses and does not identifi their
spatial location;
•      the local government boundaries have changed dunng the life of the project making histoneal comparisons ven' difficult, and
•     the land use categories used by zonal offices are different from those used by WBISPP
The WBfSPP data are based on satellite imagery from the late !9R0s with some updating in the early 1990s The data cannot be considered to reflect the change in land use that has taken place in the basin over the last ten years
The mapping scale of the three environmental data sources mentioned in Table 1 are at best at the reconnaissance survey level, having a field scale of 1 200,000 in the Lower Basin (Soyuz 1983-1986 and at 1.250.000 in the Upper Basin (ARDCO-GEOSERV, 1995) At this  level of study, the basic  planning unit would coniain a relatively  large and would include a certain amount of inevitable inaccuracies The soil and land classification systems used by the studies of Soyuz  and ARDCO-GEOSERV' were based on different principles  and different levels  of survey  intensity  To combine the thematic  maps  of these studies, each mapping unit was assigned a specific Baro-Akobo land mapping unit number (refer to Table 4, page 9 and Table 1 I Appendix  1). totalling 44 mapping units  The original mapping units  have discrete
characteristics which were attached to the relevant Baro-Akobo land mapping units
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Bwin (nfegrated Development Marler PUn
2A 3NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. land evaluation
3.         SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
Under the Ministry  of Agriculture there are two  departments which  have responsibility  for land  use planning  The Department of Watershed  Development and  Land  Use and  the Department of Land  Use Studies and  Rural Technology  Development share the concerns regarding land use matters and soil conservation It should be noted that a new structure for the Ministry is currently under consideration (Section 1 1.3, Annex 3F. refers)
TAMS-ULG Bar«»-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Masterplan
2A 4
1NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
4.          ANALYSIS AND MAPPING
4.1. Introduction
The physical basis for land evaluation is the land unit which is defined in this study as an area of land with similar patterns  of soil and land characteristics. Land units  are not uniform, they represent identifiable and repeating patterns of land and at the level of master planning they are necessarily  broad A land unit for example, will include soils  of different texture and drainage and land with a range of slopes This means that any land evaluation based on these units will he a generalisation
The land evaluation undertaken follows  rhe method outlined in the Framework  for Land Evaluation (FAO 1976 and 1983). The framework  is  a standard set of principles  on which a system of land evaluation can be developed .An important characteristic  of the framework  is that the intended land use and the level of management envisaged must be defined For example, land can be evaluated in a general way for major land uses such as rainfed agriculture during a reconnaissance survey  or more specifically  for a land utilisation type such as smallholder, rainfed maize during a more detailed study
This  classification does  not forecast yield reduction by  suitability  class  divisions  It would take a considerable number of field tn al s and land evaluation surveys before yield levels could be included in the system. The use of fertilisers would also play an important role in the eventual yield level In any case this classification is only one step in the land evaluation process. The final land classes are based on the FAO Soil Conservation Requirements Classification (Table 3 refers)
It should be emphasised that the Soil Conservation Requirements Classification (SCRC) slope class divisions have been modified to allow for the inclusion of subclasses that indicate fow lring, swampy and waterlogged areas Erosion has also been identified
The evaluation can be undertaken for current and potential suitability Current suitability refers to the suitability for a defined use of the land in its present condition without improvements Potential suitability refers to the suitability for a defined use after specified improvements have been achieved. The structure of the suitability classification is summarised in Table 2
1AMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin integrated Development Master Plan
2A-5NATURAL resources
Table 2
ANNEX 2 A. LAND EVALUATION Structure and definition of suitability classification
Meaning
Symbol
Definition
, Order
Kinds of suitability
s
Suitable
N
Not suitable
Land on which
sustained use will yield benefits which justify inputs
Land which has qualities that appear to preclude sustained use
I Class 1
I
Degrees of suitability withm order
SI
Highly suitable         No significant limitations to sustained use
S2               Moderately suitable
1
S3
Marginally suitable
Moderate limitations
for sustained use
Land with limitations that make the sustained use of the land marginal
1
1
Nl
N2
i e^erosion
, d=drainage
Currently not            Limitations cannot be
suitable Permanently not
suitable
corrected at acceptable 1
cost to the farmer Permanently not suitable
Subclass
Kinds of
, limitation
Source Framework for land evaluation. FAO. 1976 and 1983
The present study has prepared an evaluation, showing lhe current and potential suitability of ihe land The classification of current suitability will identify- the constraints to sustainable land use and, therefore, form lhe basis of a sector plan
A  land  classification  based  on  the  Soil  Conservation  Requirement  Classification  (SCRC)  has also been used to identify' areas of land suitable for broad uses The SCRC is based on the Land Classification for Use in Soil Conservation, FAO 1988
According to this classification, the soil mapping units are assigned to one of eight classes in order of increasing erosion risk  although other factors  such as  soil depth, stoniness  and waterlogging arc taken into account The project has changed the slope limits from those used by FAO The classes of the SCRC are summarised tn Table 3
TAMS-ULG B>ro-A.kobo River Buin Lntegnted Development Mister Plan
2A - 6natural resources
annex 2A. land evaluation
Table 3 Limits of Units for SCRC Classes
SCRC
Class
Slope
Classes
(FAO)
Slope
Limit
(%)
Slope
Limit
in Degrees
Sub-class
Hazard
T
1
0-2
4
none
11
2
2-8
2.5-5°
He
erosion
|
HI
3
1-2
8-15
<8
5-9°
<5°
me
mw
erosion
intermittent waterlogging
T1V*
. V
4
16-29
9-17°
IVe
erosion
1+2
1
<8
<2
<5°
<2 5°
IVw
V
regular waterlogging Perennial swamps
Vi
5
30-50
17-25°
Vie
Erosion
vn
6
> 50
>25°
Vile
severe  erosion,  soil  depth < 50 cm
Sill
6
6
1--------------------
> 50
> 50
___ _________ r-     »
>25
>25°
vnids
VTTlde
soil depth < 25cm and 85 || % rock outcrops
<  25  cm  soil  depth  and  1 severe erosion
4.2 Analysis
4.2.! Land Use Cover
The interpretation of land use is  limited to the WBISPP mapping This  provides  an indication
□f  the  land  use  and  its  general  cover  at  a  particular  point  in  time  but  docs  not  allow  any interpretation  of  land  use  changes  Despite  repeated  requests  for  additional  data,  none  has been forthcoming
Associated with land use is  the concept of Population Support Capacity  (PSC) as  developed by  the Master Land Use Plan (MLUP, Technical Report 1, FAO 1988) The model is  useful for identifying areas already at. or approaching, the capacity of the land to support a particular population density  Such information can be used in conjunction with data on land and soil characteristics  to identify1 areas  of actual or potential degradation and as  an aid to planning development options  Further basic  information regarding the usefulness  of PSC in land planning is provided in section 4 3.1 on page 11
The population support capacity  was  calculated for each wereda depending on the resources available to meet the combined food, livestock  and fuelwood requirements  of the population The model estimates  the available food grain equivalent produced by  the composite farming systems  in a wereda, such as  oxen requirements, income from sales  of grain and costs  of production The minimum area required for subsistence by a typical farm family is estimated in Lhe model taking into account the basic nutrition and fuel needs of a farm family The model then calculates the number of farm families which can be supported by the available resources 
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Baiin Integrated Develupment Master Plan
2A- 7NATURAL RESOURCES ANNEX 2A. l AND EVALlATl^
a, current levels of productivity The supportable number of families is compared in the mode| with present and future estimates of family numbers based on population projections as 
by the Master Land Use Plan
The inputs to the model include a variety of land suitability' and land use items as listed be|Ou
•
Areas  of potentially  arable land defined as  Length of Growing Period and expressed ,
4
>90  days,  soils  >  25cm  deep,  surface  stones  <  50-90%,  slopes  <  30%  and  excluding
vertisols Estimates of rural and urban population in 1985, 1995 and 2010
•
.An   oxen-to-cattle   conversion   factor   to   compute   the   minimum   number   of   cattle
required by the farming system
•
Potential fuelwood production per hectare
•
Potential forage production per hectare
•     Human nutrition at 162 6 kg grain equivalent per year per capita
•      Cattle nutrition levels at 2.280 kg dry matter per year
The results of the model show the actual number of families in a wereda as a percentage of the supportable number as calculated by the model The resulting percentage can be either positive or negative depending on whether the particular wereda is  projected to be over or under supported by the land capacity The mapping legend is as follows
•     No pressure on the land from future population increase - no pressure
•     Population at capacity within 25 years: - at capacity within 25 years
•     Population at capacity within 10 years: - at capacity within 10 years
•      Population at capacity in 1995/96: - at capacity
•      Population density critical, in 1995/96. relief measures required - critical
The assumptions used in the model allow the calculation of a PSC that can be thought of as a worst case situation In most areas, for example, slopes in excess of 30% are extensively used as are vertisols; the iand is capable of supporting more families than the model predicts but at the cost of environmental degradation. The Population Support Capacity  however does provide a base line against which to measure the extent and scale of the potential problems facing a particular area
4.2.2 Land Units
The land units  used in the evaluation for the upper basin are those defined by  ARDCO- GEOSERV The units are classified firstly on the basis of major landform and then according to soil characteristics  within landform units  The total number of units  defined in this  way amount to 108 However, many of them are considered to be sufficiently similar enough to be grouped together Descriptions  of the upper basin Soils  and Land units  are given in Appendix 2
The definition of land units in the lower basin is similar io soils with similar properties grouped together to give six major groups which are in turn sub-divided according to topography, soil depth and hydro-physical properties The mapping unit is used in this studv and the equivalent ARDCO-GEOSERV and Selkhozpromexport units are shown in Table 4.
TAMS-ULG Barv-Akobo River Basin Inle-frated Development Master Plan
2A-8DATURAL RESOURCES _________ ____ _________
ANNEX 2A. land EVALUATION
Table 4
Comparison of Land Unit Mapping Units
Baro-Akobo Land
Mapping Units
ARDCO- GEOSERV
Mapping Units
Baro-Akobn Land
Mapping Units
MO I
MO 2
MOS
MO 4
MO 5
MO 6
Hl I
Hl 2
Hi 1
HI 4
Hl 5
PI 1
Pl 2
Pl 3
PI 4
Pl 5
Pl 6
PU 1
PU 2
PUS
PU 4
PU 5
X
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
33
36
37
38
39
40
4!
42
43
44
ARDCO-
GEOSERV
/Soyuz Mapping
Units
PU 6
PU 7
Pl1 8
PL 1
PL 2
PL 3
PL 4
PL 5
Soyia Units In lb la Ila lib lie Hla lib
IVb He Fa I'b
J 7
ll
4.2-3 Land Evaluation
Land Utilisation Types
The  level  of  management  assumed  in  the  definition  of  land  utilisation  types  for  the  current suitability is as follows
1        Rainfed.  smallholder  subsistence  agriculture  with  low  levels  of  inputs  and  reliant  on family labour,
2       Rainfed, estate production of tea and coffee with high level of inputs,
3.     Irrigated (commercial or smallholder) cropping with a high level of management
The  potential  suitability  assumes  improved  rainfed  smallholder  subsistence  agriculture  with adequate inputs of fertiliser and, importantly, soil conservation measures
The crops considered in the land evaluation have been taken from those currently grown in the area plus a few considered to have potential The major crops grown in the Basin arc shown in Table 5.
TAMS-ULG BaroAkobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2A-9NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALU
ATl(
^
Principal Crops of the Bsro-Akobo Basin.
Major er ops
Upper Basin
Lower Basin
Cereals
teff, wheat, barley, millet, maize, sorebum
sorghum, maize. rice
Grain legumes
field peas, horse bean, faba bean, chick pea
soybean, lentils
Oilseeds
rtiser, linseed, sesame
sesame, groundnuts,
sunflower, rapeseed
Vegetables
cabbage, carrot, tomato, potato, sweet potato
onion, pepper sweet potato'
------------  ---------------------
Spices
turmeric, cardamom, coriander, ginger
Fruit
banana, orange
banana, mango
Other
coffee, chilli, tea, sweet
potato
cotton, sugarcane
Source ARDCO-GEOSERV, for I992Z3 and Sclkhozpromexpon 198’
The land evaluation in the upper basin has been undertaken for maize, teff enscte, groundnut, grain legumes, wheal, tea and coffee A composite class has been used for grain legumes based on the requirements for faba bean and pea In the lower basin the crops considered are cotton, sugar cane rice sorghum, maize, sesame, groundnut and soybean Rice and sugar cane have been included as they have a high potential under the conditions in the lower basin
Environmental Requirements
The environmental requirements  for the crops  proposed in the land use planning have been modified in accordance with the guidelines  provided in Assistance to Land Use Planning (ALUP) Volume 3. Environmental Requirements  (FAO, 1984). The requirements  as  given by ALUP are restricted for land suitability  classes  SI, S2 and N as  their evaluation was  at the reconnaissance level It has been necessary to establish requirements to distinguish classes SI and S2 to enable an evaluation based on the classes as set out in Table 2
The environmental requirements for the crops considered in the land evaluation are included as 
.Appendix 3 Each land unit includes a range of soils, landforms and altitude, so some land units have been designated subclasses, for example S2 S3, to reflect this
Z
4.3 Results
4. X Z Land Use Cover
The land use mapping is based on the land cover map of the WBISPP The legend has been simplified from the original and is shown in Table 6, This study indicates that some 40% the land cover consisted of open woodland at the time of data collection (WBISPP. 1995)
TAMS-l LG Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plannatural resources
annex 2A. land evaluation
Table 6 Land Cover Mapping Legend
Class
Description
Area (km )
1
%
RO
oren bushland 20-50% cover
1106.49
1 46 !
du
ri
ratnfed cultivation > 60% cover
13933 40
18 36
moderate cultivation/verv disturbed forest
1412 50
1 86
C2/FB3
C2/GO C6
moderate cultivaLion/open grassland
154 84
020
perennial cultivation
138 70
0 18
C6/FB3
C6 PPI
perennial cultivation very disturbed forest
25591
034
^perennial cultivation-major plantation
27 68
0 04
FB2
FB3 FB3/C6
disturbed forest
3350.82
4 41
very disturbed forest
10834 85
14 27
vert disturbed forest;perennial cultivation
1361 84
1 79
FB3 GO
ven- disturbed forest, open grassland
104 87
0 14
FO/WO
bamboo/open woodland
196 17
0 26
FR2
undisturbed riparian forest
904 11 ’
1 19 |
SF
state farm
18.53
0 02
WD
dense woodland > 50% cover
6256.50
8.24 1
WD/WO
dense/open woodland
1181 37
1.56
WO
open woodland < 50% cover
31503 92
4] 50
WO GO
dense woodland/open grassland *
2563 26
3 38
WO/WD
— -----------------   —~ open dense w oodland
604 81
0 80
Total
75.910,57
100 00
Source BARO-AKOBO Water Resources Master Plan, GIS from WBISPP data.
Population Support Capacity (PSC)
The concept of population support capacity  (PSC) in agricultural planning has  been developed in the Master Land Use Plan prepared by  the FAO It is  described in their Technical Report No 1, 1988 The concept is  a useful tool to identify1 areas  that are at or near pre-determined lex-ds  of population densities  that would be too high for the soil and water resources  of the area to support a specific  population density  This  information could be used in connection with data on land and soil degradation In other words, the PSC could provide advance warning that a particular area could be incapable of supporting a forecasted density- of population within a specified penod Appropriate counter measures  to remedy  such conditions could then be taken
Further details  concerning the PSC model is  provided in Volume H, Chapter 5 In addition. Chapter 3, Section 3.2 4 provides  a discussion of the data base generated with the help of the
rIS.   Trie   data   base   has   been   generaied   from   three   existing   sets   ARDCO-GEOSERV   G1S Sdkhozpromexport    (Soyuz)    study    and    the    WBISPP.    TAMS-ULG    collated    data    collected    in the   field   from   central   and   local   government   offices   The   Woody   Biomass   study   was   probably the  first  to  create  an  extensive  data  base  that  used  the  PSC  model  This  model,  together  with other    data    files   extracted    from    the    WBISPP    was   processed   into   Arc/Info   files   These   files were then migrated wnh the TAMS-ULG analysis, forming the basis for new interpret^
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Interned Development MasteTpiIn
1A- 11NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALIJATIq^
data,   which   included   combined   basins’   soils   and   land   units,   land   capacity   and   other   thernat](; interpretations
The population support capacity maps were produced following the legend in section 47 j
The area of each identified mapping unit is shown in Table 7. The area calculated as critical from the PSC model totals some 11,440 km  or 15% of the area The model is visu^ presented in Map 19 (Volume JV, Map Album).
Table 7 Area in Each Population Support Capacity Mapping Unit
2
Mapping Unit
Area (km )
1
%
Wereda (GIS code)
No pressure
30609.27
40 32
64.63,62,42,68,33,41,447 43,35,46,36.69,37.38.30, 52.55,60.57.58,59,
Al capacity (1995)
85 59
ob
47
Al capacity within 10 ycats
17535.92
23 10
34.9.10,24,21.17,14,32.2 9.27.39 67.48,51,70
At capacity within 25 years
16240.01
21 39
65,66,6,7,8,25,23,40.34,
31
Critical (1995)
11440 97
15.07
1,2,15,16.18.19.5,12,13. 28,26,45.53,54 49
Total
75,911 76
99 99
—
Source BARO’AKOBO Water Resources Master Plan GIS from WBISPP, 1995.
4.11 Land Evaluation
Rain fed Crop Production
r>
The  results  of  the  land  evaluation  are  shown  in  Table  8  and  9  for  the  upper  and  lower  ha  gins respectively.
TAMS-ULG BanhAJtobo Rher Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2A-12Table 8             Land Suitability - lipper Basin
, Baro-Akobo Land
Mapping Unit
ARDCO
GEOSERV
Maize
TefT
Enscte
Groundnut
Grain
legumes
Wheat
Tea
Cofft
n
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
MO 1
MO 2
MO 3
MO 4
MO 5
MO 6
Hi 1
Hi 2
Hi 3
Hi 4
Hi 5
Pi 1
Pi 2
Pi 3
Pi 4
Pi 5
Pi 6
N2Z
N2.i
N2.i
S3d
S3iuit(S2) S2-S3.n
N2.i
S3.,(S2)
S2„
S2.,(S1)
33^(52)
N2,i
S3,.(S2) S2„(S2>
S2d(SI)
Slu(Sl)
S3j,
N2.i
N2.i
N2.i
S3bv.ii
S2-3.a
N2„
S34vj|i
S2-3u.it S2-3,u i,
n
S3jf
N2.i
S3 (S2)
1(
S2.i-.it
S2a*h
S2u.aH
N2d,
N2*
N2lllh
N2uf.it
N2iK
N2.h
N2.i,
N2,t
N2gf.ii
N2.it.iip
N2.it.igp
N 2.14,115*
N2„
N2.h_i|p N2.iH.igp
NZjjL'ijgi
N2.ij/ij|> N2.it.ip,
N2.vik
N2gf.ii
N2*u
S3tv<ip
S3lU
S3.h
N2,(
S3.L.H
S2-3u jt
N2 v ii
t(
N2o
N2.i
N2u
N2
adp
N2b1
N2,»
N2.t
N2,b S3.ii.igp S3.i .j
L  tp
N2^
p
a
S2-3.h
N2*
N2u dP
S3.Li.ti
S3..,
S3 it n
Bp
S3.a
N2,r
N2jf.it
N2.v.n
S3lh
S3.k
S3ltl
N2d
S3.v>it
S3 bL'jlIi
S3,n
S3lU
N2,.
S3.*
S3 j,
S3lh
S3„.
S3j,
S2iv.it
S2.V.H
N2d,
S3gL.it
S2ur.li
S2.lui
S34ii.h
N2,.
S3u.it
S3u*u
S2,h
S2.h
S3 ,
a
N2,i
N2.,
N2,i
S3u
S.lipp
S3L!p
N2U
N2.L-dp S 3.,iv tap
S3*
N2*
N2.i
S3uigp
SI
SI
SI
N2 .
N2.iAiP S3,., S2-3.ta
N2
J(
tl
N2„
1 S3.it/tgp S3^ivigp
1 S3. pH SJutZpH N2*r
• N2,i - permanently not suitable (N2) due io slope
Explanalion of land suitability limiting factors: all (altitude), dr (draiiuigc). Igp (length of growing period), dp (soil depih), pH (acidity/alkalinity level), si (slope)Table 8 continued Land Suitability - Upper Basin
Barv-Akobo Land
1 Mapping
Unit
ARDCO-
GEOSERV
Maize
TeiT
i    Ensete
Groundnut               Grain Legume"!
Wheat
Tea
Coffee
18
19
20
2!
22
23
1 24
l’ 25
27
28
29
|.3O
PU 1
PU2
PU 3
PU 4
PU 5
PU 6
PU 7
PUS
PL 1
PI. 2
PL 3
PL 4
PLS
NZtpjp
N2,i
N2u
S3„{S2)
S2d
S2„(Sl) S2.,(SI)
Nl*
S3-N1.,
S2U
S2 |
B Lt)(
N2,
N2,,
S3-N,i S3.,(S2)
S2.,
S2.i
S2„
N2dr
S3tVdi
S3.,,
N2.„
N2.h
N2,i,
N2t|/(ip
N2„
N2j
S3.™
S2 u«ii
a
SI-2,11
SI-2,a
Nljr
N2.I,
N2.U
N2.k
N2„t
N2.|t
N2.i
N2*|
N2.i
N2.h
N2.i<
N2lt1
N2.H
N2.i,
S3.i,
S2-3.(
N2dr
N2,i
N2.,
S3.,(S2)
S3,i(S2)
S3.,(S2)
S2.i(S1)
S2.,(S 1)
N2Jr
S3.,,
S3h,
N2.1,
N2,„
N2.
1(
N2.i
N2d
N2.i
S3,,
S2d
S2 ii
p
S2^i
Nldr
S3-N,i
S2«un
N2d,
S3,|t
S3jii
N2,,
N2j
N2.i
S2.ii
S2.i,
S2.h
N2,it
52^
S3d(S2)
N2a,
N2.h
N2,lt
N2,„
N2,i
N2„
N2.t
S2m
S2„
SI
Si
N2d,
S3.t(S2)
Si
N2jr
N2.h
N2.„Tht>Ce 9       Land Suitability - Lower Basin
Baro-
Akobo
Land
Mapping
Unit
Russian
Unit
Cotton
Sugar
cane
Rice
Surghnm
Maine
Sesame
Groundnut 1
Soybean "
II 31
32
ll 33
34
1 35
1 36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
la
lb
Ic
Ila
lib
tic
Illa
Ulb
IVa
[Vb
IVc
Va
Vb
VI
S2
p![
.S2 ,
C
S2l1
S3ta
S3U
S3ta
Nlj(S2-3j) NL(S2-3<)
Nlj(S2-3d) NU(S2-3J
Nlj(S2-Jd)
N2df
N2Jf
Nz
SI
SI
SI
S2U
S2U
S2tt
S3 (S2 >
dd
sij(sao
S3 (S2 >
dd
NU(S2J NMS2J
N2*
N2
d(
n2
S2j
S2b,
SL,
Nlu
Nk
S3u
Siu
S3u
Si
SI
SI
Nir
Nlf
Nj
SI
SI
SI
S2u
SL
SL
S34S2J
S34(S2d)
S3d(S2j N1*(S2-3j) NIjJSS-Uj)
N2df
N2
d(
Na
S2
S2
$2
SL
S2u
S2te
Nl (S2-3 )
dd
Nl,(S2-3d) Nh(S2-3d) NI,(S2 3d)
Nli(S2-3d)
N2jf
N2dr
n3
SL
SL
SL
si
SI
SI
N:US3d)
Nlj(Slj)
Nid(S3j
NlXS3d)
Nlj(S3j)
N2dr
N2<r
N;
SL
S2ta
SL
SI
SI
SI
N 1,(33,)
NL(S3j)
Nld(S3d)
NUS3j)
Nh(SM
N2Jf
N2ir
Nz
S2U
SL
S2u
SI
SI
SI
N 1,(83,)
Nlj(S3d)
Nld(S3j)
Nl (S3 )
dd
N 1,(53,)
N2dr
N2jf
Njnatural resources
The potential land suitability limiting factors identified can 1 such as altitude or length of suitability is not always given.
ANNEX 24. LAND EV.ALUa^
is given in brackets after the current suitability \0[
>e overcome with the resources available to the farmer and growing period cannot be altered For this reason a p
The    limiting    factors    included    in    the    suitability    evaluation    are    given    in    Appendix    3
dominant limitation throughout the upper basin is  slope and to a much lesser extent jmped'• drainage in valley  bottoms  Soil depth and stoniness  are a limitation only  on the steeper slop-' Soil fertility  criteria are included in the environmental requirements  but the soil data indica- that, with the exception of phosphorus  and to a lesser extent nitrogen, organic  matted potassium and CEC levels  are generally  high Only  soil acidity  has  been identified as  a probl^ in some soils where the values may be as low as pH A 0
In the lower basin the major limiting factors  are texture, drainage and flooding Land mappir units  31 to 36 are suitable for a range of crops  whereas  units  37-41 are only  suitable for hq Units  42-44 arc  either prone to prolonged flooding or are very  shallow and are therefor unsuitable for crop production (Table 9 refers)
Irrigated Crop Produetion
The   criteria   used   to   define   irrigable   land   are   given   in   Table   10   Following   the   definitions   the areas of irrigable land in the basin have been summarised and are presented in Table 11.
Table 10 Criteria for Irrigable Land - Non-Rice Crops
Criteria
Suitable Land Moderately
Suitable
Not Suitable
Slope                                  < 2% =
2-8%
>8%
Soil depth
>150 cm
> 150 cm
< 150 cm
Texture
sandy  loam  to  heavy loams
clays
loamy sand, sand
Drainage
well   to   moderately well drained
imperfectly drained, somewhat excessiveh drained
poorly drained, excessively drained
Flooding
no flooding___________
no flooding
intermittent flooding J
TAMS-ULG B^Akobo River
^dop^i Master PlanNATURAL resources
ANNEX 2A- LAND EVALUATION
Table 11 Area of land Suitable for Irrigation, Non-Rice crops (km )
l and Mapping
Unit
Suitable
(km )
Moderately Suitable
(km )
1
1
~6
10
11
15
16
17
X- J
24
25
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
36
88
451
132
329
2498
190
1377
488
2458
115
196
1970
1665
628
40
1518
88
Total
2,277 00
11,954 00
3
The area of imgable land in each land unit has  been found by  assuming that 60% of the gross area of the unit is  suitable for irrigation. This  is  to reflect the fact thai the mapping units  are not homogeneous  and include a range of soil and land characteristics  The area of vertisols  in each unit has  also been excluded The total area of the basin suitable for irrigation of non-rice crops totals 14,231 km of which 16% is suitable and 84% moderately suitable.
The irrigation suitability  mapping units  have been modified to show a class  for marginally suitable land This  is  necessary  because it is  not possible to reduce the mapping units  by  40% of I heir area and so the area of land moderately  suitable for irrigation would be over- represented The area of land suitable for ihe irrigation of rice is given in Table 12
Table 12 Land Suitable for Irrigation of Rice (kin )
3
Land Unit
Suitable
Moderately
Suitable
Potentially
Irrigable
31
32
33
36
L2Zd>
1665
628
40
88
4269
Total
756.00
1,665.00
4,269 00
TAMS-LLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUaT]On
The areas  m Table 12 have been arrived al after deducting 40% of the gross  area as  for Tah|c H The area of potentially  suitable land is  that suffering from limitations  of flooding and/Q.
ven' poor drainage and which require substantial investment to overcome
Land Capability Classification
The    land    capability    classification    is    based    on    the    SCRC    (Soil    Conservation    Requ;remcn(s Classification) units The area of each of the eleven SCRC units is given in Table IS.
Table 13 Area of SCRC Mapping Units
SCRC Class              Area (km1)
Recommended Land Use
I
□e
| III e
in w
IV e
I IV w
I Vw
Vsh
Vis
Me
I VII e
vmds
MH de
2275            annual crops/perennial
19,259            annual crops/perennial
11,844            annual crops/perennial
9,705            annual crops
2,619            perennial/  annual crops marginal 7,554            non-agri cultural
4.823            non-agricultural
2.084            non-agri cultural
3,351 perennial crops/grazing 5,999 perennial crops/grazing
2,683            forestry
2,408            catchment protection
1,302            catchment protection
1
SCRC: Soil Conservation Requirements ClassificabonfFAO, 1984)
Table  13  identifies  the  major  limitations  to  land  use  and  recommends  the  most  suitable  use  for the land The areas of recommended land uses are summarised in Table 14.
Table 14 Summary of Recommended Land Uses
Recommended Land Use
Area (km )
1
as % of total
1 Annual crops/perennial
Perennial crops/grazing
forestry
catchment protection
non-agri cultural
36,000/9,705
9,350
2,683
3.710
14.465
60.20
12.32
3 56
4 86
19.06________
Total
75.910
100.00
The SC RC classes have been mapped as land capability units using the land units as 
units The land units usually correspond to a single SCRC class but some contain two For th*5 reason the following SCRC units have been mapped, Table 15
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Basu lmefriterf [VAelopnien! Miner Plan
1A - ISNATURAL resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
TAMS-ULG Bar^Akobo River Ba.in Int^raled Devdopmem MiMer Plan
2A - Wnatural resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATj
Table 15 SCRC Units and Corresponding Land Capability Mapping Unit,
Land Capability Mapping Unit
SCRC Class
Land Mapping Units
-
ry
]
2                                     HE
3
4
5
6
III E
Ill W
IV E
IV W
7                                    VI s 3                                    VIE 9                                     vn e
10
II
12
13
14
15
1 16
VIII DS
VTHDE
i/iw
I/IV w
iv w/n e
IHE/TV W
iv w raw
1 17                                  VII EA'TII DF 18                                 VW
19
VSh
32.33,36
15,16,31.34,35
5,6,9,14,23,24
10,22,37,38
13,26.27
39,40,41
4,20
8,21
2
1.7,18.
3,12
30
29
17,28
11
25
19
42,43
44
The  project  has  also  used  the  GIS  (Section  3  2.  Volume  II  refers)  to  calculate  the  areas  in different slope classes The slope class units and the areas are given in Table 16
Table 16 Areas in each Slope Class
Stope Class (%)                    Code
Area (km )
J
0-2
2-8
8-16
1 16-30
30-50
>50
1
2
3
4
5
6
19,430"
23,944
14,922
10.786
5,039
1.789
Total
75,910               ;
7 AMS-l LG Biro-Akobfl River Bavln lnlfKralfd Devclopmenl Master Plan
2A- 20NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
5. PRIORITIES AND SECTOR PLAN
A     number     of     development     priorities 
have     been     considered     These     priorities     are     mainly 
concerned with environmental degradation and population increases
1        The “Without Project" situation has been reviewed in relation to soil conservation
Details are provided in Volume 2.1, Annex 2B. where three options have been
discussed It has been noted that siltation and sedimentation are the major problems for
the proposed dams and irrigation projects
2           Population   increase   in   the   areas   identified   as   most   at   risk   would   accelerate   erosion Proposals have been prepared and are described in Volume 2 1 Annex 2B
3           Basin   catchment   protection   in   order   to   reduce   excessive   ntn-ofl   and   the   rehabilitation   of eroded and deforested land.
TAMS-ULG
-
2A- llE
annex 2A. LAND EVALCa^
I
NATURAL RESOURCES_____________________
references
4FlOTWMk for Land Ev.1u.tion FAO of the UN.Ro™. 1976 and I M3
Baro-.Akobo    Ban    MWer    Pie"    Study    of    Waler    and    Land    Resources    of    the    Gantbefe    H Volume V, Annex 4 Soils and Their Possible Uses
Booker Tropical Soil Manual. Longmans 1984
Master Land Use Plan, .Annex 1. Population Supporting Capacity FAO, 1988
Master   Land   Use   Plan.   Annex   2   Regional   Profile   of   I^nd   Resources   FAO,   1988
Master Land Use Plan. Annex 3 Regional Profiles of Livestock and Fuelwood FAO 1988
Master Land Use Plan, Main Report FAO, 1988
Reconnaissance   Master   Plan   for   the   Development   of   the   Natural   Resources   of   the   Rift   Valley Lakes Basin, Final Report, Volume 2 Land Resource Assessment. 1992
Survey and .Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin. Final Report, Volume 3a Land Use and Cover, 1995
Survey and .Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin, Final Report, Volume 3b Soils, 1995 Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin. Final Report, Volume 3c Land
Suitability Classification, 1995
Woody Biomass and Inventory and Strategic Planning Project, Annex 2. Land Use Systems, 1995
Woody Biomass and Inventory and Strategic Planning Project, Annex 3, Socio-cultural and Economic Aspects of Crop, Livestock, and Tree Production. 1995.
fAMS-LLG Baro-Akobo khvr Buin Integrated Dei ekipmen I Muter Plan
2A-22NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A. LAND evaluation
Appendix 1
Tables
Table    I    I    Generalised    Land    Capacity    Classes    and    Corresponding    Land    Units.    SCRC Classes and ARDCO-GEOSER.V and SOYUZ Mapping Units
Table 1.2. Land Units/Land Capacity vs FAO Classification
Table 1 .3,          Land Units Distribution per Wercda {% of wereda area) Table 1.4 Land Capacity Distribution per Wereda (% of wereda area)
TAMS-LLG K,.„ B*, lo Mantr p|>ii
,NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2A.  LAND F,Vai I,
- -----------------------------
Mapping Units
ardco-geoserv
A Sclkhompro.
SCRC1’
Subclasses
(FAO, I9M)
>•
,:s *i
Snnual with *°®c ffftllBill crops
Laid CapMity
Generalised
(|9 classes to 7)
1
Mainlv annual
crops with isolated patches
of perennial crops on slopes of
less than 29% Some minor
jreot of intermittent flooding may occur
Land Capability Mippi»|
(Table 15. refen)
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
12
lb
1c
lie
PI4
PIS
Ii>n
Ila
lib
MO5
MO6
H13
PI3
PU6
PU7
H14
PU5
Illa
nib
PI2
PL1
PL2
PLS
I
1
1
he
HE
HE
HE
HE
HIE
HIE
HIE
HIE
iiie
HIE
1IIW
IHW
niw
IIIW
ive
IVE
IVE
VIHW
v
3J
34
IS
16
31 i
J4
35
5
6
9
(4
23
24
10
22
37 1
31
13
26
27
30
Non-agricultural low hmg areas
2
Regularly
waterlogged.
cropping possible on
receding flood
waters
6
6
6
18
18
19
IVa
IVb
IVc
Vi
Vb
VI
rvw
IVW
IVW
VW
VW
VSh
39
40
41
42
44
Perennial crops and limited grazing
3
Land on slopes tn
excess of 30% and
lets than 50%
7
7
8
8
MO4
PU3
HI2
PU4
VIS
VIS
VIE
VIE
4
20
8
21
Forested land
4
Land on slopes in
excess oj 50%
9
MO2
VIIE
2
Catchment
Protection
5
Land on slopes in
excess of 50%,
with shallow and
roch sods
10
10
10
11
11
Mamh
non agricultural
with isolated patches
of annul cropping
HI1
MOI
put
MO3
Pll
VHIDS
VHIDS
VHIDS
VIHDE vnmr
7
1
IS
3
I2 ^-
6
Waterlogged areas
mixed with areas
suitable for annua*
crops
roreited land
'on rock) outcrops
13
14
14
K
16
7
Land in excess of 5(J%
ilope k uh soil depth
* 23gh d 854
PL4
PI6
PL3
HIS
PUS
I7VE
1VW/IIE
IVW/I1E
IIIE/IVW
rvuz/nru.'
17
PU2
vnE/vni
_
29
17
28
■i
'         ^19
outcrops
TAMS-ULG  Biro-Akobo River Ba$mln|         ”,cgritrt Development Ma.ter Plan
I
-Jnatural resources
ANNEX 2A. LAND EVALUATION
Table 1.2. Land Units/Land Capacity vs FAO Classification
Lan J IJml
1 and ^iTpnhlllPf
1 -and Cap c    Gfimp
LAND CAPABILITY CLAl sification
1
ItE        tfW
I1IE
IIIW
IVL
ivw
Vw
Vsh       VIS
VIE
vise
VTJID!
]
mnl
5
123
VII1D
7
1237]
j
mol
9
4
20*
1
2083
3
11
3
671
9         679]
4
7
J
260
1
2691
c
nw3
3
1
13*
>
1399
6
mot)
3
1
MS
549
1
10
5
866
B
hi?
3
IWi
5
|946
t
9
hd
J
I
3477
34’2
10
hi4
4
I
41M
4164
11
hiS
15
6
474
316
790
12
pil
11
5
121
121
13
5
1
693
14
pU
3
1
1678
1678
15
pt 4
2
1
2295
229S
16
2
1
903
9Q3
17
Pl6
14
6
58
IB
146
i&
pul
10
5
318
JIB
19
fHil
17
7
620
507
112“
:o
pul
7
3
762
762
j
PU4
B
3
•W66
4066
22
fhiS
4
I
7010
7010
23
Pll6
3
t
4096
J4
PM 7
3
1
191
191
25
pu8
16
6
33
293
326
26
PH
5
1
635
638
17
pl2
5
1
130*
1306
2!
14
6
3233
2189
5472
29
____ "!z
13
6
752
188
940
30
pi 5
12
1
220
55
275
n
!■
2
L
2775
2774
32
lb
1
r
1047
HU-
33
k
1
i
67
67
34
lb
2
i
2530
33
lib
25301
2
i
3324
36
Lie
3324
I
i
146
37
lib
4
i
146
4
38
111b
4
i
4
2618
39
IVa
6
2
2&!n|
277
43
IVb
6
2
277
3924
41
|42
IVt
Va
6
14
2
2
3924
292
292
43
Vb
IB
2
IL Total
VI
19
2
----- - 1
liSj 1
29B9
1151
■USrfHJ
1
2290
19274
IIB59
9720
2634
7567
4840
2096
2W6
3363
60I2
1354
2421
1061
2096 | 74401
TAMS-ULG BaroAkotx. River Basin Integrated Development Muter PlanTable 1.3 Land Units Distribution per Wereda
u•
■natural resources
annex 2A. land evaluation
Table 1.4- I -and Capacity Distribution per Weteda (% of Wcreda area)
'Afteda ]W5
IjidjrriJ AnfiU
I anil Hw-i i
Gy i Kebc
Mcfofe Weld
Dtle Wjfrera
Dale Sedi
L&JcJCilc
Hr* A Gel an
A r~ J CrulilQ
Huji Cbefenrsa
anil lYrntf-j!
Ytibdo
Li^r A ub i
Ginrfa.
Mini
Nnlg luba
Meko ______
Sachi____
Diftfnu
Supy A feAi
Hilf
Durene
Meeu
iiurunu
Dnl-i LaLo
fay'lcm
iigiTi.l
Sweny^
Mdiiia___ Anderadsa Ydu 
□ciJui TiUra Gawafis
‘ c-h,i Tinnfea
Chsrtii
SihMlM
TraiCld
Maiul Ma i
G=3belu
2 111
Ckdcn:
TAMS-ULG BaroAkobo River Basm Integrated Development Master flanIANMEX2A. LAND EVALUATION
natural resources
Appendix 2*
Description of Soils and Land Units ARDCO-GEOSER5*
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobu River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanI
Ihildc ID 4 Ikscuntinn of Soil r.iiinlict
ColiHir
Clatnfn.uii<»n (KAO - I9MM)
25 ItNI
All |tMI
MO 45. H' J4 25
run
23.50
25-50
25-50
5fbl-M>
100 1 Ml
al r <1 < h
» b «l r.b
•I b -v d li JI.   d   «J> V f -d t la «l 1« -d I la
f la -J f
) l -J f h
d.f h -t h
16-10
llcM.k Surface*
I ailir* I <|d*n*4l
L>)»uk CuiibHoh ILiUik pliAsc) IlipliL Avtltuli (Sluncy ph»<)
ulric I ^ptujuH
F.ulric Cwibiwli (Lilhac plaxte > Cluomic Camb wait (Lalhk plia*<) Eutrac    CanaUanh    (Uuikv     pliase) llaplic Lixaiol*
CIwcmiik Carrtb'wh
Dyslnc Carwbisoh Eulfic V<rit*olt CltfUIIIK' I utiloll
Ih 21. III 4J. ru 52.1’U 55. I‘i 25
•I f l» «v r
d t h -al f
I Uplu NiliuJ*
MOM. KI 61
PL 51
h 61. Hl Ml
f li >d r li
d I I* V il h
hJb
Rhodic Niiisoh
Dxxuic Hu vitoll
tuUK Huviioll
' d g h d li
I’uUlx Gk) *ol»
I . I'oody dinned
1 - linperfcah diained
XX:
dr
dr li
• dark reddtih
XXX
C . CUv
5 • Moder M<Vy xxell ilcuiued
I - Writ dr amed
r li.
a JI.
. daik reddidi Incnm
aeddiih liramrt
Cl - Clay loaaal
-VI - 5aaad\- hvtm
■ avax abaak IwaKMl
Xrt «aii*lv «.!««-Aumii
a - %«anM**lxa* cxccuaveK datioeU
4k
4«.k
11
■ IhU >*•»
I<I.ilik 1 1)5 C'lkcuitL-ul (.'JiiHiiLlLriMiOi nf Soil 1 miiiIk's
■.uh-: s
lllBh  ™ ............
<•-            ... .. .«w*> >I
ANNEX 3.C.2
Environtnenlul Requirements yCCropsJUstd_in_llic_Lnn4 EmlualiB" CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR TEFF
(Eragroatis tef)
liiglily >i*ilal>lc
Tfiuftr(4iwr< M<|
IS U JU II
I’OMifek okmkmf U< fllMl hl/ill
tkl - Nil*
MU I JU
MoaMuir AVN(filnM>
|uMl noil
W 5 IS O
20 0 75
•lijlil Ort. - Dee
4S MU
JUOJUU
6UORUU
V|‘-P
uiuw iitai nvc» W Ulow 173 ov<( IS U
ic*<ic <kl lk< h<l(*w 4S SX* MM>
o»»i MINI
Ihur^r
IW
1% li Hl II
riq*r«AMtoM Ilt'AJll
• 23 IS li
2IHHS 11
‘til | HM«wtE f*
uw< 2S II IhIuw IS
iuJ utk iMMumaf UlhTM.W l.v II B/I fW Tlir: JUJM
I
ftlffA
.iMKIi <;£Of£WpANNEX 2a. I-AND EVALUATION
natural resources
Appendix 3-
Crop Environmental Requirements
TAMS-L LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanJCROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CHICK PEA /GRASS PEA, LENTIL, FIELD PEA/
(Cicer arietinura)
*         « mT SviLlIitM)
KlglMlf
|
11(11 Mill
IS U 2UU
I'utiitk M'lMtiwr lrw»l haz»rJ
IKM liuu
J41WI IILMi
I? 5-llb
nohj
<M - Nw»
UU.W uui
Irttf }iHil
fcdlF-' 11 5
Mill IM
Mfuilhl       Ni»» tmir 1k«
I HI
Ml IM
Ink— MM
AlvoiUn A«4^'|IiU
Jwawg |f
MU
kbuw swi
7k!-|tN"
«r.<r KMNI
Siail dfftlitaf*
MW S4‘
KkiM HiM|'«Mur< fui |I»MU1£ prrrad
IW1U.U
hr io. | J )
wo-n s
«<f n 5
IXguJMmn
I »nfU* uf {«*"•« poHfcJ
l?U HU
mu IM
kkr. Ml
Ifa/Ard
5hnI h uteit
LS SI-
SKmici kfhJ
ml iMrfcHipi
M-V *"k,v
II'
||i uni M'Uf-lM
I Altai C*|*kr*iifiialie
I hi il
M
suiublr
SiHl It JMrr
I i«k«
modaiwly lo
niar|lflilh kUkUblr SI.-SCI.
A
i»l Su*»
SmI K bCtJofl
101 1
L<kr- 1 V
7
m«I MviCiriwO KuxXu-f
*
mJ
Wiwk.JiJda
J4»M|rbNkaii
|l An J |1|>. ILLI Jhl *ll|
•T.J MiTtamiJiion.
I rwitwinl
IhpjiiM laulkr
Lilrikrvt wil JrjMfc Siunri mJ rock wuropi Ml IrihMc
1
Lilt
u nn
liver 11
vliM
Mu*ct mJ lock outdcu-i S<J1 1oiw"CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BANANA
(Musa   spp.)
~~      —-
r
L Land Qui i-i
Wiftfr uf Swobili^
L*ftd 1 lurarir riitic
llibil
51
ll^My MJlUbl:
«
itMftlfUkk l»
burtalfk
N
iwi iitiukk
1----------
Afai*k
iM
II Ihm»
|WIV|‘A*J
M.dl IWfa
1 1 inifK i Murr
Nrftfkir
Mem »*««fr»u*hc firf fOtwinf prihjd
M
/IJO tIHI
ii s.in 5
tiflim n.i
wtff 111 Ik
FdMAk taccirtfiKf af A^il tand
rlhmlh
>HMT
«m
tn> *iumh
II I
l*|Liia|H£ I'iMi
1 ni^lh ill                  poluJ
.Uji
Ufa Ml
J4U )W>
fata 1W
II 1
MIuj.Imm rt**' W*»M)
1 Naixlill Jvmf gFhMtiRjr |M‘U<ai
IMIII
iMfa Jllfa
11
) V   •■**
Inta I7u»
1
1
IfliM-liMI
u*n jiuu
1
*
.■ ‘   IhiKllp
Siwl dfoftMJjfi
NWW
vr r
II'
II
.■”
1
**.
Mi H III 11
17.-SMJO
■
Ikf riJAiiLsi l
fata IT 5
fill |fIII"         Ikilwl
1           vf
fiu*^ l*««iwU
*J
IlMI Ml
fata M>U
Ihurtf
Suul kHUIC
*l*»*
1 i'll JI
IL
...
C(bl>
1
1
hkWl             fifth LftHUkip*
•/
«J
Sil
-- ----------------------------------------------------- w«r 11
llwjhF hlgk
U 1*
M Ki
live* JU
I
—- -  — —
Mi/5 m tm: ti uw .uww imw.v___ V-
il
" t'B
CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR GROUNDNUT/SEASAME
{Arachis hypogaea)
_ __ ________ ,
MwV id SudjMily
||
Rl Nw
1 Mid Ij
Hurt
M
ki^lllf iMl'Ltliir
W
tiWJilCI tekljr k>
■MigiMliy twinkle
M
in* itnU&k
■L—
Allele
m
u lam
IQU I4MI
wvfl IWU
■|
1 rnitfw IMwr JtLfiteiw
Mi'im Kih|r mmmc fur l rvwMii pcrM
1I.U II I
ID LKMU
kxto- ;oo
uteri J! t
ToirMilr oceiHtacr U b«U Mtmd
MUM*
MI«C
««
any mi* mA
7
llrowinf rtMud
Lcnjifi at ticwmf fciW
|hk
IM IW
WMM
b<lu- 9u
1
11
AIOfMwic
«M>
HlWall                trying fxnwJ
MUD
3<u hu
4UU-W0
Mh~t WU
7 OU-llttl
irtCf lJUf
||
4
Soil driip^c
»l*11
w-SH
MW
vim
[I
1!
I
hk Ml ll4Mr«4llU4i lai ffVMuig fHirwMl
M
Hu u i
w (i n u
Ukw }UQ
B*rl IM
[]
lUjaiJ          ,
Lri<* 'll growing pH'Kid
iiuim
WMM
|k|uw W
5mmI h'Ahllf
ihu
SI Hl*
I.S
S
SiLC(id)
ClM>
||
SHaari tend rock mririqp*
'1
IM
1-0
«*rr 11
Sk^f IMgk*
1
IH
bW
□ M<l Hl
J’
irmv i.w.i.vy     i;wf m f fit: it uro akimm HMV
AMH'ff- UkUUJIV(c int (ftwellStf/tU I' .1 W> I.V. ) 3/4 pl nil If. 1 Ml AK I Ulf I It I 5/.V
ahimii <■ HKnstWI
|IM«fe«At*l> It'
nt*r> Maliy aiUaUUc
□
ov<r I <J
fhtfarm rwiatfW p
4<F««h
f •aiiMhai
• MtJ Illi
lk|lll
over IS
bVufl»^diO
* Lmk^.hi. hi lull J p««(WMiiiia
Mtchann alien iTuQnual
■Slum a wd
i<xk owiCfopi Soil kAh><<CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR HISHLAHD SORGHUH/HIGHLAND MAIZE
(Sorghum bicolour)
_         _ 
-1
1
|tM|f M# SwLibdMy
J
1      | JUlJ IJUllMji
ljud diivkniltf
hmi
SI
bglily mdnU:
JU
itiadtiMrly w
■Mifauilf MjiOk
N
mA lUiLfctk
'1
1 AluiuJi
IN
IflW /UM
nuuiiuu
k<iu- i?im
nwiwi
«.<« 24iO
11
1 | Hiigi'lAl-ir
N«|HMF
1 Mi •• Mip» ■Hl—*■ h* 1• uwnrc F”
u
IM M 5
mm I
h<ki« 11 0
inn u
in-ti JI U
Ita'iNr 4KUMW« vt turn h»wr4
UMllllIl
ihwt
n-jne
*j|)f MMttHl
1
1
wf !«*«■ re*!***
JU
IMIIJUI
Uli IIU
kkw IlLJ
MlliaMfk AWNillhlWh
F
KjimIJI «Iihwi|< [iimuy, ikirbJ
■All |LN4I
Kkmv IMII
inn Him
mi Him
I1
JvI»I dawiii^c
«hsi
MIMI
1
vr r
j]
Sli
E
|[
MiM k^fiXiri* furi r»o»li< priiial
IF
it 1-1/ i
15 0 175
kk* ll U
Ikffr Jiliwi
71.S75.O
tfvrl /lU
Hi mil
1          ut (r»v>N< pJiiorf
dll
1 ku j iu
IW-1I0
b<kw 15u
II
flbNl h'limr
tsr
1.1 SL
s
]|
f
#
il-CClWl
1
icwra mi4 <<Ak w#»<rufii
«J
5H
•*<c 15
fl
li|tf mcK-
1
lit
F-W
£ «ri HiI
CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ARADICA COFFEE
(coffee arabica)
I^mI (luiii-irdMK
IfroiyiriMui*
Mill I
IhNI Wi MUU
kk*w II 5
«iv<i U
I'antKlr irf<kJifrier of frori litwJ
Jxag lb U (|«mni|
NiMtlali dwirac
fk-rhnl
Nil J4M1
I.Mil flWLi
hKhlritlrlj i»
Mapfitwllv iwUMe
HUU'MO
HlUlJUO
<7 S WO
U I-H1I
ihgkl Oct. Jilt,
Kb l Ki*
I«IU HUI
bckx |*ll Ulvw 9UI
•*ri luuu
Suit 'IrJOiJft
Kir Ml IriNfXiMmt liW 11 irtriAy priml
I cogU. iufjiow^f pcitid
30 (11/ 5
i
Ik t«ct*ilH«n
11, rat.I
/IH HU
17 JK>0
n.Mjn
IIU7W
Ulin. 11 $ <n« HHJ kh. IIU
t
Stml knllllli1
1 Cfnll
i'LOnfi bh4 iikIi wk rujll
ixwr<
u*H IL*
5VH VJTI .LSI) .lA.4U S/5 <)f DI A* ftlJtO AW1H> fclttV
4 WO GWSWWM mlii|i ii Jjvbkvn a ••
I-            .
"
‘
11
(Camellia sinensis)
——--------
X«n<* <il 5iMUkjilM)i
1 Kl*
1     1 mJ <Jwli
•
13* J 1 7mJ h1f l-uic
• Ifl*
51
toglity nJTlafck
SJ
I'HjJf mid j to
wialgbully MikUblr
H
||
IM
3 —— H
AHilv*
ijiii.ftMik
|1tMJ IWI
to |.i* HOU
||
71MM4W
«<i 71UU
Ifmptiatam'
Kffunf
Mr* Irtiipiriuir t*f iie*tot
mwi
is.ih'M
to to* ISO
J
» ns v
uiii 7S.Q
ftkiiiMc «twr fibre «f Iiom M»rd
IRlNIilf
IHMC
nwr
Sl^lil IhifiMnllj, M*crr                 nweilh
Al 1 j
ill I** ■If fvt
J           U |iu*n« f>iM
»h»
klm tat
7411 -Wi
to Io* 740
a
khmllMf Al
ilihiUk
ItantieN bluiHif                  r<r-iai
■ UMl
iten 1 Mil
IMlMMM!
to Io* Ihli
ml IVU
IkkirtAff
Mwl Jkali«9[r
Jinn
W
NW
vr i
j
I
Ml
■------------------------- -
i‘
M.MI faaflW* • 4«WL* fl*T£IHvfag (b.k-l
bl
n ,wj t
I Um 7 i
Into* IS II
i
hR          1
1
U<| If |
I
KiMtJ
n s-u.»
nm 13.0
1 cue* «*T ruMUNf pvltorf
Jil}
JIRI- J*1
UlkJCu
lido* 240
fl
1H
Sol VlitoC
lUh
L U»J|
5L
.SI A
Uto*
|
■
5101111 Mikl iuch {fMUiDpi
7
IM
J-IS
arte IS
i
Mure i*|l«
•i
11 It
IIS -io
MW.T.I'W ,n
"’’’S
If 1 AM tn Jfl/s JI,I Kf) AKd tur ft. Ul.V
4*/H V - 6* A7J.U Jf f«*• Mkl II «
H I.STAULt A4. <9 (continued)
RANGES OF SUITABILITY
|
Lo.
LAND QUALITY
LAHO CHARACTERISTIC
UNIT
SI
highly suitable
S2
moderately to
marginally suitable
NI
not suitable
Soil texture
class
L-SC
LS-SL
S
NUTRIENT
STATUS
AND
RETENT 1
SlC-C(rd)
6
cion
Sail reaction
pH
5.5-6.7
5.0-5.5
below 5.0
6.7-8.0
over 0.0
Organic matter
%
over 3
1-3
0-1
Effective
soil depth
cm
over 100
50-100
0-50
t
ROOTING
CONOIT ION
ANO
W0KKA6ILITY
Stones and
rec* outcrops
X
0-3
3-15
over 15
Soil texture
class
L-SC
LS-SL
S
SiC-C(rd)
C(bl)
Soil structure
class
ACr, Ayr, mi-
M01. FPr, Ho
CB1. MPr. MCo, FPT
CPr, CCo, MP1-
CP1, Mas, Inc
a
TOXICJTICS
Electrical
conductivity
mhos/
cm
0-4
4-fl
over 8
Other Mmttlny
toxicities
ESPX CnCO3%
0-15
0-15
15-25
15-30
over 25
over 30
Slope angle
X
0-fi
8-30
over 30
9
1l14r/UlNtHALnlrEH_FrNlLT.il 1         1 LAND PREPARA TION AND
Stones and
rock outcrops
X
0-3
3-15
over 30
MECHANIZATION DfllTIlT V Al
Soil texture
class
L-SC
LS-SL
S
ry I LU I ii nu
SiC-C(rd)
C(bl)TjJ
TABIC M. 8
CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
LOWLAND MAIZE (Zea mays)
INPUT LEVEL: L0W/MED1UM
No.
LAND QUALITY
UNIT
SI
highly suitable
1
-i 1
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
Al t<tude
RANGES OF SUITABILITY S2
moderately to marginally suitable
0-400
- f'
1400-1800
N
not suitable
-J’
over 1800
1
TEMPERATURE
REGIME .
Mean      temperature for growing period
m
°C
month
day
20.0-22.5
30.0-32.5
1 _____ 1
1
Possible        occurence of frost hazard
?
GROWING PERIOD
3
MOISTURE
AVAlLAOtLtrr
Length     of
growing period
Rb1 hfa11 durlhg
growing period
400-1400
22.5-30.0
none
120-150
G00-900
none
90-120
40Q-GQ0
900-1200
4
• DRAINAGE
--- ---------------
Soil drainage
class
I
SE
below 20.0
over 32.5
any month
below 90
below 400
over 1200
VP-P
E
Mean       temperature for growing period
°C
20.0-22.5
below 20.0
1
1
30.0-32.5
Length     of
growing period
> Soil unit
over 32 5
day
1\
s UEGRADAtION
1 HAZARD
FAO
unit
MW-W
22.5-30.0
120-150
JGRTHBLAN
90-120
Q
LS 'SL /
■: I r-r f J
i
below 90
JEVZYXO
5
/
\ Soil texture
class
XA
\
\     ——
-z—------ ---       -  ■"
.
L-SC
..I
J
jCZ/s-2L> _TABLE A4. JO (continued)
" f. I '
* -I
'/T
RANGES OF SUITABILITY
jj No'
LAND QUALITY
| LAND CHARACTERISTIC
l UNIT
SI
highly suitable
S2
moderately to
marginally suitable
"1 not suitable                          1
Soli texture
class
L-C(rd)
LS-SL
s.
I
- CLbl)
1
6
NUTRIENT
STATUS
AND
RETENTION
Soil reaction
pH
5.5-8.0
5.0-5.5
below 5.0
a.o-a.s
over 8.5
Organic matter
«
J*
over 3
1-3
0-1
a
ROOTING
CONDITION
AND
WORKABILITY
Effective
soil depth
cm
over 100
50-100
0-50
7
Stones and
rock outcrops
%
0-3
3-15
over 15
Soil texture
class
L-C(rd)
LS-SL
S
C<bD-
Soli ctructure
class
ACr*    AGr.    FDl- MB1, EPr, FCo
CB1> MPr* MCo» FR1
CPr, CCo, HP1-
CP1. Mas, Inc
Electrical
conductivity
fmihos /
cm
0-6
6-10
over 10
fl
a
TOX1CITIES
Other limiting
toxlcities
ESPX CaCO3l
0-20
0-30
20-35
30-75
over 35
□ver 75
Slope angle
I
0-8
8-30
over 30
9
MANAGEMENT
Li A-MWHfllsPrPr.FCPrArilGVAA-       - T1OII AND
MHLFVrHrWAMill17ATi Ti VDiNa POTENTIAL
Stones and
rock outcrops
I
0-3
3-15
over 15
Soil texture
class
L-C(rd)
LS-SL
5
C(bl)lABLf 44. 10 :                  CROP     1VIR0NMENENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR
LOWLAND SORGHUM
(Sorghum bicolor)
INPUT LEVEL: LOW/MEDIUM
pawr.FC nF SUITABILITY------------------------------------------------------------------ -
No.
LAND QUALJT
LAND CHARACTERISTI
C         UNIT
Si
highly suitable
S2
moderately to
marginally suitable
N
not suitable
Altitude
m
100D-1600
0-1000
1600-1900...
over 1900
1
TEMPERATURE
REGIME
Menn     temperature for growing period
17.5-20.0
below 17.5
°C
20.0-25.0
25.0-32.5
over 32.5
Possible       occurence of frost hazard
month
none
none
any month
2
GROWING PERIOD
Length    of
growing period
day
150-210
90-150
below 90
3
MOISTURE AVAlLADJLJTr
Rainfall         during growing pel rod
600-800
300-600
below 300
800-1100
over 1100
P-I
VP
4
DRAINAGE
Soil drainage
class
MU-W
SE
E
Mean temperature
for growliiQ period
°C
20.0-25.0
17.6-20.0 •
below 17.5
5
i
i
29.0-32.5
DEGRADATION
HAZARD
Length    of
growing period
over 32•5
day
150-210
90-150
below 90
Soil unit
FAO
unit
JGRTH8LAN
QEV
1ZYX0
( Soil texture
class
L-C(rd)
LS-SL
Cfbl )
—7
7
1.
\ » \ ________________ _________
-------  r
'RANGES OF SUITABILITY                            -      • ■       -                    1
LAND QUALITY
NUTRIENT STATUS
AND RETENTION
LAND CHARACTER!STC
UNIT
51
highly suitable
moderately to
marginally suitable
H
not suitable
Sol 1 texture
class
SCL-C(rrt)
SL-S
S-LS
C-(bl]
Soil reaction
pH
5.5-6.7
5.2-5.5
below 5.2
6,7-8.0
over 8.0
Organic matter
«r
over 3
1-3
0-1
Effective
soil depth
cm
over 100
50-100
1 0-50
“V 1
ROOTING CONDITION AND WORKABILITY
Stones and ,
rock outcrops
X
0-0.1
0.1-3
over 3
Soil texture
class
SCL-C(rd)
SL-L
S-LS
..
Soil itruettira
Cl«»»
nuBi-lvu aubtcM 1
M
no ruaaive subsoil
TDXICJT1ES
Electrical
conduct!vity
nrtfiQS/
cm
0-4
4-B
• I over B
Other limiting
toxicides
ESM CaCOSl
0-20
0-15
20-40
15-30
over 40
■ over 30
Slope Jingle
%
0-4
4-B
over 8
MANAGEMENT LAND PREPARA TION AND MECHANIZATION POTENTIAL
Stones and
ruck outcrops
X
0-0.1
0.1-3
over 3
| Soli texture
class
—1----- —
SCL-C(rd)
SL-L
S-LS
<WTABLE A4. )2 : CHOP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ?A™)Y/BUNDED RICE
(Dryza sativa)                                                                   2
INPUT LEVEL: MEDIUM
,
ranges of suitability                                 •                   I
No.
LAND QUALITY
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
UNIT
si
highly suitable
S2
moderately to
marginally suitable
H•
not suitable 1
-
4
Altitude
m
0-1500
1500-2000
over 2000
1
TEMPERATURE
REGIME
Mean temperature
for growing period
°C
22.5-32.5
17.5-22.5
below 17.5                      1
over 32.5
Possible occurence of frost hazard
r-wnth
none
none
any month                      I
2
GROWING PERIOD
Length of growing period
day
ISO-365
150-180
below 150                        I
■ROTSTUnE
AVAILAflILT’ ’
Rainfall during
growing period
rM
adequate        supply of fresh water
United supply
of fresh water
Inadequate        supp.y        1 of fresh water
4
DRAINS
Soil drainage
class
I-MW
VP-P
■-
W
SE-E
Mean       temperature for growing period
°C
■ —" —
22.5-32.5
17.S-22.5
below 17.5
Length     of
growing period
day
120-150
90-120
— ---------------------------- —--------------
below 90
i
over 32.5
5
<
1
\
DEGRADATION
HAZARD
■ Soil unit
FAO
JGRTHBl.AN
VYX
IQEZO
1 Sutl texture
v.
1 class 1 SCL-C(rd)
LL
SL-L
1      _     • S-LS ‘
/
\
C(blj
i
A
\
\
\ Stones
\ T-CiF-K
___________
\-
CJ-3
J—TAGL£ A4. 35 (continued)
RANGES OF SUITABILITY
|
No.
LAND QUAL1IY
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
UNIT
highly suitable
moderately to
marginally suitable
not suitable
,—       *
Soil texture
class
L JV
SL
S-LS
fi
NUTRIENT
SlC-C(bl)
STATUS
AND
HE 1 ENMON
Soil reaction
fi 7 -7
5.5-6.7
below 5.5
pH
7.3-8.2
over 8.2
Organic matter
Z
over 3
1-3
0-1
Effective
sei 1 depth
Cm
Over 150
100-150
0-100
r
i'
ROOTIMS
CONIHT ION
AND
WORKMIL 11Y
Stones and
rock outcrops
c
0-3
3-15
over 15
Soil Lecture
( 1 ass
1 -SC
SL
~5iC-C[bl)
S-LS
Sol1 itrudure
class
ACr, AGr, FBI - MUI . FPr. rtn
CUIi MPr, MCo, FP1
CPr, CCo, MPI-
CP1, Maa, Inc
Llcctrlcal
conductivity
rimhus/
<m
n-a
0-02
over 12
lOXICll ILL
Other limiting
toxicities
f.SPf.
CaLlUL
0-20
0-25
20-35
25-10
over 35
over 40
Slope angle
ill
*
8-30
over 30
9
MAIJAGEME N1 LAND PRfr'AI •
I ION ANU MECHANIZATION POf! NT IAL
o-n
Stone ; and
1
orck outcrops
1
C-J
3-15
over 15
SL
S-LS
1
Soil texture
class
L-$C
SiC-C(bl)•I
ft
I
COTTON
TABLE A4. 35 : CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR fGossyp1uni Mrsutum)
INPUT LEVEL: LOW/MEDIUM
Ho.
LAND QUALITY
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
UNIT
SI
highly suitable
RANGES OF SUITABILITY
52
moderately to
margtnally suitab1e
N
not suitable
0-500
1
Altitude
KI
500-1300
TEMPERATURE REGIME
1300-1800
over 1800
Mean temperature
for groking period
below 20.0
°C
22.5-27.5
20.0-22.5
27.5-32.5
over 32.5
Possible occurence of frost hazard
month
none
none
any month
2
GROWING PERIOD
Length of growing period
d«y
150-100
120-160
below 120
3
MOISTURE AVAILABILITY
Rainfall during
growing period
mu
600-900
450-600
below 450
900-1500
over 1500
4
UkAimAGE
Soil drainage
class
MW-W
I
VP-P
SE
E
Mean temperature
for growing period
°C
22.5-27.5
20.0-22.5
below 20.0                          1
27.5-32.5
nuer                  C                   /
5,
Length of
d*>
1B0-180
1
Soil unit
FAO
unit
JQRTHBLN
YA
IQEZYXO , 
/
y SoSA texture
y el
\             t -sc
St-
J 
st;
TABLE A4. 4 (continued)
RANGES OF SUITABILITY
|
NO,
LAND QUALITY
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
UNIT
SI
highly suitable
S2
moderately to
marginally suitable
N
not dutiable
Soil texture
class
L-C(rd)
SL
S-LS
6
NUTRIENT
STATUS
AND
RETENTION
C(bl)
Soil reaction
pH
5.5-8.0
S.0-5-5
below 5.0
B.0-Q.5
over 0.5
Organic matter
t
□ver 3
1-3
0-1
Effective
soil depth
cm
over 100
25-100
0-25
j7
H0Ui7* '’
,
f'J.'.ulTlON
AND
WORKABILITY
Stones and
rock outcrops
1
0-3
3-15
uvar 15
Soil texture
dess
L-C(ro)
SL
S-LS
C(bl)
Soil structure
class
ACr, Agr, FBI-
MUI. FPr. FCo
CO), MPr, MCo, FP1
CPr. CCo, HPi-
CP1, Has, Inc
Electrical
conductivity
umhos/
cm
0-6
6-10
over 10
0
TOX[CITIES
Gther limiting
toxlcitles
ESPX CaCO3X
0-30
0-30
30-45
30-G0
over 45
over 60
■■
9
MANAGEMENT LAND PREPARATION
AND
MEDIAN] 2A 'H
POTENT V
.J
Slope angle
1
0-8
8-30
over 30
Stones and
rock outcrops
I
0-3
3-15
over 15
Soil texture
class
L-C(rd)
SL
S-LS
1
C(bl)
-1—... .         ——--------—-------------
liV^AElINPUT LEVEL: LOW/MFDIUM
TABLE A4. 4
norin WHEAT
CROP ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS EOR
LAND QUALITY
i tmrtMtuKt REGIME
GROWING PERIOD
MOISTURE AVAILABILITY
DIIAJNAGE
month
day
mm
highly suitable 7000-2600
15.0-20.0 none Oct.-Nov. 120-150
500-800
aestUum)
SI
class               hW-W
DEGRADATION
HAZARD
LAND CHARACTERISTIC
Altitude
Mac.- temperature
for growing period
Possible       occurence
of ,!rost hazard
Length of
growing period
Rainfall         during
growing period
Soil drainage
Mean temperature
for growing period
lergth of
rowing period
Soil unit
Sot) texture
o
C
day
TAO
unit
15.0-20.0
120-150 JGRTHBLAN
cl ass                L-C(rd)
RANGES OF SUITABILITY
moderately to
marginally suitable
1500-2000_________
2600-3000
12.5-15.0
20.0-22.5
none Oct.
si light Nov.-Dec.
90-120
400-500
800-1200
_I
SE
12.5-15.0
20.0-22.5
90-120
EV
SL
N
not suitable
below 1500
over 3000
below 12.S
over 22.5
any in Oct
severe in Nov.
below 90
below     400
over 1200
VP-P
E below      12.5
over 22.5
below 90
7
IQZYXO
S-LSNATURAL resources
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
ANNEX 2B
SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
TAMS ULG
lBIegniiei|
-ZNATURAL RESOl rces
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
CONTENTS
PREFACE
1.
2.
3. 3I 3.2
4.
41 42
introduction *'H■ ■■••-»-■ *■■'■■■<■•■■•  ( taiarildaaillff >•«< •••■■■! »■■■■»*■■■**■■■*•■■■ »■■ ■ •
assessment of available data......................3
SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
Administrative Structure...................................................................................... Boundary* Changes 
REGIONAL SOIL MAPPING......................................
Present Estimates of Cultivated Land in the Basin
... ....
.4
4
.4
6
7
8
4.2/
4.2 2
4.3
Priorities 
Protection of natural resources.
Immediate acrionplanning.. ...
The Land Husbandry Task 
........................... .......... ........ .....
i i*4 i ■ <
5.
51 52
CONCLUSIONS AND IMPLICATIONS FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENT14
Soil Erosion .... .......................................................................................... ...14
Soil Loss 
... M
5 3        Erosion Hazard .........................................................................................................■............................ 16
BIBLIOGRAPHY’
■„I7
TABLES
Table 1
Table 2
Datasources Land
Use
3
8
Table3 Households and area for 6 weredas............................................... ............. ....9
Table         4         Vegetation         cover         for         Benshangul         and         Jimma         regions         10
Table 5 Slope class distribution, Benshangul and Emma regions 
10
Table          6          Area          of          different          slope          classes          -          weredas          1-311
Table 7 Land use hazards 
Table 8 Slope of land in Jimma Region
11
..................................... 12
Table    9    Capability    classification    for    rainfed    agriculture    in    weredas    28-30    in    Jimma    12
Table 10 Land degradation hazard, Jimma
Table 11 Measured soil losses (annual rainfall 1500 mm y) Table 12. Soil loss (t/ha/y) measured at Sidamo and Go jam
13
.15
]5
LIST OF ACRONYMS
eia fao
SC RD USDA WB1SPP
Environmental Impact Assessment
Food   and   Agriculture   Organisation   of   the   United   Nanons Soil Conservation Research Department
United States Department of Agriculture
Woody Biomass Inventory and Strategic Planning Project TAMS-L'LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Muter Plan
KO O- OcANNEX 2B soils and soil conserv
NATURAL RESOURCES
ATk
PREFACE
The Transitional Government, in its economic policy paper, indicated that “priority given to the conservation and development of forestry and livestock resources, soil an^ * conservation, which were, and still continue to be, utilised wastefolly ”
FLnure soil coibcmum P‘°l sustainable manner To^hendUte^
■ chnuld attempt to utilise the natural resources of an area m, inlegraied into the local fanning system w
for the land users in tenns of rncreased productivity, firelwood
and fodder provision
They  should  focus  on  conserving  currently  productive  land  at  the  expense  of  reclaim^ degraded  land  This  approach  expresses  the  judgement  that  within  a  framework  of  limited resources, in terms of money and labour, it is more cost-effective to conserve than reclaim Conservation  measures  should  be  conducted  with  the  least  possible  expenditure  of  physxa, effort  whilst  initiating  the  greatest  possible  commitment  from  people  In  this  way  a  mon widespread and sustainable impact can be achieved
TAMS-ULC Biro-Akoto River Basin Integrated Development Master Pl>n
2B - Inatural resources                       ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOO. CONSERVATION
L introduction
This  report discusses  soils  of the project area their mapping and management It is  based upon GIS analyses  in which existing data1 were used to develop a suite of maps  of resource characteristics  such as  soil, cover, and slope Short tables  appear within the text, long tables appear al the close of the report and use numbers that are preceded by the letter A as in A-1
The following G1S maps and data were used to assess soils in the project area
•     Soil unit areas map of lower basin,
•     Soil landscape map of the upper basin,
•     Combined soil map of the upper and lower basins.
•     Map of land slopes.
•     Map of population support capacity, and
•     Tabulated data based on G1S manipulation of the above
See also the preceding report on land capability assessment.
Following the review of the soil mapping of both basins  in October 1995 (Vol 2 of draft Inception Report, Section 1 3, December 1995). no other relevant soil data have been reviewed
TAMS-1’LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
ZB-2NATURAL RESOURCES                       ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONsErva
-------------- —
2. ASSESSMENT OF AVAILABLE DATA
The reliability  and quality  of soils  data were described in the Inception Report Tk 
used to formulate this study are listed in Table 1.
Table 1 Data sources
0*
Topic
Mapping Unit
Source
Soil
Soil units
Soil landscape units*
Selkhozpromexport. 1990,
ARDCO-GEOSERV, 1995
Slope
Slope class
ARDCO-GEOSERV Survey an remote sensing analysis, Selkhozpromexport. 1990
Population support capacity
FAO. 1988. Master Land Use
• NOTE: The upper and lower basin smdics used different systems of soil classification
TAMS4 LG Biro-Akobo Rhtr Batin Intcjralcd Development Mailer Plannatural resources                       ANNEX 2B SOULS AND SOD CONSERVATION
SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
principal government offices involved in soil studies and analyses are listed below
Ministry^ Agriculture
. Ababa Soil Research and Development Dept, Addis Ababa
•      Institute of Agricultural Research. Soil laboratory , Hoietta
•      Land Use and Caichment Development Team. Addis Ababa
•       Alcmaya Agricultural University Laboratory, Atemava
•      Institute of Agricultural Research Laboratory, Melka Werer
•       Institute of Agricultural Research Laboratory. Kulumsa
Other
* University of Addis Ababa and University of Agricultural Colleges at Jimma, .Ambo,
and Awasa
In    addition,    Ethiopia    currently    has    51    professional    associations    eleven    in    agriculture.    15    in sciences and engineering, 8 in health, and 5 in wildlife, environment, and conservation
3,1 Administrative Structure
Ethiopia's  administrative structure underwent many  changes  during the last decade Following a proclamation issued in January  1992 by  lhe Transitional Government, the administration adopted a four-tier system with representation at a number of levels
In addition to implementing the policies  and directives  of the central and regional governments, the wereda administration has  the power to plan, prepare, and implement its own social services and economic development.
In its  proclamation of January  1993, the government empowered regional governments  to set up their own bureaux, including a bureau of Natural Resources  Development and Environmental Protection The bureaux  are responsible for implementation of national policies in the region, and for co-operation in the study of natural resources
Further details are discussed in .Annex 3F, Institutional Support
Boundary Changes
The 198-1 census was conducted at a time when the country was divided into 14 regions, each region won sub-divided into awTajas and the awtajas were sub-divided into weredas, the
Qwest administrative tier In 1987 regional boundaries were redrawn to make 27 regions, each of which was subdivided into weredas, the awrajas were abolished The weredas. which form
TAMS-ULG Bunr-Akolro Hi* tr Basin tniranrcd Devrlopmcnl Ma.nerPtan
IB -4natural RESOURCES ANNEX 2B soils AND SOIL CONSeRv
the basis for much of the data used in this Master Plan, became centres for I
courts, pnsons, police and taxation Schools, hospitals and line ministry ofFic * ^°VerH»
located in weredas towns 
s vvere
in 1992 the boundaries were again changed, this time with 14 regions b
linguistic grounds, these regions do not correspond to the 14 regions abolish^ or wereda has once again become the lowest tier of government, with provisin„r 1987 k 
of local government officials The administrative unit forms the basis °f base
0J 'he
£b  atvral resources                       ANNEX 2B SOfLS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
2
4 REGIONAL SOIL MAPPING
The majority  oT soil studies  conducted in Ethiopia follow guidelines  issued by  the FAO and use the 1974 EAO soil legend as  revised in 1988 The ARDCO-GEOSERV study  of upper basin soils  utilised the FAO 1988 legend to map soil landscapes  al 1 4 million scale It described 30 mapping units  classified into 5 groups, which were digitised in colour, about S'1 000 km2 coverage The Selkhozpromexport study  of the lower basin used the USSR system to provide a mapping legend of 32 units  based on 11 broad soil groups, about 23,500 km coverage
The uniformity  of Soil Classification may  be a concern to the Authorities. In this  connection it may  be worth noting that FAO has  developed a number of specialist soil and land classification systems, which may  be more suitable for detailed reconnaissance and semi-detailed surveys 
than the USDA Soil taxonomy  (1982) The F.AO Soil Map of the World legend (1988) probably  represents  the best system for systematic  surveys  at smaller scales  of mapping, although it too is not ideal
The USDA Taxonomy  was  designed primarily  to group 10,000 soil series  occurring in the USA into meaningful exclusive groups. It is  an artificial system in Lhat selected observable soil characteristics  {particularly  the diagnostic  horizons) are used to differentiate classes, although these characteristics  are largely  chosen to reflect agriculturally  significant properties  It attempts  to be comprehensive in that any  profile can in theory  be allocated to a class, but in order to do this, the class  definitions  are necessarily  lengthy, complicated and legalistic  This tends  io confuse just as  much as  it clarifies  by  replacing the use of non-explicit terms  such as podzols, latosols and latente
This  makes  the system cumbersome to use, and to many  users  of other disciplines, it is  almost unintelligible Two further disadvantages  preclude its  use as  a routine system on soil surveys for land use planning and development purposes
■        the   class   definitions   depend   on   laboratory   analyses   or   long-term   soil   measurements, making classification in the field at best a provisional exercise only;
■        the   classes   identified   reflect   a   regional   bias,   and   make   it   unsatisfactory   for   world-wide use    tropica)    soils    and    some    desen    soils    are    treated    inadequately    and    hydromorphic soils are not separately recognised at the higher level of classification
It   has   been   noted   that   under   the   terms   of   the   consultant's   coniract   the   use   of   a   specific classification is not mentioned
For this  Master Plan to map soils  by  region, it was  first necessary  to combine the different soil legends  used by  ARDCO-GEOSERV and Selkhozpromexport, as  was  done for the overall land use capability  assessment as  described in Annex  2A Table A-l (Appendix  A) gives  the resulting combined legend and areas by wereda
The   Basin   now   has   an   almost   complete   coverage   of   1:50,000   mapping-   exceptions   are   the n °rthem limb and the southern portion in Magi The 1:50,000 Map Index for Ethiopia
TAMS-ULG Birn-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Mailer Plan
2B-6NATURAL RESOURCES^^_________________ _____ ______  -
ANNEX 2B soils and soil conserve
—
(Ethiopian Mapping Authority, Map Catalogue 1995) shows that most of the Bar
basin is covered by topographic maps at the above scale. The catalogue shows that
number of 1 50.000 sheets covering the basin numbers a total of 101 sheets.
'    °taj
hc T
Utilising the existing 150,000 scale mapping of the basin as a tool for land husband
simple, and well proven The Regional Bureaux of Agriculture should establish a wererf^"
other administrative unit) register of such subjects as land cover, use, and capabT^
Developed from visual analysis of these maps, among the data that can be obtained are *
•      non-arable lands by class steep, rocky, shallow, wet, etc ,
•     arable land by slope class,
•      forest cover, changes since date of photography,
•     arable expansion, changes since date of photography.
•     ideal alignment of roads,
•      minor dam and pond sites.
•     seasonally flooded areas,
•      grazing land and its capacity ,
•      soil conservation needs by area, and
•     land suitability by crop type
Simple field survey, with local information and history, will improve the value of the above analy ses For example, areas with soil conservation treatments, areas of new planting, areas ir. forest, coffee, or browse, soil cover, colour, texture, stoniness and perhaps even depth can be plotted Portions of the map sheet can be enlarged by photocopier to improve clarity of detail The above method is inexpensive, can be easily updated, and has been proved by the writer when he worked as the regional land husbandry officer in Nonhem Malawi
The establishment of a regional land register to assist the introduction and management of land husbandry would be cheap and cosi effective It has been assumed that the work involved with the establishment of a land register would be carried out as parr of the routine of the staff the Regional Bureaux of Agriculture It should be stressed that for the proposed land register to be effective and the land husbandry concept to be accepted bv the tanners the land suney should  be  regularly  updated It  depends  on  the land  cover,  its  use and climate and terrain conditions  how  often  in  a  set  penod  the  survey  data  should  be  reviewed  It  is  estimated however that after the land register base line has been established the minimum review should be once a year Apan from the required set of 1 50,000 topographic maps no other addiuonal regular supplies would be needed
4.1 Present Estimates of Cultivated Land in the Basin
Table 2 11 Vol 2 of the Draft Inception report shows that about 7 4 per cent of the l°*er basin was cultivated in 1987, and a similai area of the upper basin was cultivated in l"' Based upon a total basin area of 75910 Ion  and assuming a cropped area of 8 per cent, total cultivated area is about 6070 km , about 900 km  of which is in perennial crops, coffee Table 2 gives land use data for 55 of the 68 weredas Accurate regional assessment
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo Rhcr Bit in Integrated Development Master Plan
2B • 7
2
2
2^tural resources
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
f    the    number    and    size    of    holdings    is    essentia!    to    estimating    the    work    of    regional    land husbandry staff
Table 2 Land Use
1
Land use (km )
1
Area (km )
.Annual cropping
Perennial cropping
Total cropped
Fallow
Total
3,962
1,977
5,939
4,009
9,948
Source Regional office
4.2 Priorities
Management of soil resources  in the project area can be achieved through careful planning and implementation Several steps  are essential to the process  They  include the protection of natural resources  and immediate action planning to make land husbandry  pan of agricultural practices
4.2.1 Protection of natural resources
The   following   paragraphs   describe   Lhe   steps   that   are   essential   to   a   land   husbandry   approach   to natural resource management:
Land users should adopt soil conservation as part of their farming system In so doing,
fanners will need to benefit from advice given by qualified staff of the Regional Bureaux.
Land users who are not farmers, dam builders, timber extractors or miners, must submit an
EIA (environment impact assessment) to lhe statutory regulating bodv before taking any 
action on a site, the cost of this to be borne by the developer
As  well as  providing expert guidance to farmers, the regional offices  will need to produce plant materials  and seed, especially  of native trees  They  must build up and expand the concept of land husbandry  so as  to include all extension staff in its  practice. The land husbandry concept needs to be taught at secondary schools
Soil laboratories, particularly  to assess  soil nutrient status, will need to be established Using modem ion-selective technology, results  can be obtained cheaply  Large numbers  of samples can be processed by a small investment in staff, buildings and equipment
‘ -2.2 Immediate action planning
One of the most essential steps during lhe initial stages of land husbandry is piannina. anrung efficiency depends greatly upon the quality of information about the site In the
project area, planning could be improved were up-to-date aerial photographs to be made of *eredas whose carrying capacity' is now saturated Ortho-photo maps could also be created
a ps of 12.000 knr at 1 50,000 scale would require 15 map sheets
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Iniezrited Development Master Plan
2B-K
fNATURAL RESOURCES
annex 2B soils and soil conser
Vatio
Initially planning should start by ranking each wereda in order of population pressure f
Volume IV Map 19. Table 20 and 63). land hunger, and cunent state of soil
degradation Initial resources should concentrate on areas that are close to or at p*
casing capacity Investment needs to focus on productive or potentially productive J?
degraded lands should be isolated for later attention, possibly for planting mixed fOrest *
browse (grazing).
in the hope of an improving land tenure status, land holders  should be encouraged to creat vegetative boundaries  of their fields  as  bamers  to roaming livestock  Farmers  need to deveion a sense of ownership, responsibility, and stewardship towards  their land They  should establish individual fuelwood lots, communal plantings, and nurseries
Ethiopia needs  to introduce the mouldboard plough Such a plough will throw the soil up. slope rather than just break the surface, as does the traditional wood plough Manufactured of cast iron, this type of share could be produced within the country
4.3 The Land Husbandry Task
In the paragraphs and tables that follow, the Master Plan has estimated the magnitude of tasks required to introduce land husbandry  The first priority  is  to estimate the work  required a those 33 weredas  that are at or near their population carrying capacity (Table A-3). For this estimate. 2 regional groupings of contrasting weredas were selected one in Benshangul regior and the other in Jima region (Appendix A Table 3 and Volume IV. Map 19)
No further details  were available regarding the present status  of soil and water conservation activities  in the basin Neither the Soyuz  report nor the ARDCO-GEOSERV study  has mentioned this subject
Table 3. Households and area for 6 weredas
j              Wereda name and number
Benshangul region (1.000 mm per annum)
, 1. Kurmuk (critical)
2 Asosa (critical)
3 Bengi (at capacity in 10 yrs)
No. of households
2533
21861
16838
Area (fan^ ___
937
2377
2765 __
Total
41232
6079
Jimnia region (2000mm per annum) 28 Metu (critical)
29 Hurmu (at capacity in 10 yrs) 30 Yayu (no pressure)
—
10318
6860
6878
788
458
647__^
Total
—- ------------- --------------- 24056
———---------------
J 893____
TAMS LLC Bam-Akobo River Buin Intqjralrd Development Master Plan
2B-9naTVRAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
Table 4 gives WBISPP vegetation cover for each of the above weredas Table 4 Vegetation cover for Bertshangul and Jimma regions
W cred a
WBISPP rover (1990-93)
Area (km )
:
Total area
-ggi&haQgul
1 Kurmuk
Open woodland. 20-50% tree cover
937
937
2 Asosa
>60% cultivated rainfed agriculture
69
Open woodland, 20-50% cover and bamboo
196
Open woodland. 20-50% cover
2111
2377
3 Bengi
>60% cultivated rainfed agriculture
74]
Very disturbed broadleaved forest
14
-J
Open woodland, 20-50% cover
2101
2765 1
Jirnma
I 28. Metu
>60% cultivated rainfed agriculture
380
__
4
Very disturbed broadleaved forest
147
Woodland, 20-50% cover
261
788
29 Hunn.u
>60% cultivated rainfed agriculture
257
Very disturbed broadleaved forest
201
458
30 Yayu
>60% cultivated rainfed agriculture
251
Very disturbed broadleaved forest
396
647
Total cufrivaled, Benshangid and Jimma
810 + 888
1698
Source Table A-4, this report
Table 5 gives the slope class composition of the 6 weredas; Table 6 provides their corresponding area of slope classes
Table 5 Slope class distribution, Benshangul and Jimma regions
Wereda
Slope class (per cent)
0-8
8-16
16-30
30-50
>50
1. Kurmuk
2 Asosa
| 3 Begi
61
61
62
14
14
9
9
4
15
16
14
8
—=
6
6
j^verage
61.3
12.3
9.3
12.7
4
28 Metu 29 Hurumu 30 Yayu
18
4
-
55
83
35
24
9
52
2
3
11
1
2
Average
7.3                       57.7
28.3
5.3
z±d
TAMS-ULG Bin>Ak&bo Rher Basin InceEratcd Development Master Plnn
2B- inNATURAL resources
annex 2B soils and soil conserv,
From Table 5 we see that 61 per cent of the surface has  slopes  0-8%. which are tentative^ suitable for annual rainfed crops  Land capacity, from Table 7, shows  that only  19% of this  is 
actually  suitable,  however,  for  annual  rainfed  cropping  Corresponding  values  for  wereda  1
are 61% and 28%, for wereda 3 they are 62% and 60%.
Table 7 Land use hazards
[1 Wereda
Class
2
Area (km )
Wereda 1
Class 3
Class 4
Class 5
126
47 1
8
Wereda 2
Class 2
Class 3
Class 4
Class 5
218
250
80
128
Wereda 3
Class 2 820 Class 3 263 Class 4 491
Class 5
*L
Land use hazard
Erosion, slope <16%
Waterlogging, seasonal Erosion, slope >16% Erosion, slope <8% Erosion, slope <16% Waterlogging, seasonal Erosion, slope >16% Erosion, slope <8% Erosion, slope < 16% Waterlogging, seasonal Erosion, slope >16%
A-2ot        report
In  3  weredas  of  Benshangul  region,  the  following  soil  conservation  and  drainage  works  are required
i        Provide up to 1,038 km2 with soil conservation measures for slopes 0-8 per cent,
ii       and up to 639 km2 for slopes 8-16 per cent,
iii      and up to 214 km' for slopes >16 per cent,
w Provide drainage for up to 618 km2
This represents 2,509 km' or 41 per cent of the region The present number of households^ about 42,000 With an average holding of about 1.0 ha. the immediate task is for an
less than above total of 2,509 km . An objective of about 420 km‘ of soil conservaf ^
2
1
together with providing 10 per cent of the class 5 lands or 6 km , with drainage, is n°*
2
ambitious task over 3 years for the fanners to aim for.
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan5ATI HAI RESOURCES
ANNEX 2B SOTLS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
Input by  the regional staff would amount to about 350 farmer group visits  per year (30 farmers  per group) over 3 years  Extension visits  would concentrate on the post harvest period, followed by  field work  As fanners  gain experience the amount of staff input will decrease, thereby  permitting larger groups  to be approached and instructed Every  effort must be made to have farmers  new the conservation effort as  their own enterprise something that has  not been imposed by  authority  as  in the past Farmer groups  that have undertaken soil conservation should be rewarded by easier access to credits and inputs
Similarly. the land husbandry requirements of Jimma region can be estimated Table 8 Slope of land in Jimma Region
Slope class (%)
3                        -- ----- -- --------  ~T
A rea (km )
wereda 18
we red r 29
wereda 30
0-8
8-16
16-30
30-50
>50
143
433
193
18
-
16
378
43
15
5
-
255
340
74
11
787
4579
650
Siiurce Table A-2, Annrx A nf this report
Table 8 shows  the range of slope classes  in three weredas  in Jimma Region The capability  of the flat to undulating terrain of the above lands  for annual rainfed crops  is  given in Table 9; Table 10 gives their corresponding degradation hazard
Table 9 Capability classification for rainfed agriculture in weredas 28-30 in
Jimma
Wereda
Per cent area suitable
28
29
30
73
86
35
|
Source Lind capacity . Table A-5. Appendix A of dus report
TAMS-ULG Ba ro-A kobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2B-12natural resources
annex 2B soils AND SOIL CONSERV.
------------—
Table 10 Land degradation hazard, Jimma
Wereda
2
Land class_____ Area (km )____
28
14
3
213
363
29
3
4
71
324
30
3
4
192
D^radabon hazard
Erosion hazard, slope Seasonal waterlogging Erosion   hazard,   slope   <ig% Seasonal waterlogging Erosion  hazard,  slope  <16% Seasonal waterlogging
2
In  the  3  weredas  of  Jimma  region,  we  anticipate  the  following soil  conservation  and  drains works, which cover 1,196 km  or 63 per cent of the region
(i)    Implement up to 317 km2 with soil conservation measures for slopes 0-8 per cent
(ii)    Provide drainage for up to 879 km2
The present number of households in the region is about 24,056 With an average holding szze of about 1 5 ha, the immediate work required, some 360 km* of conservation and drainage,is less than the above land surface of 1,196 km* Due to a high proportion of perennial cropping (Table A-6 shows about 10,652 ha are perennial, possibly of coffee), the risk of soil erosior. is unlikely to be significant The drainage of bottom lands, which are used for subsistence and cash crops, should be done
It has been noted that land drainage is an expensive operation and proper investigations and planning of proposed drainage areas  is  essential These include semi-detailed soil studies together with hydrological confirmation that the implementation of a drainage scheme would not adversely affect the surrounding area However such studies are not included in the terms and conditions of the present consultancy contract
The input required of regional staff will amount to about 200 group visits per year (40 fannffs per group over the next 3 years). The groups are larger in this region than in the others as the
areas is more densely settled but the visiting period is less due to a longer growing season Otherwise the situation regarding fanners participation remains as described for Benshangul
TAMS-ULG Bartv-Ako bo River Basin Intcj-ratcd Development Master Hid
2B - 13L
NA TliKA  RESOURCES
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERVATION
CONCLUSIONS AND IMPLICATIONS FOR FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
5 j Soil Erosion
most critical and urgent situation facing those responsible for the well being and lives of
h present and future generations is the rate of soil erosion Reddy and Georgis' Review ot
past Agriculture and its Trends during the Nineties (Institute of Agricultural Research, 1993F
state
besides  reducing  the  available  soil  moisture  io  crops,  runoff  brings  considerable soil  losses.  Whitman  (1977)  observes  about  53  t/ba  of  sod  was  actually  lost  in 
1975 This is serious at any tune, particular!) as many of the sods are shallow m the
first place Uncontrolled  ploughing  has resulted  in  40  per cent of the present cultivated  land  being  on  slopes above 30  per cent with  no  precautions to  reduce
erosion  These  figures  highlight  the  seriousness  of  the  problem.  Any  improvement
in crop production will be short-lived unless the rate of erosion is controlled
Another situation is  the loss  of foresr cover, particularly  with regard to watershed protection and flow regimes  Between 1973-76 and 1987-89 the area of mixed forest w as  reduced from 70,000 kmJ to 35,000 km2 (WBISPP, personal communication) The loss  since 1989 is probably of the same order
The   risks   and   consequences   of   soil   erosion   have   been   expounded   ad   nauseam   by   writers   and commentators for generations The options facing the country are basically three:
(1)     Do nothing, relax all controls and allow a "free for all"
(2)     Improve and build on the existing policies to regulate land matters, directives from
centra] government and regional authorities
(3)        Introduce   a   "bottom-up"   land   husbandry   concept   with   the   full   co-operation   of   all   land uses   and   land   owners,   with   micro   planning   at   the   holdings   (fanner)   level   This   planning at   local   level   would   follow   recommendations   and   systems   for   individual   climatic   and   land zones   The   systems   and   recommendations   would   be   the   responsibility   of   the   professional officers of the Federal Government, i e SCRJD team. Environmental Authority, er al
The third option is the only real choice. Following the changes that have recently occurred in
thiopia, it gives an excellent opportunity to gel the land husbandry concept under way Of
paramount importance is the engagement of farmers and other natural resources users as 
parti cipants in land husbandry
52  Soil Loss
Soil   loss   due   to   removal   of   vegetative   cover   is   an   all   loo   ubiquitous   condition   in   the   upland ^ones of the basin. Tables 11-13 give estimates of soil loss at different sites Table 11 gives
TAMS-LLG Baro-Akohu River Basin Integrated Development Mailer Plan
2B - 14natural RESOURCES                       ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONser^
annual  soil  loss  al  the  Dizi  Research  station  located  in  the  upper  Baro  catchment  ju, term average annual rainfall ofMetu. 9 km distant, is 1842mm
Table 11. Measured soil losses (annual rainfall 150(1 mm/y)
Soil T ,
o5
Cover
Slope (%)                 Runoff (%)
Harass. 100 percent
Grass 20 per cent
Forest
Citrus + mulch
Citrus
Rowcrop + mulch
Fallow + weed growth
36
20
7 15
7
7
7
7
6.9
29 0
2.4
2.6
9.2
39 0
(t/hay’)
ooT
12.0
024
4.3
189
894
53
Source Hudson (197!)
Table 12 gives the results of measurements by the Soil Conservation Research Project ofsoi losses  at Sidamo and Gojam in 1984 The soil is  a Eutric  Nitisol, its  rainfall for the yearuu 1,038 mm The figures  from Sidamo and Gojam arc  considered by  many  to be high dues incorrect analysis
Table 12. Soil loss (t/ha y ) measured at Sidamojitd Goiam
Cover
Slope
(%)
Soil loss
(tWy) _
| Sjdamp
Continuous hacked fallow
Fallow followed by grass
1 Permanent grass
Cereals
Gojam
Vefticluvisol, fallow then wheat
Eutric Nitisol. fallow then beans & peas I Stony Eutnc Nitisol, fallow then wheat | Eutric Regiso), grazed grass 80% cover
16
16
42
16
28
12
22
16
181
77
0
134
278
88
282
2£j
The results from Dia (1 able 13) show low soil loss, but the site was recently cleared 1984 sites were on lands that had been intensively cultivated and that had lost their ong' surface soil
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Buin
Integrated Development Master Plan
2B-1SXATL1BAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2B soils and soil conservation
Table 13. Soil tastes for different treatments
Treatment
*“
Soil toss
(t/ha/a)
Grain (control)
Grass strip
Graded Fanya Juu
Graded bund
Level Fanya Juu
i Level bund
5 06
1 48
0 46
0.66
0 76
0 18
Source Personal communication, Soil Consemnuon Research Project Addis Ababa
5.3 Erosion Hazard
Other than the obvious  effect or slope on erosion risk, the soils  of the basin respond variably to the rainfall erosivity  Soils  formed on the extensive plateau basalts  have relatively  well structured top soils  and are thus  able to absorb water and resists  rainfall energy  Soils  derived from the basement complex  are less  stable: their surface tends  to seal, and runorf as  it moves down-slope, results  in sheet erosion Top soil loss  also means  loss  of fertility, as  much of the organic matter and available nutrients concentrate in the upper horizons.
Rill and gully  erosion do not appear to be a feature within cultivated fields  Rills  and gullies appear to be the result of cattle paths, footpaths, badly  aligned cut-offs, drainage from roadside ditches  and mitre drains, and domestic  areas  Topsoil transport would appear to slow and then cease at the foot of the slopes, resulting in an often deeper, colluvial soil
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Batin Integrated Development Master Plan
2B - 16natural resources
ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSErv. 
----------------------------------------------------------
bibliography
Baro-Akobo Basin Master Plan Study of Water and Land Resources of the Gambela pi. Volume V, Annex 4 soils and Their Possible Uses
Baro-Akobo upper catchment comprehensive Development Master Plan EV DSA Recon-s^., May'June 90 Section 6 6
Booker Tropical Soil Manual, Longmans 1984
EVDSAReconnaissance Study Report - Socio-Economics Baro-Akobo upper catchment,}:-, 1990
Inception Report Vol 2 Baro-Akobo Basin Master Plan AMS/VLG 1995
Land Husbandry Manual F. Shaxonetal Government Printer, Malawi 1976
Master Land Use Plan , .Annex 3 Regional Profiles of Livestock and Fuelwood FAO 1988
Master Land Use Plan, Annex 1 Population supporting Capacity FAO. 1988
Master Land Use Plan, Annex 2 Regional Profile of Land Resources FAO, 1988
Master land Use Plan, Mam Report. FAO, 1988
National Conservation Strategy Vol IV of Action Plan TGOE Programmes I to IV et seq Participatory Forest Management workshop MNRDEP Addis Ababa, March 1994
Population aspects TAMS/ULG Feb 96 G Roger statistical Bulletin No 132 Oct 95 hand utilisation ( private peasant Holdings)
Publication No 22 and 23 Framework forehand Evaluation and land Evaluation 1977-19.4 ILR1 - Wageningen; The Netherlands
Reconnaissance Masterplan for the Development of the Natural Resources of the Rift Vaiiey Lakes Basin, Final Report, Volume 2 Land Resource Assessment, 1992
Soil Conservation in Ethiopia (A hand book for field staff) Community Forest and S';l Conservation Development Department, 1996
Soil Conservation Research Project 4th progress Report Vol 5 for 1984 Univ Berne 1986 Soil Conservation Research Project Research Report No 18 Soils of Dizi/Hlubabor 1991 and
updated, 1995 (Not yet published) Tables 15 and 16 only
Statistical Bulletin No 134 June 95 hand utilisation ( private Holdings)
Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin, Final Report, Volume 3b Soils, 1^95 Survey and .Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin, Final Report. Volume 3c 
Suitability Classification, 1995.
Woody Biomass and Inventory and Strategic Planning Project .Annex 2 I-and Use Syst® * 1995
Woody Biomass Inventory and Strategic Planning Project, annex 3, Socio-cultural a'd Economic .Aspects of Crop Livestock, and Tree Production, 1995
1
TA MS-11. G Baro-Akobo River Buin Inrcpirted Development Muter Plan
2B- 17ANNEX 2B SOILS AND SOIL CONSERV ATION
APPENDIX A. TABLES
Combined Basin Soil Map
Slope Distribution per Wereda
Land     Capacity,     Slope     and     Population     Support     Capacity     Model     Distribution     per Wereda
WBISPP Land Cover Distribution per Wereda
TAMSULG Baro-Akobo River Bavin Integrated Development Master Plan
2B -18TABLE A.l. COMBINED BASLN SOIL MAP
LEGEND
1.    Rock. Scree, Lithic and Eutric Leptosols. Ver)4 high erosion hazard.
<5955 km 9% ofb^
2.     Lithic and stony Dystric, Eutric and Chromic Cambisols. Haphic Acrisols. shallow, stony
High and ven’ high erosion hazard.
3.     Haphic Lixisols, often shallow over gravels and strongly weathered. Erosion hazard
8455 km, 11% of basin
2295 km , 3% of basin
4.     Dystric and Chromic Cambisols weathered and often shallow with coarse top soils.
8164 km' 11% of basin
5.     Eutnc Vertisols seasonally waterlogged, generally fertile, often flooded in lower basin, risk of sodic conditions,
Gilgai relief.
6.     Chromic and Haplic Luvisols, weathered soils.
Erosion hazard.
7.     Haplic Nitisols, usually deep, fine textured over basalt. “Red Forest” soils. Slight erosion hazard
7141 km1, 9% of basin 3531 km", 5% of basin
10 710 km". 14% of basin
8.     Rhodic Nitisols, usually deep, fine textured over basalt. “Forest Soils”, strong red colour.
Slight erosion hazard.
6083 km'. 8% of basin
9.
Dystric and Eutric Fluvisols, variable textures, usually deep
Slight erosion hazard
10 086 km2. 13% of basin
10.
Eutric Glevsols, seasonally waterlogged.
Low erosion hazard.
6857 km , 9% of basin
1
11,
Dystric and Eutric Plinthosols, variable depth over laterite'gravels.
Erosioo hazard.
2237 km'. 3% of bos
12.  Planosols associated with drainage lines and swamps, waterlogged for part or all year- Coarse profiles on shallow slopes.
Slight erosion hazard
2045 km2. 3% of ba*'I able Ai 12-OFF EiinunlrriD-M per were5 *
!
I
!
Jt
BeTAS', £ A 4 WD1lf*LAND COVER DtVDUBLTW FTX I»Wda
WotAiID'
Umwho- u— r^.
Af¥« in'
1
i
•*o                    f»T
41
FBI
5471
Cl
4?
C2TI3.I
ll-i|
i F&-*0 Un
3 ■wn 1111
J                        _p            i_-
’41
1 JBJ LJ
41
>112
•i 1 1
41
|Fll
-j-
HM*
1 43
.czm              111 J
sn*;
3
jwa
4J
*’
'F11
“ad
4                           Cl
*4
Cl^ll
4
4
5
4
FBI
3»ll
111-
1*14
*□                  ;;m .<
44
44       - Jn-            T     101 ’
I2J1
FB3
421 J
Cl
CkTlI
31*
3M1
Ht
i**                        Fir.^o
J1
«
i                         .rbJ
let
5                     wo                     "*3J      •4f»
nixi
ni
GJ
a
■_______  «L 1 _
Z91 . 45
IttJ
IFBJ
im-t*
Fil ' ■co
-
_ ?J___
FBI
JN 1         M                    IcsMi
■                     CI
4F?4     J 4*
ru                        nil       «L
FIJ
IFIJVO
cm i
r« 4
‘T| J
3’
441 4
D4I
1
V                        |Cl
4MZC     ■iff
r «•’
JI L
FBI
■ WO
1. i
?T
in ♦ 4.
Flu
|ti
.m:,
D!
10
' Cl —4
•M t       41                       CJ.FB3                                IMS
■a                     w                         U.I
■ i*
II
Id
IE1 4
|cT6d Ml
FBJ 44 1
11                        wo                        IM '         n                        ri
ii                      WD
m ;                         FIOCHl             1                U1
IX                        ci
m:
■141
-Zt        r in/
11T»I
1U
n                   Sni                    4911
4"                      dCO
L
LI Wi
u                      • 0
II 1st
71
Ml 3
i«*
FBI
11#
7ll                          Cl                                         UI.L
1«C
r w5 OZI
51                     ‘CZ <50
11
13
51
111
IT J
14                    Cl                                            1*1 i>
51                      WCrtJU                                   104
15                       Cl
14
1*
[wo5‘ 1
17                       Cl
J ■ |wn
H
El                       Cl
rv j
n i.s
13, l
I ME J
■«*]
CW l.
, M                       cf
52                       FBI
s FH*C*
in                         Wtl
KJ 1
BIS 1
W4
3M1 4
n
fwb
in 1
-n                           •aw                     nd
"D
11
Cl
fi              1            nijJ
SJ                      Cl
- n jciGO
.■51                      C4
JJ mi
11 ■wij
ruse*
IH 1
B2
1*2 1
ion!
?r                   Cl
i: Fl 3 kt a
4 54          __ «£!_                Ml
■$4 lICO 2k 11
.54
TJ
Cl
L*t 4
."44                      nu
u                         FUJ
54
|FBKk
3*
°1
1W2
M                    FBI                                          H.3
- M WOflO
IM                        BO
.3.4 WU
J4 UO
55 1
7 *‘.
LZJ 1
|J4
IS
Wtrt-Ll
ID* '
mt
9J ft
LIT.
IS J]
155                      WO                                  242.’
IS
I*
IS
ti
*‘0
H                        utKW
♦a i
■J sown 291 !
17 Cl ■Mil i
34                       Cl
2* 111
.14? 4
kJ 9
ST
(JBLC1
J25 1
,41
wtuWC
sirtT
[3#                     wo
IM *
IT
r’
|FBJ
C
1+ V
37
IMS
■<"                       *O
ST ’•OGO
Ci
»4j
Ml 3
111 4
a                     Cl
linn
»                      ICI-
ill 1
]j fbj
a wo
|H1
2»9
y«
•suUO                                    M ‘
ZJ
fl                         1
“34 3
•»                       HO
m two
Illi
1*
[FBI
301 4
<«■                      WOOTi                                4flJ2
**
15
*1
JWDUO
U*
— +Cl
Ji                     'BJ                   J
ii
FBI Cl
ftl                       FT:2                                      4J* -
1-1
£2
17
iia.                  Cl
51 • »l
3413
141
01                       WO
-
r>1 J
JUTt
M                  ~|wb                     IT&tl
11                   two
M-J
.,44
2^4
Z^38 1(
31
LJ
■Ci
CtTfi
nt
;4
43                      »n                    1741 I
13
FBI
3-al 3
1*
aft
*4
FB:      —i         alk
SB]
11
31                    I WO
14                     [ci
M                       K~                    jul:
:no
C1TBI
2*7
|4*
M
i*u
'AU
5U 3
•rasl
u                       CVFFJ                                     !P 1
4T
5ICi '*■
Is
ni
*JJ 0
14                       E.TJO                                  114 J
?«7
;tfT
,4
rai
1*4 1
«Lf
IM                         HU
5*» 2
lif
IM
4*
J4
I'
Cl»»l
TRI
CL
l2Bn
<r:
120 :i
■!•*
47
4*
*D
*
IT
IT14 .
1' t
JI                         FBI
621 1
•J
FH-
**
JI
Cl
a                         'm
4f
Fii].C5
J'S               ZJ('
J* FBI
J«3’
II1 Bl
34-1
kJ                      WU
: M CT Bl
J*                       Fill
4
4*
ID!
EDI 1
IJ7J 4
*ZI
raj
311
• ijl ■■'
si
Cl
W5
i?6                       FM                                        1J2
Jll
jM
J BI
IFU I
11■ 2*4,natural resources
ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
ANNEX2C
GEOLOGY
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River B«in rntcfirated Development Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
CONTENTS
1-
production
,..l
LI         Objectives of Study........................................... ..............................................................................
1.2       Geological Setting....................................................................................................................,
1.3
1.4
1.5
1.6
physiography 
Stratigraphy...................................................................................................................................... Structure.. 
Seismicity-
!
1
1
3
2.
assessment of available data..
2 j       Introduction—......................................................................................
2.2        The Russian Report - Lower Basin...................................................................................  4
2.3       The ARDCO-GEOSERV Report ■ Upper Basin ........................................................................... 5
2.4       Conclusion 7
3.
geological lnstitutions—
4.     analysis and mapping by region
5.     PRIORITIES AND GEOLOGICAL PLAN
6.     CONCLUSIONS AND LMPLICATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT.......................... 11
7.     NEED FOR FURTHER STUDIES-12
8.    REFERENCES .. .. ..........................................................................................................13
APPENDICES
Appendix A Revised Legend of ARDCO-GEOSERV Geological Maps
8
9
TAMS-ULG BaroAkabu River Batin Integrated Development Matter Plan
2C-iNATURAL resources
2
1, INTRODUCTION
The Baro-Akobo Basin is irregular in shape and lies to the west of Ethiopia bounds k
longitude 33° 00’ East and 36° 15' East and latitude 10 45 North and 5 30 North, 
Basin covers an area of 75,910 km . To the west of the basin is Sudan, and the north east and 
south is bounded by an irregularly shaped mountainous divide
Altitude varies from 2,300  m in  the casi io  400  m in  the west.  The basin  is drained  westwa^ by  four principal rivers,  the Bare,  the Gilo,  the Al were and  the Akobo  and  their many tributaries,  which  rise in  the Ethiopian  highlands to  ihe east of the basin  at altitudes of ljflg to 2,300 meters above sea level.
Within  the  Gambela  plain  to  the  west  these  four  rivers  do  nol  dry  up.  but  in  low  water  seam their run off is very low.
1.1       Objectives of Study
The  major  objective  of  the  study  was  to  critically  evaluate  the  previous  reports  and  mapping of the basin and assess their suitability for master planning and resources development.
1.2      Geological Setting
Ethiopia  is  underlain  by  a  crystalline  basement  complex  of  metamorphic  rocks  and  plutonic rocks  which  is  pan  of  the  Pan-African  Orogenic  system  of  late  Pre-Cambrian  to  earliest Pa   aeozoic   age   Scattered   small   remnants   of   Permian   age   indicate   wider   cover   in   late Palaeozoic  time.  Tnassic  to  Jurassic  marine  sedimentary  rocks  covered  eastern  and  much  of central   Ethiopia   Erosion   of   this   succession   at   its   margins   occurred   before   extensive volcanism   in   the   early   lertian   which   has   continued   to   the   present   During   uplift subsequent   development   of   the   East   African   rifl   system   beginning   during   the   Miocene, erosion  occurred  and  uncovered  the  crystalline  basement  The  Baro-Akobo  Basin  lies  to  lhe west  of  the  country  west  south-west  of  Addis  Ababa  and  consists  primarily  of  Basement crystalline  rocks  in  the  eastern  uplands  with  covering  Tertiary  lavas  in  places,  and  Quaternary 
sediments in the lowlands to the west. 
1.3     Physiography
r
The land surface is characterised by mountainous terrain in the easrem two thirds of the
and a gently westward sloping plain in the western one third. From east to west am mountains, high plateaux and lowland ranges and plains Generally from cast to west there >■ a dissected peneplain at 1,500 to 2,400 m, a sloping dissected piedmont area at 1,000 to E- m and a gently sloping alluvial lacustrine plain at 400 to 500m.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PUnA TURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2C geology
Fo ur major land types have been identified in previous studies from east to west. These are:
' . the Mekonnen plateau with an elevation range of 1JQ0 io 2,000 m. generally 
underlain by Pre-Cambrian basement rocks and some Tertiary basalts
,  the Masongo  mountains,  which  are a dissected  peneplain  consisting  of mountain chains and  intermontane plains ranging  in  elevation  from 1,300  to  600m and  generally underlain by Pre-Cambrian basement rocks.
«   the   High   lllubabor   plain   which   is   descending   gently   westwards   from   elevations   of 500m to 440m and generally underlain by Miocene hasalls.
•  the  Low  lllubabor  plain  which  is  a  flai  to  slightly  inclined  plain  at  440m  to  395m  and is   underlain   by   Quaternary   alluvial   and   lacustrine   deposits   and   consisting   of   river flood plains and swamp
Physiographic forms can  vary  abruptly  across changes in  bedrock  type,  for example between basalts and  underlying  crystalline metamorphic rocks,  between  mafic and  salic volcanic rocks,  and  notably  between  consolidated  rocks and  alluvial sediments.  Tectonics dominate the physiography  of the basin  but other factors are important,  especially  the denudation caused  by  rivers,  volcanic lava flows and  modification  to  relief caused  by  deposition.  Rock type has influenced  topography.  Exposures of Pre-Cambrian  schists and  gneisses of the Palaeozoic peneplain  tend  to  form a smoothly  undulating  countryside.  The granitic intrusions into  these schists and  gneisses tend  to  be more resistant,  and  sometimes are sharply upstanding  as inselbergs.  Outpourings of basalt in  the Tertiary'  generally  produce plateau areas which have been subsequently dissected by rivers
These changes and  upheavals have produced  conditions which  theoretically  might seem unlikely.  How ever chronological sequence of the stratigraphy  of the area is of academic value at this stage of the project.  More detailed  field  work  would  be required  to  identify  the geological history of the basin.
L4 Stratigraphy
The  stratigraphic  succession  in  the  Barer-Akobo  basin  (based  on  the  data  made  available)  is  as follows;
Quaternary - alluvial, lacustrine deposits, basalts.
Pliocene - sandstone, argillites, basalts
Miocene - basalts, tuffs
Oligocene-Miocene - trachytes, rhyolites, tuffs
Eocene - basalt
Permian - sandstones, argillites, minor conglomerates
Pto-Cambrian Basement - gneisses and schists, granites.
Ill                 Quaternary alluvial and lacustrine deposits occur in the Gambeia plain (the r      ainj t£> lhe wes( of lhe basjn progressively passing eastwards into Pliocene, 
ion^enc Oligocene-Miocene formations outcrop in the lower basin area between 
abo  p]
n Bnude 34° qq.
jq,
approximately longitude 34° 30' are Pre-Cambrian
TAMS-ULG Raro-Akobo River Barin Integrated Development Muter Plan
2C-2NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2C Gg0
basement rocks consisting of gneisses, schists and granites, overlain^Qnc <
various Tertian basalt flows in the high plateaux areas. 
1.5 Structure
The Pre-Cambnan crystalline basement rocks exhibit intense folding and foliation and 
OrTM'y 
have been intruded by igneous rocks. In the north of the upper basin, particularly, faulty ’ dense.
nfnnnaWv    the  Pre-Cambrian  rocks  are  basalt  lava  flows  which  are  genera Overlying    unconf°    •    flows     of    Tertiary    age    and    are    very    clearly    identifiable    cc
gently  ‘PP  ^
d        in
Quaternary' sediments are found in the lllubabor plain uesl <
Su°X are SX^^d lie a^ve sandstones and basalts.
Foliation and the axes of folding in the Pre-Cambrian basement rocks arc generally in a north south direction The Pre-Cambrian basement has undergone massive epeirogcnic movements such as permined the Mesozoic sea to transgress over the region from the south cast. This deposited sediments with marked unconformity' upon the peneplained Pre-Cambnan surface
1.6 Seismicity
Ethiopia and the Hom of Africa have been continuously jolted by earth tremors over the last six centuries (Gouin, 1979). However the Baro-Akobo basin lies in a zone of no or miner seismic activity with only one event of magnitude 3 recorded in the south east of the basin.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanU
N  VJlK resources
annex2C geology
ASSESSMENT OF AVAILABLE DATA
2.
2i i Introduction
The geol°g> of Ethiopia has been  well documented  by  Mohr P.A.  (1972) and  the whole country  is shown  on  a geological map  at 1:2.000,000  scale published  by  the Ministry  of Mmer (Kannin- V.,1973).  The Baro-Akobo  Basin  has been  divided  into  a Lower Basin  and afl Upper Basin for previous studies.
The Lower Basin  was covered  by  Selkhozpromexport (1990) and  is known  as the Russian Study.  Volume IV,  Annex  2  of the study  covered  Geomorphology.  Geology  and Hydrogeology, and associated maps.
The   Upper   Basin   was   covered   by   ARDCO-GEOSERV   (1995)   and   Volume   rV-B   covered Natural Resourccs-Geology, with associated map folio.
A further study  which  covers part of the Basin  is by  Davidson,  A..  (1983).  The Omo  River Project,  Reconnaissance Geology  and  Geochemistry  of parts of Illubabor,  Kefa,  Gamu  Gofa and  Sidamo,  which  was published  as Bulletin  No  2  of the Ministry  of Mines and  Energy.  Two geological maps cover part of the upper basin.  These are the Gore Map  sheet (NC 36-16) published  at 1:250,000  scale in  1987  by  the Ethiopian  Institute of Geological Surveys and  the Kurmuk-Asosa Map  sheet (NC 36-7,  NC 36-8) which  was produced  al 1:250,000  scale by  the Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys in 1987, but is unpublished.
All these references were consulted  but the review has concentrated  on  the Russian  report and the ARDCO-GEOSERV report,  both  of which  are directly  concerned  with  the basin,  and which provide a very' good inventory of geological conditions in the Baro-Akobo basin.
It is stressed  that the legend  at Appendix  A has been  suitably  revised  to  allow basic comparisons between  the upper and  lower basins.  After careful checking  it was found  that the
e gcnd  ol  the  Soyuz  study  did  not  require  any  further  revision  at  the  mapping  scale  required or master planning (Section 2.2 refers).
The Russian Report - Lower Basin
*holeUSSiaj' ^Cport includes a GeomorphoJogical map at 1:200,000 scale which covers the planar.01 ‘°'vcr basin. Twelve second order land types arc identified and nine surfaces of have p?  ^*e map *s cons*dered to be comprehensive. All river valleys in the plain area
eistocene and Holocene surfaces.
T n  .
0
Eng^                Report also contains a geological tectonic map at 1:750,000 scale and an
Bering geological map at 1:200,000 scale. On the geological tectonic map the Gilo
t
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2C-4natural resources
is classed as Eoceie-Oligocene, bu. Davidson (1983) assigns it to the p, Zt™- T'm*^ f°ma”°"s “*shoM’ “son,e ps'
The  Russian  report  is  based  on  ten  years  of  field  work  in  the  lower  basin.  Annex  2 
IV used  aerial photo  interpretation  extensively  as the basis for producing  the ma ~ 7  V°llOr‘e that very  little work  had  been  done in  the lower basin  before the Russian  report j *  appe^ development of the Gambela plain  study  by  TAMS in  1976.  Previous geological stud’ Ul: mainly  concentrated  in  the upper basin.  In  general the Russian  report is not easv  1'c,;
represents a considerable amount of work. 
rea<i hr
“Die report described  the geomotphological structure in  some detail and  identified  t^ surfaces of planation.  These are shown  in  colour on  the accompanying  geomorpholopcai maps al a scale of 1  -200.000.  The land  types described  and  shown  on  the geomaipholopcal mars were reviewed  using  the 1:250,000  topographic maps and  appear to  tie in  well with reality  Generally  from east to  wesl there is a dissected  peneplain  at 1,500  to  2.400m,  a sloping  dissected  piedmont area at 1.000  to  1,500m and  a gently  sloping  alluvtal lacusirat plain at 400 to 500m,
The section  on  geology  in  the Russian  report has identified  in  stratigraphic order: Recer, terrestrial deposits.  Quaternary  volcanic rocks.  Tertiary  pre-rift volcanic rocks.  Mesozoic sedimentary rocks and Pre-Cambrian basement rocks.
Four sheets al 1.200,000  comprise the engineering  geological map  which  distinguishes seven types of cover deposits and  five types of underlying  rocks.  Many  boreholes were sunk  in  the plain  for hydrogeological purposes and  four cross sections I,  II,  HI and  IV were pioricd through  these boreholes The boreholes reach  down  to  275m and  pass through  sedimentary 
gra ®ltes    md    basalLs     The   sections   were   reputedly   drawn   at   a   horizontal   scale   of k.00,000  and  a  vertical  scale  of  1:1,000,  which  is  a  tremendous  exaggeration.  In  fact  fr sections   available   have   been   photo   reduced   making   detail   difficult   to   read.   The   sections generally  start  in  die  Masongo  Mountains  in  the  east,  but  boreholes  were  ody  sunk  in  tlx hrgh  and  low  lllubabor  plain.  Geophysics  was  also  used  for  the  more  easterly  parts  of  the sections.    West    of    Crambela    boreholes    penetrate    sandstones    and    siltstones.    Two    fod* 
17 
A ll the sections m the plain  area penetrate a variety  of superficial deposits before reaching sandstone and  siltstone.  At the boundary  between  the plain  and  the mountains,  sediment* faulted against basalts, granites and gneisses
r ' 50 aV3ilable bm not PIotted 011 the engineering geological
The maps also show fouI |ocaburJ ofdanB
a PtT 000 Zfc dT' 
Bm™ tb* production of topppapbfc m
W"
borcbck|B (lMd for hvdrogwW"1
« 1 ■*>.<**> sc* d“ *£
5(l o»w oh *
map are tag, Bongs. Ctau, and G.lo 21, and Abobo. south of Gambela
23 The ARDCO-GEOSERV Report - Upper Basin
The ARDCO-GEOSERV report covers the eastern part of the basin, or upper basin, accompanying geological maps at 1 .-250,000 scale cover the geology- east of longitude 3 The report gives a history of previous geological studies in the area, which started dunng
TAMS-L LG Raro-Akubo River Baiin Integrated Development Master Plan
20 5A TURAL RESOL RCES
-ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
cried 1935-41 When geologists visited the area prospecting for gold or platmum Most of the
P arlv reports deal with localised prospecting until Hunting Geolog} and Geophysics Ltd 
reduced photo-geological maps of the area at 1:100.000 m 1969. Geological mapping by the Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys began in 1976. but only the Gore map -sheet (NC
'6 16) has been published, at a scale of 1:250,000.
The  maps  accompanying  the  report,  produced  on  five  sheets,  show  solid  geology  only.  The maps  are  compilation  maps  with  some  limited  field  work  in  areas  not  previously  mapped. The legend of the maps is quite difficult to read due to the use of rather similar symbols and a limited  range  of  7  colours.  Clarity  would  have  been  improved  if  letters  as  well  as  symbols were  used  to  designate  the  geological  units.  Also  the  forty  lithologic  units  were  only  grouped approximately   in   stratigraphic   sequence   and   no   attempt   was   made   lo   determine   precise str  at  i  graphic  order.  For  this  Annex,  an  attempt  was  made  to  rectify  this,  and  the  revised legend in presented in Appendix A.
Unmapped  areas were covered  using  aerial photo  interpretation  and  limited  field  work  1950- 1960  age aerial photographs at 1:60,000  scale were used  and  photo  geological units were
plotted  by  eye on  overlays to  topographic base maps at 1:50,000  scale The photo interpretation  was completed  by  three geologists and  took  one month,  after which  the three geologists spent two  months in  the field  mapping  field  traverses located  near existing  paths and roads. No photo interpretation was done on previously mapped areas.
One of the map  sheets.  Gore sheet,  was compared  with  the published  geological map  of the Ethiopian  Institute of Geological Surveys (NC-36-16) of this area and  was found  to  agree quite well with  some slight modifications.  An  area of granite on  the published  map  was shown  as gneisses on  the ARDCO-GEOSERV map.  The 1:60,000  scale aerial photographs available in  the project office covering  a strip  E-W of this sheet were examined stereoscopically  and  generally  major geological boundaries,  for example between  basalt and metamorphic rock,  were found  to  agree very’ well with  the map  units.  The Maji sheet was compared  with  the 1:500,000  geological map  accompanying  Bulletin  No  2  of the Ministry  of Mines and  was generally  found  to  agree very  well.  One unit of Permian  sandstone on  the Omo  river sheet was wrongly  designated  granite and  syenite.  A further unpublished  map sheet of the Ethiopian  Institute of Geological Survey's (sheet NC 36-7  and  8).  Kurmuk-Asosa ssas coloured  up  in  the office and  compared  with  the ARDCO-GEOSERV Asosa sheet and found  to  agree quite well.  It is considered  that the five geological compilation  maps accompanying  the ARDCO-GEOSERV report are a good  indication  of geological conditions ' n ,he uPPer basin  cast of longitude 34° 30’.  The maps are produced  in  printed  format but the
e gend is often difficult to read due to the fact that symbols are confusing
ARDCO-GEOSERV report on geology describes the geological units in the upper basin comprehensively, although some difficulties were experienced in correlating geological
UW1S. different sources. Overall the report is considered to be a good measure of the
' Xlsl|ng geological information for this part of the basin. Previous geological studies arc senbed in detail and the list of 59 references is comprehensive, of which a selection were
Two detailc<l doss sections are given in the ARDCO-GEOSERV geological maps an//  underlying structure. Minor discrepancies were noted between these sections
ma PS. The map units are grouped under five major rock unit categories and all are bribed in detail.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2C-6
8NATURAL RESOURCES
•     Pre-Cambrian to early Paleozoic Rocks
♦    gneisses and migmatite
*    mcta-sedimentary. meta volcanic and metamorphosed shallow
•     meta-plutonic and plutonic rocks
•     Late-Paleozoic to unmctamorphosed Tertian and sedimentary rocks
•     Quaternary deposits
2.4 Conclusion
_
----- --- uurijivil'L, I £ n-
hydropower, irrigation or mining projects) then detailed survey and mapping in these will be required,
TAMS-ULG Ba ro-A kobo River B*3in Integrated Dtvejnpmenl Matter Pl>"ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
geological INSTITUTIONS
IUnu- * ——
an unpublished sheet showing the drainage pattern.
More detailed  geological research  work  at 1:50,000  scale has been  earned  out by  the Geological Department of the Addis Ababa University,  the Ethiopian  Institute of Geological Surveys and the Ottawa -Carleton Geoscience Center of Canada
Pre ie±.TPP'e u  C°^n™ed in ±e ^ralised  areas and  some areas are being  mapped at 1:50000  scale by  the Ethiopian  Institute of Geological Surveys and  some foreign commercial enterprises. Detailed prospecting is being carried out in selected areas
2C-8NATURAL RESOURCES
4. ANALYSIS AND MAPPING BY REGION
The Although i          1:2,000.000 ge         t would haologi  ve becale mn beap of nef Et icihi al topi o di a publ    gitiseis thehed by t      ARDheC MO-GiniEOstry of   SER MV minea ' p sheei bescean di   le thegi rtiesseul d atind pl     ng mot ap wted aoult 1: d ha 1,000,000 s           ve been vecarly c e on t  omheple Gx wISi fth e or txthere Bmaerlo Ay smL'T   all mln  app Volume 4). 
and not legible. The GIS map produced is a much better representation of the overall 8 of the basin and can be used for general planning. 
Ob ° )Sq
swfogy
The ARDCO-GEOSERV maps at 1:250,000  of the upper basin  are comprehensive and  a ven useful data base for planning,  although  as previously  mentioned  some symbolisation  is difficult to  read  due to  the limited  range of 7  colours and  lack  of letter symbols.  It would  be advisable to  reprint these maps using  more colours and  better symbols with  additional letter symbols. so that legibility is improved.
The  Russian  engineering  geology  maps  at  1:200,000  scale  of  the  lower  basin  are  considered to give a comprehensive indication of the geological conditions in this area.
3
1 AMS-LLG Baro-Akohu River Bavin Integrated Development Master P* "
1C ?naT13R
almsources
ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
priorities and geological plan
5 1*'
oiogical information is considered to be adequate for Master Planning. 
The Presen’J "projects such as Hydropower projects. Irrigation projects or Mining projects. 
However on "S'-**-*
en
a<  b j g suitable for development, then detailed survey and mapping in
■  will  start  at  reconnaissance  level,  but  as  the  detailed  planning  of  the  project Such   surveysurvcyS     will   have   to   be   conducted   at   semi-detailed   1:10,000-1:20,000   scaile   and P^^^qqq.I-jO 000 scale levels. Field mapping scales would be appropriately large.
For example,  for dam sites for hydropower or irrigation  projects tinal geological mapping  al scales of 1:5.000  to  1:1,000  will be required.  Obviously  before this can  happen,  topographic mapping has to be undertaken at these scales,
To  facilitate the topographic and  geological mapping  at large scales,  large-scale aerial survey (1:15.000  to  1:20.000) of the priority  areas will be required  with  establishment of ground control Final topographic mapping  would  be at 1,000  to  1:5,000  scale.  Detailed  geological mapping  will be facilitated  and  executed  more speedily  with  aerial photo  interpretation  For this aerial photo  interpretation  colour vertical aerial photographs are recommended,  with  at least 60% stereoscopic coverage.
Geological   mapping   of   potential   mining   areas   will   also   be   facilitated   at   the   semi-detailed level (1:10 000 -1:20.000) by photo interpretation of vertical colour aerial photos.
As a primary  requirement vertical colour aerial photography  at a scale of 1:15,000  to  1:20,000 should  be obtained  for priority  projects.  As the projects become feasible,  larger scale photography  will be required  (1:5.000  to  1:10,000).  It may  be advisable to  establish  a photo interpretation unit within the Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys.
tams-vlg BaroAkubO River Basin Integrated Development Master Flan
20- 10NATURAL RESOURCES
annex2cceo,^
6 . CONCLUSIONS AND IMPLICATIONS FOR DEVELOPMENT
|     of the Baio-Akobo basin has been adequately sm* , . ,, lh, .M 0IV
"
can
 * 
reports are also adequate
Planntng is consented The available maps a. i:^ ” d *“ld ‘fim P 8' te"*' 
„ ,< nrioritv projects have been identified bv other sectors, more detail^
to fMSibihty
toign “Kide,aions'
ease of workmg with the AKDCO-GEOSERV maps it is recommended that they are » printed using more colours, better symbols and letter symbols.
TAMS-l LG Baro-Akobo River Basin interned Development Mister Plan
2C-HNATURAL RESOURCES
Il is not considered necessary for
Baro-Akobo basin. However once lu” StUdles to madr
detailed and detailed geological «»«’ Wastcr banning nmi °° tbe general flenl eMl sun^ w"
h.NATURAL RESOURCES__________________________________ ^EX^CgEq, ,
8. REFERENCES
ARDCO-GEOSERV. 1995. Survey and .Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin. Vol IV - Natural Resources. Vol FV-B Geology: Map Folio at 1:25O.OOO scale
Davidson. A.. 1983. The Omo River Project. Reconnaissance Geology' and Geocbeniistn,. parts of lllubabor, Kefa, Getnu Gofa and Sidamo, Bulletin No.2, Ministry of
and Energy. Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys.
Gouin, Pierre. 1979 Earthquake History of Ethiopia and the Hom of Africa, University .| 
t
Addis Ababa. Int. Dev Research Center. Ottawa, Canada.
Kazmin. V., 1973. Geological Map of Ethiopia 1.2.000.000 scale Imperial Ethiopian Government, Ministry of Mines
Kazmin V . 1975. Explanation of the Geological Map of Ethiopia Bulletin No 1, Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys.
Mengesha Tefera and Scife Mariam Berhe. 1987 Geological Map of the Gore Map-sheet (NC 36-16). 1:250,000 scale. Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys, Addis Ababa
Mengesha Tefera. 1987. Geological Map of the Kurmuk-Asosa Map sheet (NC 36-7. NC 36- 8), 1 250,000 scale; Unpublished, Ethiopian institute of Geological Surveys, Addis Ababa,
Mohr. P.A., 1972. The Geology of Ethiopia, 2nd Edition, Haile Selassie University Press Addis Ababa
Selkhozpromexport, 1990 Baro-Akobo Basin Master Plan Study. Volume IV. annex 2 Geomorphology. Geology and Hydrogeology. Map Folio.
T.AMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin lolegralcd Development Master
1C- 13.,. <RAI^
T
OVHCES
ANNEX 2C GEOLOGY
vpE
ndix a
RE\ ISED LEGEND OF ARDCO-GEOSERV GEOLOGICAL
MAJ’S
q ( Tepi Basalt Olivine - Pyroxene Basalt
UPPER MIOCENE-PLEISTOCENE (=Nm)
Plugs, necks, dykes of trachyte, phonolite & felsite
NMti Trachyte flow
ylMi, Olivine, olivine-pyroxcne basalt and aphanitic basalt flows with minor trachyte NNfli Trachyte flows, minor pyroclastic rocks & basalt flows
MM, Basalt rhyolite, trachyte, phonolite, ignimbrite
NMj Surma Basalt
PALEOGENE -OL1COCENE -MIOCENE (=Pga)
PNv Rhyolite, trachyte, ignimbrite, minor basalt, tuff, upper part of main volcanic sequence
PNv; Salic flows & pyroclastic rocks
PNv Mixed salic & basaltic flows & pyroclastic rocks
t
TO™ Mekormen Basalt: aphanitic plateau flood basalt locally phosphoritic
Basalt, rhyolite, trachyte, tuff, ignimbrite
PEi Akobo Basalt: porphin tic, olivine -pyroxene basalt
OLIGOCENE -MIOCENE (=S)
AAllkakallii g(Trarnninteir-& syenite PERMIAN {= p y
s
^-Cambrian
an<l plutonic rocks
l
jjniecxonic gronodionte. tonali = Pein Syniectonic tonalite, granodiorite (_ gu Pcdt Meta-quartz diorite, metadiorite i gh • Pcgb Meta-uabbm nm**>*  * ‘**
gabbro, amphibolite (=gti)
;u   1
:cuNATURAL RESOURCES
Metamorphosed sedimentary/volcanic and hypabyssal rocks
PRs; Sedimentary, metagraywackejnetapditc. metarhvolite tuff & meta conglomerate (= Pe3a)
PRs  Quartz-muscovite schist, minor quartzite (=Pe3a)
2
PRsi Sericite schist, minor pyritic & graphitic phyllite,
metachert (=Pe 3a)
PRm, Marble (=Pe 3t)
PRum Meta-ultramafic rocks, dunite & serpentinite
talc & talc amphibole schist (=ub)
PR Mafic homblendc-plagioclase schist interlayered leucocratic biolite schist, minor
V
metagraywackc. metaconglomerate in part mvlomtic (=Pe 31)
PRsv   Schists   of   metasedimentary   &   metavolcanic   origin,   mainly   biotite   -quartz   -   plagiociqsc schist in part mylomtic (=Pe 31)
Gneisses and Migmatites
Pcgn 9 Strongly I mealed granitoid orthogneiss (=Pel)
Pcgn 8 Strongly lineated layered gneiss, in part blastoeataclastic (Pel)
Pcgn 7 Predominantly muscovite-biotite granitoid gneiss (=Pcl)
Pcgn 6 Muscovite-bearing gneiss, schist (=Pelb)
Pcgn 5 Calcilicate gneiss, amphibolite (—Pelb)
Pcgn 4 Locally cordierite, gedrite bearing (Pel b)
Pcgn 3 Gamet-amphibok gneiss, amphibolite:
mainly hornblende rich, subordinate gedrite (=Pelb)
Pcgn 2 Hornblende-biotite gneiss, mainly leucocratic magmatic in part, minor metasedimenlary gneiss, quartzo-feldspathic gneiss amphibolite & granitoid orthogneiss (=Pe lb)
Pcgn I Bioute gneiss, migmatite, locally garnet, sillimanite bearing ( -Pelt?)
TAMS-ULKI B*rt>-Akobo Bi' cr Bavin Integrated Development Master PJnn
2C- IJANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
■ RESOl R< ES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
Muter PUn
'tams-ltg Brro-Akobo River Buin IntcjrUcd n^r'°Pracin■?-ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
NA TURAl
_____ _____________
CONTENTS
1.
1I 1.2 1.3
2.
2.1
2.2
3.
p,TRODlC'TlON.................................................................................................................................. 1
Objectives of study.
Major  Areas  of  mineralization  and  geology  of  the  basin
ry pes of Minerala present and distribution ASSESSMENT of available DA TA
Introduction
The ARDCO-GEOSERV Report
MINING INSTITUTIONS
.........................
J
1 Minins? m the Baxo-Akobo Basin.
4
3   jj Gold ■■
...... ............
jj 2            Platinum ........ ............................. ...
j./.J            Iron Ore ..         .. ...
4.       MINING TARGETS AND CONSTRAINTS
5-    DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS
5.1       Development Option of Dul
5.2       Development Option al BurLaya-Ankori 53 Development option at Tulu Kapi
5 4 Development Option at Yubdo
5.5 Development Option at the Akobo Basin
4
4
4
............................................................................
.....
..............................................................................
,
6. AVAILABLE MAPS AND FUTURE REQUIREMENTS11
7.       PRIORITIES AND MINING PL.\N_„
8.       need FOR FURTHER STUDIES
FIGURES
11
Figure 1
F'gure 2
General Location of Mineralised Belts
Mineral Deposits and Occurrences Map of Baro-Akobo Basin
LIST OF ACRONYMS
EMR]jc                      ^On-Governmental Organisation
FIGS Ethiopian Mineral Resources Development Corporation GPS Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys
Geographic Positioning System
I    AMS-ulg Baro-Akobo ttiver Buin Inte^raied Development MuierPU^
so r- oo oo onatural resources
ANNEX 2D MINFRai
1. INTRODUCTION
The    Baro-Akobo    Basin    is    blessed    with    many    mineral    occurrences    These concentrated in the upper basin east of longitude 34° E.
are
1.1         Objectives of study
The major objective of the study was to evaluate the previous reports and maps of the basin and assess the mineral resources with respect to their suitability for development in Master Planmn
1.2      Major Areas of mineralization and geolog) of the basin
The Geology’ of the Baro-Akobo Basin comprises essentially
•     Upper Proterozoic to early Palaeozoic low grade meta-sedimcntary and meta-volcanic rocks
•     Permian terrestrial sediments
•     Eocene to Miocene volcanic rocks and Quaternary' volcanic flow's
•      Syn-post tectonic intrusives
•     Quaternary Recent alluvial deposits
The low-gTade metamorphic volcanic and sedimentary rocks are of primary interest as far as the mineral potential of the region is concerned These occupy three major areas known as the Asosa-Benshangul Mineralised Belt in the north, the Metti-Nejo Mineralised Belt in the east an the Akobo Mineralised Belt in the south (see Figure 1) The first two belts belong to the Western Greenstone Region and the third to the Akobo Greenstone Region, two of the well known seven greenstone regions in Ethiopia of late Proterozoic age They consist of low-grade volcanic an sedimentary rocks of greenschist facies along with associated intrusions Gold is found as primary deposits within the greenschists and also as placer deposits.
1.3      Types of Minerals present and distribution
The ARDCO-GEOSERV Mineralogical Map at 1:25O,OOO scale (see section 2) in five sheets shows the known mmeral occurrences of the basin Indicated on the maps are pnmary gold, placer gold, platinum, nickel, base metals (Cu. Zn). chromite, iron, garnet talc kaolin, marble beryl, sillimanite and clay for bncks (see also F ure 2 in this report)
lg
Gold is by far the most important metallic mineral found in the basin and the total reserve of in various areas is estimated to be over 100,000 kg Platinum reserves in the Yubdo ultrabas*c massif are estimated to be 12.060 kg Other significant metallic minerals are iron ore, afd b«se metals, indicated from geochemical analysis of stream sediment samples
TAMS-L'LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2D-1ETHIOPIA
Dul Mountain
(primary gold)
Baro-Akobo River Basin integrated Development
Master Ran Project
Figure 1. GENERAL LOCATION
OF MINERALISED BELTS
12Xm
Placer Gold
Deposits
■ Mneraiisaran Bell CH Wwadahto
^^"enarne; Modified from ARDCO-GEOSERV
01 the Resotjroes
^Z Ethijp,a
SohrZ^ On-
§s£, 
September 13, 1996
13 ’ 1996
Sr
rr *nera4 apr
x-
35"Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
Master Plan Project
Figure 2
MINERAL DEPOSITS AND OCCURRENCES
MAP OF
X BARO-AKOBO BASIN
11 -woo:ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
a ^sa-Benshangul Mineralised Belt there are four important primary gold occurrences In ‘^h re metal occurrences The Pnnc*Pal primary' deposit is at Dul. which is 13 km
^ tb Southeast of the border town of Kurmuk centred on Latitude 10’ 29’ N. longitude has becn ^P101-”1 sin<x 1970’ wilh ?eolo@ ^ mapping at 1 10,000 scale
c
34 “" non work is presently being earned out by a US;Canadian joint venture and
k^cssions have been granted Drilling, trenching and pitting has been earned out
near
Dul,
25
km  south
-southeast
of
Kurmu
k
is  th
e  Azale-Ak
endeyu  area,
which  is  a
^ S°   lial   d
epos
it   of
copper
and   zinc
and
has 
b
een
subject   to
considerable
exploration
[  dicatiotis 
are
that
there  is  a
possible
a
ssoc
iation
o
t
gold
and  silver
so  this  area  is
considered
to be impo
rtant
[ n the Metti-Nejo Belt primary  and placer, gold has  been found at Tulu Kapi, Buttaya-Ankori, Lena Baguda, Komto, Yavan Gedhemso. and Kobera-Uwa Exploration work  was  earned oul some years  ago in the Tulu Kapi and Bunaya-Ankori areas. However, the most important mineral occurrence in this  area is  the eluvial and alluvial platinum at Yubdo, centred at
approximately  longitude  35’  30'E  and  latitude  8D   57’N,  which  was  mined  from  1926  to  1988
The  highest  production  was  in  1932  at  230  75  kg  but  recently  production  never  rose  above  5 kg per annum Extensive exploration has been carried out in this area
Also in the Metti-Nejo Belt iron orc  is  found which has  been explored since the early  1960s The deposits  occur as  lenses  within the Metti-Nejo low-grade metamorphic  belt Principally four localities  have been identified with total reserves  estimated at approximately  800,000 metric  tonnes  Other potentially  important occurrences  in the Metti-Nejo Belt are of nickel at Dalaii, 32 km northeast of Yubdo.
In the Akobo Mineralised Belt in the south of the basm the only  mineral of economic importance is  placer gold, which has  been mined by  local inhabitants  since early  times. Based on exploratory  work  a foreign firm estimated a possible total of one million cubic  meters  of aunferous alluvial gold with a possible average grade of 0 7 g per n?
Industrial rocks and minerals are also reported to occur in the basin. Apart from construction materials for local use such as building materials and brick clay and carbonate rocks for soil wnditioning, interesting industrial minerals occurring are garnet, sillimanite, talc, beryl and
ao m’ bUI ’ll the occurrences are believed to be small and further exploration is necessary
cond^ambe'a bas’n ‘s associated with the White Nile Rift Graben and Chevron Oil has 
" ucted geophysical studies which confirmed the presence of a 3,600m thick sedimentary breath the Quaternary alluvial sediments, which constilutes a deep trough
disc rat> C f°r pfiU'oleum and gas deposits The area is still under exploration since oil has been
C >red in the
r      a plain      adjacent Sudanese nft basins and similar formations could continue into the r- _ ,
^be|
^AMS-ULG Barv-Akobo River Bfuin Inte^Tilfd Devdopffienl Masi er PI id
3D-1NATURAL RESOURCESANNEX 2D MINERau^^^
2. assessment of available data
2.1 Introduction
The mineral resources of Ethiopia have been described by Jelence D (1966), but very little
written in this publication about the Baro-Akobo basin
The main-source of reference for this  study  was  the .ARDCO-GEOSERV report, (1995) Volume IV C Mineral Resources Survey Part of the basin is covered by Davidson. A. (1983)' The Omo River Project, reconnaissance Geology and Geochemistry' of parts of Ilubabor. Kcfi Gamu Gofa and Sidamo which was published as Bulletin No 2 of the Ministry of Mines ana Energy-
Two seneral references  for the whole country  consulted were by  the Ministry  of Mines  and Energy (1994), Introducing the Gold fields of Ethiopia, and Introducing the Mineral Wealth of Ethiopia
2.2      The ARDCO-GEOSERV Report.
ARDCO-GEOSERV has  investigated the mineral potential of the Baro-Akobo basin and Volume IVC Minerals  Resources  Survey, is  a comprehensive document on the mineral resources  of the basin The report cites  S3 references, mainly  geological reconnaissance surveys, prospecting reports  and geochemical reports  and gives  an inventory  of mineral occurrences and deposits of the basin Data was obtained from four regional surveys and mar,' semi-detailed and detailed surveys,
The report identifies 57 mineral deposits and occurrences in the Baro-Akobo basin mainly at reconnaissance and preliminary investigation stage with only three deposits investigated in deoil All the occurrences are identified on the accompanying Mineral Maps in five sheets at 1:250,000 scale 31 occurrences are of gold placers, nine are of primary gold, two are platinum, one is nickel andfour are iron ore; marble, beryl, kaolin and clay account for the remaining nine occurrences Significant occurrences that deserve further consideration are described in detail together associated geological conditions
From the analysis of the ARDCO-GEOSERV report it is evident that the Baro-Akobo
contains significant mineral occurrences, and most of the prospective areas have been covered by regmnai geological mapping and mineral prospecting by several international agencies and d* Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys in the past
The Baro-Akobo basin is a large area and since systematic studies only started dunng d* Ja* twenty years there are many gaps in the knowledge of specific areas whhin the basin This la** « data is a constraint to any planning of the development of the mineral resources tn the basin
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2D-3ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
mining INSTITUTIONS
tnining operations in Ethiopia are governed by the Ministry of Mines and Energy. The Ionian Vmeral Resources Development Corporation, (EMRDC) an autonomous 
ernment agency established in 1982, developed and operates an open pit gold mine at Lega
pcrnbi in primary gold deposits in southern Ethiopia
Pie Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys  (FIGS} conducts  geological reconnaissance surveys  arid mapping and exploration programmes  Once EIGS identifies  a mineral deposit, the Ethiopian Mineral Resources  Development Corporation undertakes  detailed mineral exploration and development, except For petroleum, natural gas and geothermal energy .
3j Mining in the Baro-Akobo Basin
Since ancient times the three mineralised belts have been known for their gold and local people have exploited platinum and iron ore as well as gold Mining is an artisanal activity at present
31.1 Gold
Existing mining developments  in the basin are restricted to the semi-detailed -detailed primary gold exploration which is  under way  by  a Canadian American joint venture company  at Dul In the Metti-Nejo belt alluvial and eluvial deposits  in areas  like Yubdo, Kapi. Gedemso and Komto have been known for their gold and platinum In the Akobo mineralised belt, placer gold is  the only  known economically  extractable mineral and as  in the Asosa-Benshangul region local inhabitants, usually  1 or 2 man enterprises, mine these deposits  There arc  no estimates of the quantities extracted, and much is smuggled over the border
TJ.2 Ptatinum
The discovery of platinum in the vicinity of Yubdo dates back to the early 1920s The main platinum deposit is residual derived from the bedrock. The total platinum mined from 1926-
88 was 2129 67 kg excluding that produced from 1973-1983 where data is not available e maximum recorded production of the metal was in 1932 which amounted to 230.75kg In
un^rl ytarS Produc,’On has not exceeded 5kg Major exploration programmes were
ara
grading 0,335     Gf/tATimdi
f rlai<eri at Yubdo since 1961, and total platinum reserves were estimated as 12,060kg
a. «L*
*1 iArboJ 1kiF i Ina lufinietm nF
SiflCl
J,i -J Iron Ore
P[_
smelt t'TneS the I*501! inhabitants  in Ethiopia (including the central Wellega region} have report T*" Ore for the nianufacture of agricultural implements, utensils, weapons  etc  A 9v erafi SUbrtline<1 to l^e Ministry  of Mines, indicated a total reserve of 800,000 metric  tonnes iron 8Jng 650/’ Fe ’n the basin This  reserve is  spread out in four major areas  and suggests  that
deposits are small
TAMS-LLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated De*clopmeni Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL
4. MINING TARGETS AND CONSTRAINTS
The critical areas for follow up studies are
•      Dul
•      Bunaya - Ankori
•     Tulu Kapi
•      Yubdo
•      Akobo basin
Such studies will take a long time and will have to be undertaken as part of the implementation of the Master Plan. In addition there should be a proper assessment of the geology in terms of plate tectonics  to establish metallogenic  zoning in order to help predict areas  of interest for future exploration Extensive use of merging of data sets  using Remote Sensing and GIS is advocated
Mining in the basin is an artisanal activity at present The government of Ethiopia recognises that foreign investment in the mining sector is essential for national economic growth, and is therefore actively seeking foreign investors to participate in mineral resource development
Local inhabitants mining placer gold deposits on a subsistence basis might be grouped in to organisations to actively mine and produce gold in a more efficient way
Limitations to development of the mining potential in the Baro-Akobo basin are mainly poor access to possible areas of mineralization, lack of water resources and lack of energy Development of these resources would enhance the development of mining operations However the main constraint on the development of mining in the Baro-Akobo basin is the lack of detailed exploration carried out in the area
TAMS-VLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2D -5mineral resources
DEVELOPMENT options
Five development options have been presently identified h.r ,
3 comprehensive fist and forther op
n’
tlO  S may Wcl] d
master plan execution
The options identified are:
•     Dul
•      Bunaya - Ankon
•     Tulu Kapi
•      Yubdo
•     Ako bo basin
-
' "ust J* ftr«^cd that this is not
C,OP ^er further studies during the
Due  to  lack  of  suitable  data  it  has  not  been  possible  rn  ,
“
" ° V °"e °°'d ™e - E«« Lesa U .ZS,*^^***
5.1       Development Option of Dul 1.      Mineral Resources
2.
3.
4.
5.
6 7.
8 9 10. 11 12. 13 14 15
Development of primary Gold Mining at Dul
The development is being proposed because a considerable amount of exploration has been carried out indicating extensive reserves  Golden star recently  acquired an exploration licence
Beneficiaries would be private investors and the Government
The development is socially acceptable because it is feiriy remote away from the border town ofKurmuk
This development is appropriate, as it is suitable for foreign investment
Location  is  13  km  south  Southeast  of  Kunnuk.  or  90km  north  Northwest  of  BenshanguJ, Asosa
A geological map of the Dul area at scale 1 10,000 covers an area of 2060 sq. km
1 he dev elopment would provide substantial employment opportunities.
The development will be financed by overseas investment
Before  implementation  could  take  place  further  detailed  geological  survey  diamond  drilling and geochemical analysis of samples is required
The development would be supported by the Ministry' of Mines and the Ethiopian Institute of Geological Surveys
"The    development    would    require    power,    water    supply,    upgrading    of    roads    and communications and the establishment of a mining town
development has to be protected by law
The  commercial  risks  for  the  project  are  subject  to  the  amount  of  exploratory  work  carried
1 6             * reserves aorejcprporveoven nby uy expexplolroartaotroy ry wworok,iiuthueinmthuejcco^nmumnueurci cual risks are lesse.n«e□d«««. The project will be sustained with external finance and development of infrastructure
t *MS-ULG Barxi-Akobo River Basin [nteRriteti Ocrt1o|Hn«t Master Plan
2I> -6NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINED..
------------------------------------------------------------------------- —-------------------- RfSo'k<
r
17 The environment would be seriously affected in the area of mining d
infrastructure development, including power lines and roads The impact o T e*°pnitTr * considerable and an Environment Impact .Assessment is proposed " area J
18    The development would probably create employment for predominantly men
19
20
ke development will probably create a health hazard and employees will have breathing precautions 
.
It is not known what will be the demands on social services but a hospital and facHrties must be provided
tot^
21     No other economic activities will be created by the development
22     Care has to be taken with wells and grazing lands With proper up-to-date ‘
management and transportation conflicts are not foreseen to arise with other '
resources
5.2      Development Option at Bunaya-Ankori
1. Mineral Resources
2       Development of Primary Gold Mining at Bunaya-Ankori
3       Limited exploration has been earned out with geochemistry, soil survey, geophysics trenching and drilling Preliminary investigations have indicated that viable deposits art available
4       Beneficiaries would be private investors and the Government
5       The development is socially acceptable because it is remote
6. This development is appropriate to foreign investment
It is centred on 9° 08T4 latitude and 35° 35T. longitude It is near the Genji - Tulu Kapi-Ain road in the south and extends northwards
8       The development covers an area of approximately 15 Ion"
9       The development would provide substantial employment opportunities
10     The development will be financed by overseas investment
11       For  implementation  further  exploration  including  diamond  drilling,  geochemistry  arx. geological mapping is required
12     The development would be supported by the Ministry of Mines and the Ethiopian Institute e Geological Surveys
13       The   development   would   require   power,   water   supply,   upgrading   of   roads communications and the establishment of a mining town
14. The development has to be protected by law
.,
15     The commercial risks for the project are subject to the amount of exploratory work cam out, if reserves are proven by exploratory work, then the commercial risks are lessened
16     The project will be sustained with external finance and development of infrastructure
17       The  environment  would  be  affected  only  in  the  area  of  mining  development infrastructure, including power lines and roads
18     The development would probably create employment for predominantly men
]9  The  development  will  probably  create  a  health  hazard  and  employees  will  have  to breathing precautions
20  It  is  not  known  what  will  be  the  demands  on  social  services  but  a  hospital  and  m facilities must be provided
21. No other economic activities will be created by the development, except perhaps seco activities such as shops, services and transportation
TAMS-TLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2D-7; ,..,«ALglOI1RCES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
22-
th propcr uP date mining management, conflicts are not foreseen to arise with other ' of resources. Care has to be taken with wells and grazing lands Power will also he
U ^ired for the platinum development at Yubdo
if-
3  Development option at Tnlii Kapi
Mineral Resources
Development of primary Gold Mining at Tutu Kapi
Exploration  by  an  Italian  company  in  1939  indicated  proven  reserves  of  Gold  of  just  over
3.
4
5
6
7 8.
9. 10
1 150kg, worth approximately 45 million USS at present prices.
Beneficiaries would be private investors and the Government
The development is socially acceptable because it is fairly remote
This development is appropriate as it is suitable for foreign investment
It is located some 15 km Northeast of Yubdo at approximately longitude 35° 32' E and latitude 9°04*N
The  development  covers  an  area  of  approximately  250  sq  km. The development would provide substantial employment opportunities The development will be financed by overseas investment
11     For   implementation   further   detailed   geological   survey,   diamond   drilling   and   geochemical analysis of samples is required
12
B.
The  development  would  be  supported  by  the  Ministry  of  Mines,  and  the  Ethiopian  Institute of Geological Surveys
The development would require power, water supply, upgrading of roads and communications and the establishment of a mining town.
14 The development has to be protected by law
15. The commercial risks for the project are subject to the amount of exploratory work earned
out, if reserves are proven by exploratory work, then the commercial risks are lessened
1b The project will be sustained with external finance and development of infrastructure
i’’ The environment would be affected only in the area of mining development and
infrastructure, including power lines and roads
18 The development would probably create employment Tor predominantly men
T’ The development will probably create a health hazard and employees will have to take
breathing precautions
h is not known what will be the demands on social services but a hospital and medical
2 ^'bues must be provided
No  other  economic  activities  will  be  created  by  the  development  except  perhaps  secondary activities such as shops, services and transportation.
Uh proper up to date mining management, conflicts are not foreseen to arise wiih other
of resources Care has to be taken with wells and grazing lands Power will also be
required for the platinum development at Yubdo
f^evelopniem Option at Yubdo
2       ^ineralRej^^
3       ^5 ^°P ent of platinum mining at Yubdo
m
was already earned out at Yubdo between 1926 and 1941 by private mining ^nipanies Since 1941 small-scale mining was carried out by the Ethiopian Government
T AMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River
Integrated Dcvctopmeni Malter Plan
2D -anatural resources
ANNEX   2D   MINERAL   R£Sf)I    ti ---------------—-- -------- '--------
4
5.
6
7
8
9 10 11.
12.
Resources of platinum have been estimated at 12.060kg grading 0 3 36g worth appro •
56 million USS at present prices
Beneficianes would be private investors and the Government
The development is socially acceptable because it is fairly remote
This development is appropriate as it is suitable for foreign investment
i ncatinn is at Longitude 8°57N and latitude 35°30T. near Yubdo town
The development probably covers an area of approximately 1000 km?
The development would provide substantial employment opportunities
The development will be financed by overseas investment
For implementation research into new processing techniques is required, as well as stru drilling Also GPS should be used to localise existing mine sites and shafts, in orda^ accurately locate mineralised areas on maps
The development would be supported by the Ministry of Mines, and the Ethiopian Instrrute of Geological Surveys
13     The   development   would   require   power,   water   supply,   upgrading   of   roads   an,- communications and the extension of a mining town
14
15
The development has to be protected by law
The commercial risks for the project are subject to the results of research into new processtm techniques
16     The project will be sustained with external finance and development of infrastructure
17     The environment would be affected in the area of mining development and infrastructure including power lines and roads The impact on the area could be considerable and an Environmental Impact Assessment is proposed
18     The development would probably create employment for predominantly men
19     The development may create a health hazard and employees will have to take breathing precautions
20.  It  is  not  known  what  will be the demands on social services but a hospital and medo facilities must be provided
21     No other economic activities will be created by the development, except perhaps seconds activities such as shops, services and transportation
22      With proper up to date mining management, conflicts should not anse with other uses o resources Care has to be taken with wells and grazing lands
5.S Dev elopment Option at tbe Akobo Basin
1 Mineral Resources
2. Development of placer Gold Mining at Akobo
3       Exploration of the Akobo River and its tributaries with the aim of delineating gold deposits was earned out in 1939-40 (COMINA Mining Co.) and sampling was earned ou during 1951-53 A possible total of 150,000 cubic meters of gravel with a possible avef"? value of 1 gram per cubic meter was indicated At present values this is worth appro*"”**
58 million USS.
4 
Beneficiaries would be artisanal miners and private investors
5
The development is socially acceptable because it would provide limited employment
6
This development is appropriate to local investment
7
It is located in the region of Akobo River and tributaries
8
The development covers an area of approximately 2400 km2
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2D-9M n rai resources
ANNEXWIMINERAL resources
0. 10
IJ
12
The   development   would   only   provide   limited   employment   onn_   ..
enterprises.
The development will be financed locally
For implementation further sampling and analysis is required
opportunities in 1 or 2 man
The development would be supported by' the Geological Surveys 
.L
of
Ethiopian Institute of
13    The development may require limned power and limited atffasttucture
14
15
17. IS 19. 20. 21. 22
The development has to be protected by law.
The commercial risks for the project appear to be minimal
uucrure
exploratory work, particularly geochemical analysis 
resu”s of fjnjleT
16.
The project will be sustained by local artisanal miners no«ihK  ^ - j
o
L
The environment would only be affected locally 
* ajpenised NGO’s.
The development could provide employment for men and women The development should not cause a health hazard
There would probably be no demands on social services
No other economic activities will be created by the development Conflicts are not foreseen to arise with other uses of resources
AMS-ltlg Barn- Akobo River Baria Integrated Development Master Plan
2D -10NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2D MINERAL R
ES()| r
6. AVAILABLE MAPS AND FUTURE REQUIREMENTS
The ARDCO-GEOSERV geological maps  at 1 250,000 scale form an excellent database f. reconnaissance planning Also the accompanying Mineral Maps  show dearly  wh* mineralization occurs
Many  semi-detailed  surveys  have  been  carried  out,  principally  by  the  Ethiopian  Institu
Geological  Surveys  However,  for  any  developments  to  take  place  in  the  mining  sector
ie' of
i
detailed mapping and exploration work  is  required This  can . '
- j nxich
foreign investment
only be accomplished
TAMS-VLG Baro-Akobo River Bitin Integrated Dcwlopment Master Plan
ID-11ANNEX 2D MINERAL RESOURCES
PRIORITIES AND MINING PLAN
At this stage it is very difficult to identify priorities for mi.
00t
cwnprdWHive                Obviously 
explorai™,                md
TO._,h'avadaMe
However >he opnons menuoned in Section s ® development in the region
'« proceed commuouslv ld aPPtar t0 be the priorities for
cal information available at present is adequate for Master Planning However detailed
0 £ potential mining areas is required There should be a detailed database of areas 
ma pp J 
in
where
. ndcal. geophysical and detailed mineral exploration have been carried out
Detailed and semi detailed geological mapping will be greatly  assisted by  the provision of large scale (I l 5°°° to 1;20,000) colour vertical aerial photographs, with at least 60% stereoscopic overlap
tAMS-CLG BareAkobo River Balin intcpr.ited Dev clop mt nt Mister Plan
2D-12ANNEX 2D MINERAL
natural resources____________
need for further studies
8.
..-^^JS«StsRSs-*a
t
Mthough the outline of the eiosw detailed database
ctup samples have been collected
levels before mining activities can be activated
e U e ,no oeolomcal maps has been earned out. there should be»
P.^ geophysical and detailed nunea includlDg a summary of how manv stream, soil trench andsaTvkalR^^
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
ANNEX2E
FORESTRY
t AMS-ULG Baro-Afcobo Rhcr Basin Integrated Development Master Plan✓
f
f, aTVBA
i.
ANNEX 2E forestry
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION      ■« a »•< a               ■ ail vaaaaa tHIlt.lllllili:
**«■ l
1. 2I
2.2
3.
METHO1*
Available Data ........................... ................. .................... ........................ ... . .................... 2
National Pnority Forestry Areas 
............. .............................. 3
BASELINE resources...................... . ....................................... ............... .. ................ .......... 4
, I Natural Forests ................................. .......................... ....
<1
'
jifro^Alpinc and Suh-Alpine.
...................... ................................................... 4
Coniferous........................................................................ ...................... ..................... 4
j / j Aningena........................................................................................... .............. ........................... 5
j ; 4           Olea......     .....-............ ....................................... .......................... .. -........... . ................ . 5
j I j Baphia............................... ................ -...... -.................... .......... ................ ......................*... ......... 5
j / t5. Evergreen Clump-Shade ____________ _______ ___ ___ ________ _____ _____ _______ J
4
j / 7. Mixed Deciduous..................... ............ ..................................................... —............................. 5
j y £ Combretum and Acacia .......................................................... ....................................................5
j / 9. Riparian......................................................................... .............. ~...................................... .. ...5
3 2 Plantation Forests 
4. SILVICULTURE
.............. ............. ........ 6
4.1 Forest Nurseries ............................................................ ............... ......................... .......................... 7
4,2. Forest Management ....................... .......................................................... ........... -.......................... 7
4 5 Forest Monitoring .................................................. .................. ................................ 7
4 4 Land Clearing and Forest Harvesting..................... .......................................-.............. 7
5, FOREST INSTITUTIONS AND POLICIES.................................................-............................... 9
5.1      Institutional History and Development of Foresin .
9
5.2      Forest Strategy and Policy............................................................... ... ................................. 10
DE V E LOP’MENT OPTIONS.■«««»»«■ ■««■ ■««**■■
6.1
6.2
6.3
64
6.5 6.6
7.
Forestry'Education ........................................... .............. . Forest Demarcation, Delineation, Inventories and Mapping Rehabilitation of Disturbed Natural Forests 
•*.»»* 11
......... -..... —-            ■■....-12
14
15
Gum Belt Rehabilitation ..................................................................................... .........-......... 16
Introduction of Agroforestrv.................... *....... ..................... ............ *.....*...... ................ 18
Reforestation of Abandoned Land.................... .............. ................ .................... ...... -............ 20
KFFTRENCES
FAO
N GO
ACRONYMS
Food  and  Agriculture  Organisation  of  the  United  Nations Non-Governmental Organisation
United Nations High Commission for the Refugees
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akotxi River Basin Integrated Onekipmcnt Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
1. LNTRODUCT1ON
The project area contains about 2.2 million ha of forests .Although isolated into small and seriously degraded, thev constitute more than half of Fthinnia'c r—stanth
water quality and supply will lessen, and agricultural productivity will diminish
m i vi case
This Master Plan forestry component has the objective of describing forests within the project area and of proposing plans  for their management In reality, the quality  and quantity  of available data and restrictions  placed upon the gathering of new data seriously  limited the attainment of these objectives  .An inventory  is  therefore crucial before any  other options  can be tackled Nonetheless, the close of this  document presents  important avenues  by  which forest management can be improved These options  are, necessarily, generalised because of lack  of data Most importantly, however, it is  necessary  to realise that the potential loss  of Ethiopia's forests is a national problem, not just a project issue national policies will need to be set before project actions can become effective
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Batin Integrated Development Master PlanANNEX 2E FORESTRY
, METHOD
This Master Plan study of forest resources Was , parfcuWy those provided by previous
in two phases inception, when the
avai ab
|  i_
.-omplcteness and in the intennt, when resource deveLm^ field visit to the project area early in ]996
quality,   and   use   of   forest   resources' 2j, Available Data
ton. a revlc„ of
area mquiiy was
for ^cguac
pment Preets were form.ilat a d
the    ^^rstandmg   of   the    ‘vTnt   detitv
Since the review of the Inception Report (here has  been no change in the availability  of existing data, reports  and maps, including the position of the 1994/95 satellite imagery  In this connection it should be remembered that the procurement of remote sensing data is  an extremely  long process  Considering the timing and the limited input, it was  not practical to insist further on the supply  of this  digitised data The Steering Committee’s  arf toe committee on data collection advised that, because there were no other data, old data would have to he used
It  should  be  emphasised  that  all  available  forest  and  land  use  information  will  need  to  be updated  to  provide  a  “balance  sheet"  of  the  land  resources  of  the  Baro-Akobo  basin  It  is  a serious matter that so little new primary data has been collected during the last 10 to 15 years This  point  was  realised  by  the  Steering  Committee  when  it  reviewed  the  Inception  Report earlier  during  1996  It  should  be  stressed  that  monitoring  and  evaluation  (M&E)  of  project implementation   is   essential   to   keep   a   tight   reign   on   government   expenditure   In   addition monitoring  of  progress  and  improvements  of  economic  and  physical  factors  such  as  farmers income   environmental   issues,   forest   regeneration   and   domestic   energy   supplies   would   be indispensable   International   Rinding   agencies   would   regard   an   M&E   programme   essential when   providing   project   implementation   financing   Such   programmes   would   not   be   able   to function without a recent and acceptable data baseline
Forestry data reviewed for this Master Plan included information from
(1)  Selkhozpromexport 1990,
(2)  ARDCO-GEOSERV 1995. and
(3) Woody Biomass Inventory’ and Strategic Planning Study. 1989
The Selkhozptomexport study w» ‘
®0SUV study duplicated irt-"to biomass inventory focused on woody L,|;
Wood?
of species. the ARDCO-
hmber DKpile then seenungly recent
imagery used to develop these reports were «'«.eslimauo„ of the total forest a.«
were then occurring, and indeed continu
8cfet to references cited at the close of Ous docuin
ii n dates, the has 
CJ1  o
oldcr.
estimation of “ “™" ^nna fo™“ .nd «'«'
. systematic changes
objectives of these
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akubu River Basin Integrated Development Masicr Plan
2E 2ANNEX 2E FORESTRv
5VI.KAI RESOURCES
------
obscured their utility to this 
.k    c    Master    Plan    I"    PartlCU,ar'    thc      abscnce       of ^a^sseentssmcoueldntbcoe umldadbeeomf addaetaorfedliaatbailirtveliability
" PX: td fore«                                 r"” ™ forest inventories obtained near roads TOM,
'^O-GEOSERV's ovet-rehance
• svstemalic bias 
maly%
X were My distulbed. '“^^osERV to carry out an tnventory of the uppo
***£ tW sXs^biy reduced the quality of their tnfo^tton
types (slowi growing) and plantation fotoq
The Ethiopian practice of combining nat
estimatlons of forest susiainabilir,
(fast growing)» “^“"Xr formation on tunber harvesting from the Forest Unto, SsS? They «ere not forthcoming
2.2 National Priority Forestry Areas
These arc depicted on Map
There are 11 National Priority Forestry Areas in the Project Area
37 (Volume IV) and include'
Gerjcda
Sigmo geba
Sele Mesengo
Gesha
Yeki
!
Sheko
Guraferda
SavlemWangus
Godere
Abobo Gog
Gambela Park
’ The nearly identical image signature fw F1 (dosed undisturbed forest) and F2 (dosed or open fragment*
1
 ■ofr'
require ground truthing io separate
’ We estimate the tune required to conduct low-intensity inventories to be about IS months, ARDC "^
0
ycFRV
used 4. of which only 3 were actuallym the held
4  Ministry of Agriculture. Department of Forestry and Wildlife Conservation
TAMS-L’LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2E-3ANNEX 2E forestry
baseline resources
oft-repeated statistic is that 60 per cent of Ethiopia's natural evergreen forests occur in the
niect area In actual fact, the forest reserves of the project area are meagre Feu pnmary 
? ests remain, those that do remain occur on steep land that is unsuitable even for shifting
^culture Those forests that remain appear to follow a sequence of increasing degradation
^Sowed by total disappearance The following pages describe the types of forests known to
presCnt. As was stated earlier, we were unable to acquire information about forest
productivity and cunent stand volumes due to its unavailability or its data being simply out-of
daw
Extrapolation of the available soil, terrain and forest data is  statistically  allowed, provided that
the   field  mapping  scale  and  distance  between  survey  transacts  are  based  on  international
standards    laid    down    by    FAO    and    other    similar    organisations    Without    aerial    photo
interpretation,   however,   this   method   tends   to   introduce   inaccuracies   and   is   therefore   not
recommended.
Under  the  prevailing  conditions,  there  were  no  other  alternatives  but  to  use  the  available  data
to  prepare  a  master  plan  for  the  forestry  sector  and  this  Annex  describes  how  this  task  has 
been accomplished Additional inventory work using recent imagery was not realistic
3.1.    Natural Forests
The following delineations of forest types are based on reconnaissance observations rather
than on delineations of mapping units (this Master Plan contained no provision for primary 
data collection and mapping) Almost every forest that was visited was disturbed, some being
low as 10 per cent of their normal density
Afro-A Ipine and Sub-A Ipine
^ro-alpme and sub-alpine forests lie above 3200 m where they comprise small trees, giant
’”  * suflrutecents Erica ar bore a. Phihppia rremera. Kniphofia spp, Helichrysum spp,
bs
petuana, and giant Lobelia spp Little human activity occurs in this zone other than
wUiHg and barley cultivation.
2. (.ottifertms
^^    Crests, lying between 1800 and 2500 m, occur principally on steep lands, where
ous
s   ers  On
i P * of seeds assists their regeneration. They comprise two principal species 
ang        f     us and Juniperous excelsa. Other important trees include Fagaropsis
ol
a,pux  alcaf
V' ^lle,t,a/erru&"ea. Teclea nobihs. and Schefflera abyssmica. One of the most
a er timbers of Ethiopia, Podocarpus, has been logged almost to extinction
TAMS-ULG Barit-Akobo River
Integrated Development Muter Plan 2E-4NATURAL RESOURCES
A -x2tF0Rr^,
3A.n1i.n3g. eArniainfgoererist a s lie between 1600 and 2000 m where the annual rainfall
is  b
a   Out ,
mm The species composition of this type is high due to its wide range of suitable conditions. Important species include Syzygtum gutneense, Ficus spp. O/ea
Prumis africana. Albtzzia gummifera. Polyscias fuiva, Morus mesozygia, Ekbergm c Celtus gomphophylla. Cordia africana, and Croton machrostachyus.
3.1. A. Olea
Olea forests lie between 1500 and 2000 m. Their preference for gentle slopes exposes th disturbance and exploitation They comprise a wide range of commercially desirable ° Olea webvitschii, Rosqueie phoberos. Apodytes dimidiata. Polysicias ferrugmea^Ob hochstetten, Cordia abysinmca. and Syzygium guineense
3.1.5.    Baphia
Ca Pfnsis.
Baphia forests often merge with riparian forest .An open forest type, it contains such species as  Zizyphus  pubescens. Diospyrus  mesipihforms. Alstonia boonei. Celt is  integnfoha. and Chlorophora exceisa Woodland species. Albizzia schimeriana, Croton macrostachyus, and Combretum molle, also occur Baphia forests  arc  under threat from burning and fuelwood collection
3.1.6.   Evergreen Clump-Shade
Evergreen dump-shade forests occur throughout the highland plateau Remnants of the
forests which once clothed Ethiopia's uplands, they are now made up of islands of trees whose under-storey has been removed to proside space for coffee, there is no forest regeneration Nonetheless, the trees continue to provide a low intensity of habitat for birds and other life as well as some slight hydrological benefit
3.1.7.   Mixed Deciduous
Mixed deciduous  woodlands  extend along the south-western and north-western edges  ofthe plateau at about 1200 m altitude Their species  include Albizzia schimpertana. Croton macrosiachyus, Euphorbia abyssinica, E. candelabrum. Grewia bicolor. Bersama abyssinica. and Acacia spp, among others
3.I.8.    Combretum and Acacia
The combretum and acacia woodlands (or wooded savannahs) occupy the low and upper basu1 between 500 and 1 SOO m altitude In the far western pan of the project area, gum-beanng Acacia seyal and A sievenana occur, combretum grows in the Omo. Gambela. and
regions Heavy grazing and charcoal making encroach into these woodlands, reducing area of the gum belt, which extends from Anifilo wereda north to Kurmuk wereda
3.1.9.   Riparian
Ripanan forests extend throughout the plateaux drainage pattern, dropping down to plains Like woodlands of the savannah and upland basin, riparian forests are under eno
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
1rheANNEX 2E FORESTRY
____________________
from local and refugee populations Important species include Celfts kraussiana.
pfe5SUrC Mimusops aethiopum, Tamarindus mdica, Maytenus senegalensis. Kigelia
Ficus 
ir
aif w ’'-
minensea. and Acacia spp
, plantation Forests
possible to obtain information about plantation forests in the project area Their It was n0^eflce js contrast to much of Ethiopia, where the practice of plantation forestry is 
j      d. The UNHCR cites examples of forest nurseries at several of its camps
a( vance
generally 
For those which ’n-v
visiied, the stock being produced failed to match the requirements of
Jeas ft>r which they were proposed
forests are not separately listed in the wereda data, which were obtained by the land Fla ?UlJ0|n section of the project Tabulated wereda land use data are available in the GIS data filVas broad land use categories Recent (1995) wereda boundary changes have affected
C area values However, the relevant tabulated data cannot be modified al this stage as the ^boundaries have only been established and agreed by the authorities during Junc/July, 1996
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Devrlnpmcnt Master Plan
2E-6natural resources
annex
4.          SILVICULTURE
Silvicultural management of the forests described in the preceding section is conspicu absence Indeed, watershed and catchment area management training is not 0U$^'<s curriculum of Ethiopia's schools of forestry Lack of knowledge, coupled with^i^ means and of effectual national policy, excludes the practice of silviculture from the • °f area
4.1.       Forest Nurseries
Pr°ject
Forest nurseries  obviously  played a significant role in the expansion of eucalyptus  plantation; during the Derg regime Small forest nurseries  occur in scattered locations  in the project area Those operated by refugee camps are producing species unsuited to their location
4.2.       Forest Management
Forest management as  a science is  totally  absent from the project area Eucalyptus  and other species  are planted at a spacing that produces  slender poles  rather than maximises  yield While this  means  that timbers  can be handled solely  by  manpower, improved technology  might contribute additional volume to help resolve the imbalance between wood demand and supply
4.3.       Forest Monitoring
There is no monitoring of project area forests
4.4.       Land Clearing and Forest Harvesting
The decline in forest cover appears  to result from the combined actions  of civil unrest, land conversion to agriculture, fuelwood harvesting, and burning FAO (1990) reported that Ethiopia loses  about 250,000 ha/annum of its  natural forests, equivalent to a fuelwood demand ot 53 5 million m of wood, and that the demand for woody  biomass  exceeds  forest regenerative power by  60 per cent (this  value is  closer to 80 per cent today) In Ethiopia, per capita fuelw'ood demand is  about 1.2 kg day  in and lands. 2 1 kg in upland plateaux, and 27 kg, one of the highest rates m .Africa, in the south west (the project area)
•Another contributing factor is the project areas population of refugees, currently about 60,000 individuals but ranging between 10,000 and 385,000 since 1983 Assuming a consume
rate of 2 7 kg/day, current requirements are 2.7 kg dav x 365 day&annum x 60.000 refugee ' 59.130 tonnes/annum or about 57.000 m , the equivalent of 5,700 ha/annum of planting at m ha Refugees were reported by the UNHCR to be selling fuelwood (Montrose Estates Ltd.
3
1993)
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Matter Pl*n>aTI R.*t RESOVRCES
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
n -indigenous  ethnic  group  in  Gambela  bum  woodlands  as  part  of  their  livestock 
T)ie  F^3ta   n
ract c
^ageftie11 P
j cs  Burning  is  an  important  component  of  land  management  in  the  project of savannah Africa, grasslands ate burnt to achieve a multitude of
jr
ea
In     promote   new   growth   of   natural   pasture,   to   draw   wildlife   into   an   unprotected
o bfectives    /..  out   srnall  mammals  used  for  food  The  areas  burnt  annually  can  be  large,  and jrE i  io  ^oun1    to  more  than  half  the  area  of  the  lower  basin  During  the  course  of  a  field could   even    pbserved   extending   from   Bonga   Refugee   Camp   to   the   plateau   just   short   of
^ 3X“rf39ltm
rw and tea estates occupv areas of former plateau forest
Large cotire
-ention  of  forests  located  on  slopes  greater  than  about  60  per  cent,  forests  in  the
With the cx<„
j     decline The Omo Ghtbe River Basin Development Master Plan (R
fier ouS
project area Assoc 1995j reports  declines  in tree density  from a normal of 2,000 trees/ha
W °° Than 300 We expect 3 Similar loss of tree densityin ,he Master plan project area
croiect  area  contains  8  sawmills  1  each  in  the  weredas  of  Humuru.  Recho.  Ale,  Setema. ScvoP   and  Godere,  and  2  in  Sigmo  These  sawmills  were  conceived  for  much  larger  timber throughputs than that now available.
tXmTUTg Baro-Akobo River Basin
Master Plannatural resources
5.        FOREST INSTITUTIONS AND POLICIES
Forest institutions in Ethiopia have changed greatly since their inception in 1950
of organisational stability within the hierarchy of government, the many comnl
that have evolved in recent decades and the lack of budgetary commitment to str ,S,raie8*t management have weakened the role of forestry in Ethiopia
glhen f°r«i
, r ihat no new draft forest policy  paper had been published by  the Department of
Poland Wildlife Conservation before the end of June 1996 With regard to the question
Forestry ano possible conflicts
forcstry scctor thjs 1S bemg addressed in Volume H
Allocation. where all proposed Optas  are brought together and tested fa
Further  relevant  information  is  provided  in  Chapter  5  of  this  Annex,  Volume  II,  Chapter  3 Section 3.4.5 and Chapter 4, Section 4.3 3
With regard to land tenure issues in the forestry sector, only limited and tentative discussions have been included m the Interim Report. Further work has been carried out by the Institutions Specialist and the results are included in Annex 3F
5.1. Institutional History and Development of Forestry
Government involvement tn forestry began with the introduction of eucalyptus during the last century It was not until 1950, however, that modem forest management commenced with the installation of a Department of Forestry within the Ministry of Agriculture At that time most of Ethiopia s forests were privately owned In 1975 the nation's forests were transferred to public ownership, in 1976 they became state property in the name of the people During this time the Department of Forestry was merged into a Wildlife Conservation Organisation which later became a Wildlife and Conservation Development Agency By 1980 it had become the Forestry and W ildlife Conservation and Development Authority established under the umbrella of the Ministry of Agriculture Currently, forestry survives as a nominal department within the Ministry of Agriculture; its designation has yet to be confirmed by the minister Government is also proposing Regional Forestry Bureaux to deal with local forestry issues To date the manner in which regional forestry  institutions  would liaise with the federal government is undefined
Other organisations involved with forestry issues include the following (established 1980), a Community Forest Development Department,
•      (1980), a Soils and Water Conservation Department.
•      a Relief and Rehabilitation Commission,
•      numerous NGOs working in the project area: Menschen fur Menschen. and
•     the Orthodox Church
TAMS-l’LG Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Pl*nresoukces
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
_ Forest Strategy and Policy
5.**
The   Ethiopian   Forestry   Action   Plan   (1992)   defined   government’s   intentions   in   the   forestry sector. These include
, limiting public sector involvement in activities that could be better addressed by foe private sector.
•  simplifying organisational e
•  encouraging private sector
rnd administrative structures and procedures, involvement in forestry matters;
. providing an effective interface among public-sector agents, NGOs farmers forest industry, forest dwellers, and markets;
•     integrating forest institutions with public agencies in such fields as land use planning soil and water conservation, rainfed farming, and animal husbandry, and
•     deliver forestry sendees in a cost-effective way
TAMS-ULG Ban>Akobo River Basin Integrated DnrloprMni Master Plan
2E -106.         DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS
Heavy loggine operations have been carried out by eight sawnulls in the Si
Godere and Becho forests Records have shown that the planned throughput forth’ Sflt7V considerably larger than the present available timber reserves in these a^reas Cons 
1
sometime in the near future (possibly over the next 2 to 5 years) the mills will b  n?
c
UeWly'«
below capacity This statement should be regarded as tentative and provisitj”8 M
reasonably accurate estimates can be provided at this time The sooner remotely senLt 15 1X1
made available to the Regional Forestry' Bureaux concerned, the better it will be
remaining areas of exploitable forests At this stage it might be appropriate to^
recommend that a logging moratorium is decreed for a period of at least six to
During that time a semi detailed forest survey could be carried out in the affected°” ?
(Section 6 2 refers)
It has been suggested that forest plantations be established to satisfy the needs of the exist™ sawmills  It should be remembered however that it would not be before 2030 at the earbat that the sawmills  would be able to carry  out selective logging in such plantations  The aboit time span docs not allow for the planting of hardw oods or semi-hardwoods In the mean time there is a real danger that most indigenous tree species w ill disappear, unless urgent action is taken urgently
The demand for fuel-wood should be set in the context of a total renewable energy  detune and supply  It should not be limited to fuelwood and charcoal The .Annex  on Renewable Energy  Resources  (Annex  2J) lists  a number of specific  energy  sources  These include the following;
(1) . Biogas.
(2) . Solar energy,
(3)  Wind energy,
(4)  Water current turbines.
(5) . Fuel wood plantations in deficit areas.
(6)  Integrated rural energy systems,
(7)  Distnbution of an improved cook stove design
The pei capita fuel wood demand varies from 1 2 kg per day in the and part of
ntr}
] ^£
o5
2 7 kg per day for the highland areas The FAO estimated in 1990 that EthioP,a t<
1
some 250,000 ha of natural forest per annum country-wide. With such losses  h
inappropriate to consider the present total fuel wood consumption of the basin m ‘ cCf
is clear that the demand exceeds the forest regenerating power, which could «
and 80%
< th^
Map number 66 (Volume IV, Map Album) combines the land use and farming
c;
Thjs map together with Tables 3 S and 36 (Volume IV refers), shows vanousi oodland. Cultivated Areas and Forests These themes are combined
wereda boundaries Forest issues can therefore be related to certain themes in sp^
TAMS ULG Baro-Akobo River Batin Integrated Development M*sler
2F - 11ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
In order to achieve these objectives, forestry needs first to
, improve knowledge about forest extent, composition, density, increment and quality,
• improve the number and capacity of foresters as teachers and as technical foresters 
within the Department of Forestry and Wildlife Conservation
The   following   sections   provide   descriptions   of   development   opportunities   in   forestry   and include the fallowing components
(1)    forestry education,
(2)    forest demarcation, delineation, inventories and mapping,
(3)     rehabilitation of the gum belt.
(4)     rehabilitation of disturbed natural forests,
(5)     introduction of agroforestry. and
(6)     reforestation of abandoned lands
Costs for some of the above options are contained in the financial analysis in .Annex 3E
^■1. Forestry Education
supply of technical foresters to implement investments in forestry' is insufficient to meet six '^U!renienls 211 expanding and developing resource The development option requires 
candidates to receive education to rhe MSc level in watershed and catchment areaNATURAL RESOURCES
11
2I
Basic daia Explanation I    Intervention Sector i Fofeslry—
i
f
'I-R---a--t--io--n--a---le--
I
1
I
I
I
Beneficiaries
I
I
i Acceptability
Education of technical foresters in watershed
i (1) To expand the technical capacity of
Agriculture, Department of Forestry and Wildljf, manage    its    catchments    (2)    To    increase    the technical forestry in Ethiopia.
>0) School of Forestry, Addis Ababa University i (2) Ministry of Water Resource Development i (3) Nation and peoples of Ethiopia
.
The o'p’ t‘ion is institutional and bears no impact on the7 i public________________________________
i Application     t Condition the intervention is intended for universitT^r^
I
I _______ _____
j who have an interest in forestry
Description
1
‘ Location Addis
Ababa University. School of Forestry
Universities    and    schools    of    forestry    will    add    wa^ management to their curriculum The technology will ultimziei-. extend throughout the watersheds of Ethiopia'I
9 Employment , No employment opportunities are offered and none are foregaa
--------------- --------------------- - ---------------------------(
1^1 Ml  UUJ 
;' as a result of this intervention |
.     1         .          _ t-l- ^.21
10    1 Financing Financial assistance will come from donor countries.___________
11      Implementationi ithTeheiniintiiatilacal cadrderewwillilspl spenednd2 2yeyearas rs oveoverserseas as totococommplpelteetewtabrer \, cocouurnsee wwoorrk k TThheey y wwiillll tthheenn rreettuurrnn ttoo ((11)) ffoorrmm aa tteeaachchiinngg ststaaffff oiff
,         watershed management and (2) enter Ethiopia's civil service
12 Institutional • The School of Forestry will co-operate with the Ministry o. support           i Agriculture, Dept of Forestry and Wildlife Conservation. 31
1 I _______________ 1 implementing improved watershed mana^ementiryBhio^jj—-- i 13 i Infrastructure • lnfrastmctural support will come from the universities tte#
._______^_j_studentsanend_______________________ _________ ______
I _ It
Legal
"\
Cl
I_______
',15 " Risks
1
11-
' 1TThheerereaarc rc nnooleleggaal lrereqquuirieremmeenntsts for these measures to | implemented_______________________
i There are no risks associated with this intenynuon^^j l application of technical management of Ethiopia 5 *
requires budgetary commitment, which may °r m3
-------------- I forthcoming
------
16   ; Sustainability Improved technology will be sustainable if it * financial benefit This will come about throug m
|——i------------- - ----------- 1 change in project watersheds, — --
Ll^_l  Environment  J  The  option  has  no  negative  environmental  nn]
c:
'
--
'
' Gender
Eligible graduates would be selected without g*1
gender Linguistic and scholastic qualifications wt
1 ---------1--------- ----------  1 however.
Health                  Application of improved watershed managemer ---------- — — - - _ . improve watg_qualiiv and useablejruant’iy— — ~~
TAMS-ULG Rir^Akobo Rjvtr Bjun UlesnUtd Development M>*r PlanNtn!gAl. resources
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
fiasic ^ata
Explanation
health will improve as a result
"Social sendees
There is no demand for social services with this or Lion
__2<L- 21
“Multipliers
This  option will enable the Department of Forestry  and Wildlife Conservation and the Ministry  of Water Resources  to manage forests  and catchments  better Forest dwellers  and water resource users will benefit
Conflicts-non-
financiaJ
Disturbed landscapes  will require improved management Insofar as these may be in sub-marginal agriculture. some individuals may require relocation or employment in off-farm activities
b  2 Forest Demarcation, Delineation, Inventories and Mapping
Unproved understanding of the extent, density, composition, and quality  of natural forests  in [he project area is  essential to their improved management Protected forests  require their boundary be marked with permanent posts or other indicators
Ii has  been noted that the 1,516,300 ha of forest area include such impurities  as  agricultural and grazing land The ahove area has  been calculated from the 1988 satellite imagery  and it would al this  stage not be possible to separate areas  that were once forested and since converted to other uses. Without newly surveyed and mapped data, it would not be possible to find ajeas that could have land use conflicts This would be especially the case in grazing areas that at some stage in the past had been forested
Map 34, Land Use, 1990, (Volume IV), depicts  a large area of Woodland. Unfortunately  this land use category  is  combined with grassland, Due to the limited data it was  not possible to split these categories  at present. It is  worth noting that the land use units  were mapped from LANDSAT-TM images  dated 1986 to 1988, with fieldwork  carried out by  WBISPP between 1990 and 1993
Haste data
Explanation
J
Sector
2
3~~
Forestry
Intervention
The option requires  the demarcation delineation, inventory  (low intensity), and mapping of the 11 National Priority  Forest Areas within the project area
Rationale
In  order  to  manage  Ethiopia's  dwindling  forests  better,  we  need to know where thev are and what they contain
Beneficiaries
T““_
(1)    Ministry of Water Resource Development
(2) Ministry of Agriculture, Dept of Forestry and Wildlife
Conservation
(3)    the nation
Acceptability ----- ----- .
The  National  Priority  Forests  Areas  have  already  been  declared Thev present no conflict with existing policy.
”■— -J^Eglication
There is no conditional! tv to the application of this option
1
TAMS-ULG Biro Ako bo River Basin Integrated Devetopnieiit Master Plan
IE - 14NATURAL resources
Basic data j. Explanation
Description
8
7 Location Extent
The location of this option is the 1 l^ati^[^~-
.Areas of the project basins 
The extent of the option is the l.5l6,300 hTthr— 
r ’°rity FOrt£-
total area of the 11 National Priority Forestry Are * mal<e uf ?
area_______________ ___________________ __ ‘ FCas ln th« pro*
9 Employment
Survey and inventory workers as follow?
"———
11
Financing Implementation
(1)      3  teams  each  of  3  forest  survey  workers  1
driver, and 1 forest technician with GIS/GPS
(2)     1 delineation team of 40 local hire workers
(3)      1  team  leader  with  GIS/GPS  mapping  experience
The survey would require 3 years to complete
Financing would be partly  from exterior (donorHo^—; ,
12
Institutional support
13
Infrastructure
14
Legal
partly from the Ministry of Agriculture
After selecting a National Protection Forest .?^ t ,
would commence a GPS mapping of the perimeter in preparS
for demarcation A low intensity inventory of the stand wou|d follow The delmeation team would then set boundary maikm I along the perimeter.
Trained personnel are required
The option would require 4 No. 4x4s, I lony, lull campuir equipment for 19 persons, survey and GIS imagery, mappa GPS instruments, forestry tools, and boundary markers 
There arc no foreseen legal implications for the implementation oi
$
Risks Sustainability
17
Environment
on
18
19
Gender
Health
Social services 
22
Multipliers Conflicts (non-
financial)
this option.____________________________________________ -—I There are no foreseen risks for the implementation of thisorj,"
I Sustainability is not an issue, as the option requires only a one of input.____________________________________
There are no adverse environmental impacts for thri o£LL  —- " There are no gender implications for this option_ ——-
There are no health implications for this optiorr——- --
The option will dace no demands on social services—
■---------r-------------- *■ ------- ------------------------ t—a -Tk this opuon^- There are no economic activities associated wnnjj— r-~-
There are no foreseen conflicts in the implementati
i option________________________________——------------------
6.3. Rehabilitation of Disturbed Natural Forests
This development option proposes to rehabilitate slight- to medium-disturbed ough protection and replanting with the species that constitute the natura
disturbed forests would be replanted with fast growing exotics
I
1
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M«*er P“ ’1
2
3
J
data _
Sector^ Intervrcntion
RaiionaJe Beneficiaries
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
r  Explanation
Forestry___________________________ ______________
Rehabilitation of disturbed natural forests  using natural species, severely  disturbed forests  might he planted using fast growing exotics______________________ _____
Forest   rehabilitation   will   provide   benefits   that   are   economic   and environmental
- Ministry of Water Resources Development
-  Ministry of Agriculture, Department of Forestry and Wildlife Conservation
- People of Ethiopia
Acceptability
The    option,    because    it    generates    employment    and    renews    a valuable resource, is socially beneficial
rr
Application
The    option    meets    government    policy    of    protecting    Ethiopia's natural resources
)etcriotion
J—
Location
The    11    National    Protection    Forest    Areas    located    within    the project area
8
Extent
.As above
9
Employment
(1)     Seed gathering and nursery: 20 workers
(2)     Replanting 40 workers
(3) Supervision: 1 forestry technician. 1 supervising forester
10
Financing
Multi-lateral donors or development banks
11
Implementation
Replanting   using   naturally   occurring   species   in   slightly   disturbed forests and fast crowing exotics in heavily disturbed forests.
12
Institutional
support
Institutional   support   includes   2   No   4x4s,   1   lorry,   forestry   tools and equipment, GIS GPS
B
Infrastructure
As above
14
Legal
There are no legal implications to this option.
15
Risks
Risks   include   fire   and   over   grazing   Forest   proteaion   would   be essential to minimising those risks
17
18
19 JO
22
-Sustainability Environment^ Gender
Heahli__—
^Social services Multipliers
Conflicts-non- jinancial
This option is a one-UTPe input to forest management_________________ There is no risk of adversejenvironniental impacts_____________________ There are no gender issues  attached to this  option both sexes could be equally employed,______________ ________________ _
The option poses no health issues __________________________
There is no demand for social services bv the option_________________ The    activity    would    reduce    sediment    production    and    stabilise runoff, jhereby creating watershed benefits___________________________ The option introduces no conflicts
6.4.
r
Un| Belt Rehabilitation
gu^ fo°Pla‘ Edition of gathering gum has earned on for millennia. Much of its former t °nne&,a^lS 316 n°* de8radcd and the industry is in decline (current production is about 500
nu 'H from a fomicr hjgh of 6 000} The project would rehabilitate gum-producing t AMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Devetopnirtt Master Plannatural resources
forests in the lower basin between Anfilo m Region 4 to Kurmuk w
uncontrolled grazing is an important cause of gum forest degradation^t* 10 Regio <
n
implemented simultaneously with the livestock interventions proposed • °P,l°n Given the difficulties of rehabilitating severely disturbed forests tflis faster pd * concentrate on forests where the amount of disturbance is bet we™ i; ’ rchabilit
a,.
The existing Gum Arabic (Acacia Senegal) area between Mugi in the north-western upper basin established itself spontaneously ma^y ^
CIWeen light and mediUni '°  M
r
n
0    ,0 KurrM in l
development proposal is for 750 ha of a formal plantation-type new' dCCades ag0 would include up-dated management and husbandry methods In ,P!?ntln8 The
would be limited to especially reserved areas to avoid overgrazine a** h"'0"' Cat1,e stimulate grass regrowth for cattle grazing It is believed that as a trial ?
a 750 ha area is adequate it should be possible for the plantation to J dern°ns‘raUo
npc
|.
from its establishment The stated labour requirements appear h.eh b* 3 den,on^i level of management and planting maintenance It is also stressed that ,h dUe '° a as a demonstration plot with the aim of propagating gum exploration ‘
be * “P
Basic data
Explanation
1
Sector
Forestry
2
Intervention
(1)     Survey and assess the gum /Arabic bell between Mugi in the south to Kurmuk in the north-western upper basin
(2)     Implement improved grazing practices (see livestock annex
(3)    Develop 750 ha of gum .Arabic plantation
3
Rationale
Gum  Arabic  will  expand  the  forest  economy  in  rural  areas  aswtf as expand Ethiopia’s ranne of export commodities
4
Beneficiaries
(1) Ministry of Agriculture, Department of forestry an:
Conservation
(2) Natural Gum Products and Marketing Enterprise.
(3)    Rural gum collectors, and
(4)    National economy 
i
------ -------- —£
5
Acceptability
The    option's    effects    upon    the    rural    economy    will    ensuie
acceptability 
———---------"j
6
Application
There are no conditions to the application of itusofllSS^ "
1
description
7          Location
-
-----------------
----------------------------------------------------- --- ------------------- -----
De Pcnds 
probably the area of th °f
TT--------______
survey ana aw-
8
Extent
L _ _ _ _ _ _ _  _ Employment
■   ~Urmuk,   to   the   nonh   r   °nner     8um     Mt   between   Mugi.   soirt   01 -““'ibtsm
_____________________________
The option calls for °
tbe *™'M survey and assess^
burning    or    intensive    rCplac,rX    trees    that    have    been    killed-^
-^L  densitv of
a
Thc Potation will occupy ■
^■H^en.^800 'TO^A.2.100 000 „e«>. __________________________ . X“’ ’d °“ws ------------------------------------------------
fractions therJ^r/ / ?5° ha PIantin8 and initial uee<W
c*
«> Ground ^
• Gum CoUectir,
' 40 WOTt«)
plantation (40 workers)
'^^OOQ^kers)._________________________________
1
IAMS-ULG Buro-Akobo River Buin Integrated Development Mn‘er Pl* ’
2E - 17n*
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
ffasic
Financing
Explanation
Collaboration between the Natural Gum Products Marketing Enterprise and loan institutions such as the World Bank
hr
i
1
T:
"implementation Implementation would commence with survey  and assessment work  Based on its  findings, the site or sites  of seedling nurseries would be established Rehabilitation would be on a micro-site basis  where needed; clearing would be included Seedlings  would
then be planted out
Institutional
support
The Ministry of Agriculture, Department of Forestry and Wildlife Conservation    would   assist   with   staffing   and   materials   Specialist support    would    be    from    the    Natural    Gum    Products    Marketing Enterprise in gum collection, grading, and marketing
_ |3~
Infrastructure               Staffing,   vehicles,   and   equipment   would   come   either   from,   project funding or resources at hand
Legal
h4
No legal implications  are foreseen with the implementation of this 
intervention.
U——
15
Risks
Market   fluctuations   and   the   introduction   of   synthetic   gums   might affect product prices.
/ rnpact
16 1
Sustainability
The tradition of gum collection in .Africa is very old Sustainability could be affected by uncontrolled grazing and
bunting.
) 17            Environment
There are no adverse environmental impacts from this activity.
1 18 1  Gender
The activitv carries no gender implications
19
Health
There arc no health implications associated with this option
20
Social services
There is no demand for social services by this activity
21
Multipliers
No conflicting economic activities will be adversely affected by 
this intervention
22 Conflicts-non-
financial
There are no foreseeable conflicts arising from this intervention
6-5- Introduction of Agroforestry
Agroforestry  can be both a soil conserving and agricultural productivity  increasing g crtakmg The option described below proposes  to evaluate the costs  and benefits  of ^oforestry under conditions prevalent in the project area
Basicdata
Seer o ______
Explanation
_____________________ _______________
2
3
r
Intervention Rationale
Forestry'_________________ _ ____________________________________ The option will evaluate the introduction of leguminous  and heavy leaf-litter agroforestry species in enhancing soil fertility and
reducing soil loss-------------- ------- -- ------------------------------- - ------------------------ Soil degradation is  decreasing fann productivity  in the project area The option proposes to evaluate agToforestry as a means of
soil management
.____________________________
TAMS-LTG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2E-18NATURAL RESOURCES
Basicdata
~4 2] Beneficiaries
15 Acceptability Application
Explanation
"
The farming population of the project area
The acceptability of the option will depend  n~ " -
U
margins over time If shown to be beneficial th°
adopt the practice
en far mer$  .’
v
Agroforestry     is    likely    to    be    beneficial    only^d- conditions   that   are   as   yet   not   well   understood   Th   - largely upon land suitability for agriculture
marginally   suitable   lands   are   unlikely   to   benefit   '.
n  SUltablf
L
cr
,he  Practice |
7_
8
Description
Location Extent
‘
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _  ___ 
1  Throughout the project area on lands suitablelbraLrin.i^j. 
A function of farmer adoption rates probablT about ?^ -
during year 1, not more than 60 per cent in year 10
[9 
1 Iimplovment
: arm household employment only 
~
~~~~~
110 I
: inancing
Donor financing or multi-lateral loans/erants
mplementation
The practice will collaborate with rainfed agric
ultural comp
onent
1" '
A l
expressed elsewhere in this Master Plan
^12
Institutional
Expanded extension as expressed elsewhere in this Master Plan
1             support
13
Infrastructure
These are expressed elsewhere as expanded extension in the Ini husbandry annex
Legal
14
There  are  no  legal  implications  in  the  implementation  of  frit option
1 15
1
Risks
Agroforestry implemented on lands unsuitable for agnculture uiL produce unattractive gross  margins  For this  reason w recommend it be implemented only on suitable lands  _—
I
mpacr
—-—-
Sustainability
16
It   will   be   self-sustaining   only   if   fanner   gross   margins   | attractive
17 Environment
1
Inappropriate agroforestry species or mono cropping o
few species could lead to insect or disease problems 
in the selection of agroforestry trees for particular agro
zones 
—-------
18        Gender                There are no render implications for this option^—-------------
Health
here are no health implications for this optiofL —-----------
20        Social senices     The  option  requires  improved  extension  services contained in the land husbandry annex —“T^cou ^
1                            10
21 1 Multipliers
--
The   practice   will   help   control   soil   erosion   **   nroduc^^ improved farm income and expanded variety
1 22
1----
Conflict s-non-
hnancial
There are no foreseeable conflicts tna
implementation of this project ____ —
1 AMS-l'LG Rivtr Buin lnicgraied Dcvcloproeni Mastfr Pl
It -19ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
jtrforestatiori
6.0«
of .Abandoned Land
handoned by agriculture occur throughout the project area. This option proposes their
Basic data
4
Beneficiaries
Acceptability
6 Application
Description
7 I Location
8 Extent
9 Employment
10
Ti
. 12 13
Financing Implementation
Institutional support
Infrast m cture
Explanation
Forestry
To     reforest     abandoned     farmland,     particularly     those     in     the escarpment portions of the project area
To meet Ethiopia’s  continuing demand for fiielwood and timber: and to protect project area watersheds  against increased degradation
(1)     Ministry of Agriculture, Department of Forestry and
Wildlife Conservation
(2)     Inhabitants of the project area
Land   tenure   problems   may   ensue:   to   whom   does   abandoned   land really belong17
Former   forest   lands   that   have   been   cleared   for   agriculture   and then abandoned
Mostly    along    the    upper    escarpment    rim    at    approximately    35° longitude east and 9C latitude north
About 1500 ha initially with subsequent replications
The   option   will   require   3   nurseries,   land   clearing,   tree   planting, and maintenance These requirements are as follows
- nurseries (60 labourers),
- land clearing (1500 ha by 50 workers).
- out plantings (50 workers),
- forest maintenance (10 workers),
- supervision (1 technician)
Government auction of coppicing rights
Site selection and establishment of nurseries (3 months) Clearing
of plantation sites Planting eucalyptus when seedlings 10- i
months old Total time 18 months
Site supervision by one forester
I   No.   4x4   vehicle,   I   lorry,   tools,   nursery   equipment,   water   tanks,
fencing, seeds, etc 
__________________________________
Land   tenure   could   be   a   problem   if   farmers   believe   the   option   ' infringes upon the right of access_____________________________________ See above.
Sustainability will depend upon (he financial returns ot the option.
1  ^1S-l LG Baro-Akobo River Basin hie^ntcd Development Maier Plan
2E-2I)natural resources
17
Basic data Environment
Explanation
This option carries no adverje^nvirnn^^
17    Gender
’|9
20
Health ~ Social services Multipliers
The intervention will
____
services bv tk'
reducing       flooding,       improving       water       n           °?'C           ^ition       k 
sediment discharge
B  'er quahtT and
22         Conflicts-ncn- financial
Land tenure issues may disroot nr —■---------------------------------------------------- - "
fully resolved 
There are no foreseen gender issue!
lecl  '^Piemeni^i^’----...
There are no health issues connected There are no demands uponsociaJ
1 A>,S ’ LG B’^7k!b7Rher
Basin integrated Development
2E ■ 21VArCRAL resources
ANNEX 2E FORESTRY
7 references
!S ^S’-Cr <■’<*"
b™„ Firal
Sdltozpromexpo^ 1990 Baro-Akobo Batf, Mm, p/„„ SMy o/
Resources of fhe Crambela Plain Draft final report Vols I through XU tfoodroofe, R and Assoc 1995 Onto Gibe River Basin Development Master Plan Addis
Ababa
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin I"’W”ed
2E-22
MaJ<erAPPENDIX 1
FORESTRY INTERVENTION
Table 1 - Gum Tree Plantationf.
*
1n>bt.
S'cttonGum Tr.. PimfWJon Ffton,,.,
TFU T
OVMHiti
T
31D.W 4K,M0 *36,000
*3<K)G 121,040  * 1».OW (W.flOO
IM,M>0
him
251000
lTi.004
. nPu r
Caplt*’
Clourng____
5»«Ntag
FOftClfiq;
M*ta1«runce L Qphr illana EifcifeliBhlsng
i MilM*n*nc«
Marvelling   10*4
ManiaiUng  JC*X
HameUhfl
Gvirdi
Co«ic 1-tnl________ Op-irar*ng Coati Ztm
Opmil ng Co-ili
TOTAL   COST   AT   10% TOTAL GOST AT 2fl"*
TOTAL CO3f M
GROSS lURQi NATION GROM I4*AGIM AT1C% GMQSi MARGIN ATJD%
NET PRESENT VALUE_____
•iPVdBU
NrVCT _________ _______
M'V-3«
INTERNAL RATE OF R£I URN
'HR 1C\
IBM 10%
| 3.3W.KX)
i,ho oob
—=t
~-F—
1*0,COW
5 Utt
±-
30,0«
1
jy ice
M.M0 ~ noot
OO.OW
WOW
10.000
J 11 OM
370,000
3T.«H
I
W.COQ
T4T.W0
104.0*0
441,000
too. kgT TILMO i
»i,im
1— —_
•10.000 3FO,MO h?wo
_____ ft,MO
iraim *
mtw]
1*3,100 |
I
IM.ADC
1MJO0
iji.iw
n<«i |
341.IM
JJMM
4 ITI 4 J J MJ ®IW1'
_ O.TITJBS
i.ntHi1
•I, WO
•7.W0
iT.Wp
■?JW
11,140
■0.W0
(OCCWj (<T.ttof
47.4CD
134,040
IM.BM ali.Mt
134 IM ia _o U. >Hj Kih4
3IJ.W0              441,004 i.iaiwo 1
4 MB MO 1
IM.JtW *40,400 *34,IM 194.144
■,HW
I
I
(Kum}' 1W.0OTJ
31*MO too, I'M 1
*41 KA
<14 130
-----
.— —.i
I^OWI
*
__ flT.MDf ____L*T,IOOj
wjoo 110 JOO 401.100
oft.wq
I/444.4W
(
1,110 100 ’
1 him
n*w.w?it NdOOO
1 MO IM ’
I ■!* WO
lpba«,trc|
' “ b.icw,4j»
H Til .MT
— —
1
-*--------  "T       *-
JPage let 3
■Milon Gum Tro.
FM-ncto» •"« T^onomk: *"<•*’•*
3014
-j—ion
ioti
I
OUTPUT
-F— J
— 1
_-
1U MO ’ I73.OM 104.000 444,000 754 OOO [ 419,000
___
130
__ _______ ____ L
1 00 ’
>74 000 *
iitOOC
• •2.000
714,000 1,071,000
INPUT
CapttN
FancJnQ
M aifliwnancaHom
“ EilabNaNng
MalvHananca____
Harv—ling       IO*
Herve e ting 20X
Herve  etin  fl30*4
GuanH
OpacaUng Co»f 19*__________ 0p4   rating   Coala   20* Qparallng Cotta 20%
TOTAL COSTAT 10*
707AL COSTAT 10U_________ 10TALCOSTAT 30X
GROSS MARGIN AT 10% GROSS MARGIN Allot
GROSS MARGIN AT30X
p.Ll PRESENT VALUE
mh«wK
\m»m »x
ww-m
MTSRHAl b»»« \<r% y>v>« m
2 120,000
• 040 000
“ 7 440.000]
<
1
2 73O.OOO
1 440.000 J
4.100.000 *
74M00
1 134 000 ----- ’ ----------------
3,700   400
7.440,000
* 11, >44. OOO
1 —: ]------------------------
1— 
_
:
’its!
700.000 , 1,197.000 .
3.000 000
7,000.000
_11.»?0,000
-—
—
_____
.
F
>0.000
210,000
420.000
030.000
30 000                  30.000 i          252.000                  273.000
joodo
374 000
744,000
30?0©C
399,000
799,000
504.000
754000
540,000
019.000
30.000 >47 ODO
714.000
37,900                  37.500
314.500                  340 500
571,400                  013.500
423 >00 M. MO 1
1,071.000 37,500
1,134,000
37.500
1,197,000 37.500
j
|
519.500
571.500
923.900
340.500
013,900
404.500 1
1.903,000
2.229.000
2.579,500
424 500
701.500
1,139,500
424 500
791 500
1       1 130.500
407,100 907,000
1,327 500
MT 100
M7.I00
1
5.022 500 *
3,712.500
290.500
129.500
740.WO
2.051,100
4,090.500
I
2 349.500 ]
4,544,500
7,303.100
2,570,500
5,224.400
7.570 100
445 500
923.500
1,201.50©
445. SOO
923.100
1,201,100
3.334.500
0,734,100
19,134,100
444,000
005,400
1.204,500
444 500
045 500
1.204.500
3.523.500
7.114100
10,709.500 —•
4 090.400              4,270.500
I 244.500           0.429,400 12,404,500        12.973,000
—labia 1 Fonitry
Qum Tna Petition Financial and Economic AnUyaiB*■resources
ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
ANNEX 2F
WILDLIFE
T *MS-lILG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
t PRODUCTION.....................................................................................................
' assessment of available data ............................................................. ....
SECTOR INSTITUTIONS............................................................................... -................................ ........
- i Historical........................... ........ .................................... ...............................................................................
; 2 Cunent Status.......................... -.......................................... .....................................-....................... ...........
3 3. Sector Capacity.................. ..................................... —.................................................................... .........
SECTOR LEGISLATION AND POLICY.......................................................................................
4   1 Wildlife Policy.........................-..................................................................... *..... -.................................. . . 4 2 Wi Id) i fc Legislation..................................... ■;........ -..................... -.............................................. —....... 4 j' Policy and Legislation in Perspective................................................................. ........... ........ ..................... s PLANNING STUDIES..................... ...............*..................... ........................................................ <......
6 PROTECTED .AREA STUDIES
9
6,1 Boundary Definition and Proclamation of New Protected Areas......................................................... ....... 9
6 f /         tfefa/n rAe* exisring Aaftcwrf Park as a Federal Park...................................................................S’
6 1.2        Reconsider the Status of the Gambela NP as a Protected Area......................................... ........ 9
613 61.4 615
6J6
6,1.7
6 18
6.2
6.21
6 22
6.23
624 6 25
63.
w
New Regional Part Wetland Reserve and Community Conservation Area............................ JO
National Forest Priority Areas ................ .......... ,................... .....,..™......... *—........... ...... ..... / /
Migration Corridors ................................................................. .—„ ,................................ ..... . /1
Sociological Impact of Protected Areas...................... ............ . ......................................../2
Alternative Sites for Protected Area Status .............. .................. ..... .. ............................. /3
Recommendations for further studies........... ............. ......................... ....... ...... .................. .. /3
Planning Studies for the Management of Protected Areas............................................................... 14
Preparation of Management Plans for Protected Areas..................... ...... . ........... ............... 14
Safari Hunting ................................................ ................ ............... .................... ................. . 15
The Role of the Private Sector in Protected Area Management................... ........ .................. 19
Mechanisms for Community-Based Conservation........... ................. ....... .......... ....... ...... . .... J9
Preparation Of A Regional Policy Document On Refugees ,
......... ................ 21
Wildlife Utilisation Outside Protected Areas.................................. ....... ......................... . .......... ...... 21
Over Car Farming................ ..................................................................... .................. .............22
A 3 , Crocodile Farming,,.............................. r...... ,............ .................................. ........................ ........... .23
Wildlife Ranching................... ............................. ....................... ................ ............ .......        23
’ FUNDING for planning STUDIES................................... _............................................................. 24
7.2      ?On°r PcrsP«»ive................................................................................................................................... 24
'     rnonty Areas....................................................................................................................................... 24
Fences...... i^ZZZZZ^ZZZZZZZZZZl'ZZ'
lAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Dtvelopintnl Master Plan
2F-Inatural resources
APPENDICES
APPENDIX I . CURRENT CATEGORIES OF PROTECTED area IN EruInt. 
APPENDIX 2: STANDARDISED FORMAT FOR PARK MANAGEMENT
APPENDIX 3: POTENTIAL METHODS FOR DESIGNATION OF AREAS Fo ’
APPENDIX 4: POTENTIAL METHODS FOR ALLOCATION ’ qc
CONCESSIONS..... ... ......... ... ..... ..... ...... ...... ....... .. .. ....... .. . ... . ... . .. .. .. .. . .. ..
APPENDK 5: METHODS FOR THE SETTING OF QUOTAS A
APPENDIX 6: ETHIOPIAN ELEPHANT CONSERVATION PLAN (EECP)A
APPENDDC 7: THE IMPORTANT BIRD AREAS (IBAS) PROJECT A:
LIST OF TABLES
Table I. Records of ivory1 from elephants shot on safari hunts in Ethiopia, 198710 ] 991 Table2. Numbers of animals requested and shot by tourist hunters 1983'84 to 1992 93
LIST OF ACRONYMS
CCACommunity Conservation Area
CHAControlled Hunting Area
CITESConvention on International Endangered Species DWLPDraft Wildlife Policy (February. 1996)
EFAPEthiopian Forestry Action Plan
ElAEnvironmental Impact Assessment
EP AEnvironmental Protection Plan
EVDSAEthiopian Valleys Development Studies Authority EWCO Ethiopian Wildlife Conservation Organisation FAOFood and Agricultural Organisation of the United Nations 
FP..................... Federal Park
IBA. . . .. . .. .. . .. .. .
ICDP. . . .. .. . .. . ...
IR
IUCN
NCS
nfpa...... ....... NGO
NP
NRDEP
RP..... . . . .. . . . .. . . UNDP UNHCR
WL WRDA
. Important Bird Area
Integrated Conservation Development Planning
Inception Report
International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natura
. National Conservation Strategy
National Forest Priority’ Area
Non-govemmenlal Organisation
.National Park
Natural Resources Development and Environmental Protects
■ Regional Park
United Nations Development Programme United Nations High Commission for Refugees
• Wildlife
•.Zetland Reserve
-.Waler Resources Development Authority
Resold
’ B*ro-Akobo River Batin integrated Development m
2F-HANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
,. ATI
INTRODUCTION
1*
me Wildlife Secfor cannot ** iso,ated from Other sectors. For examnte inr^. .
.catament will ultimately affect hydrotogieal process „ plahls.
well tnfluence licher.es and we,tad ecosystem., which
wrldlift Uv following Annexes may also be of mtaest .Annex 3A - Fopula.ta
■------ 3D - Social Infrastructure. .Annex 4 - Environment and Volumes II and in
proeta ibta for
The Wildlife Sector must be regarded as  a resource that has  been subjected to serious  charges 
during the last decade Gam be la National Park, for example, has  ostensibly  received legal
protection since 1974 and the region was  at one time considered to be one of the most
important wildlife areas  in Ethiopia Its  present status  hardly  warrants  designation as  a
protected area of any  kind. A large area of the original park  has  been cleared and is  being
used for cultivation and/or grazing.
6
TAMS-ULG Bjtro-Akobo River Busin [Minted Development Master Plan
2F-INATURAI . RESOURCES
2 assessment of available data
Much of the available data were already reviewed in the Inception Repon comments on data that fell outside the two main studies (the Russian report
ARDCO-GEOSERV) that were discussed in the Inception Report. In addition to th ’• and ARDCO-GEOSERV reports, a selection of technical literature dating between 1994 was consulted to present a picture of the present situation.
In Ethiopia, proclamation may include reference to an area as a National Park (NP;
19 ^ ay
the area may not in fact be gazetted, as is the case with Gambela NP A similar* siuia*. arisen with Controlled Hunting Areas (CHA's). Although Mizan Teferi CHA app^* some Ethiopian Wildlife Conservation Organisation (EWCO) repons (but not on otheIS| s designation appears to have arisen from the fact that most of the safari hunting took n - * within this region (the Goderc. Sheko, and Tepi areas north of Mizan Teferi. the Bebeka
and the Guraferda area). Consequently, the term CHA was used in a de facto sense to incliX these three hunting areas, and hence inadvertently began to appear as a CHA on officii EWCO maps. Gambela National Park is bounded by two Controlled Hunting Areas (CHAP Even with adequate legal status, an area does not necessarily receive any form of protecta, and may be subject to a range of land-uses for which it was never intended.
Osborne (1991) defined a study area, the Southwest Forests, lying to the south and easoi Gambela NP. west of the Omo River, and south of Nekempte. He considered this zone a contain some of the largest and most important natural forests in Ethiopia. Further, this repm has long been recognised as forming critical migration routes for elephant and other mamiraii of the Gambela floodplains.
The available data have been judged somewhat out of date, and therefore it has been assew- that due to the changes that have occurred over the last two decades, wildlife has ino'r different areas from the regions originally gazetted. The present available data h°we'n provide an acceptable basis for the preparation of the Master Plan. Officials of EV> C
it is believed, agree that basic wildlife data would require regular updating in Ofd®1 gazetted areas and wildlife migration routes.
In summary,
•     Although the wildlife population within the existing boundaries of proc lai
low, if properly managed, they could still recover;
nresdo® r<
although the habitat of large mammals remains intact, extensive     ^ bet
cOin
occurred and traditional migration routes have either been disrupt2
threatened;
.
ffU latc51
•
the wildlife resource (at least for the larger mammals, especially the ung
Gambela Plains has always been related to the annual migration
patterns from the Sudan.
TAMS-b'LG Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M»s,tr ?
2F-2nATURAL resources
For  this last phenomenon, there are few published dafa
rbe  Project Area, and reliance must be p|aced A On w,)dl3fe movements inm u 
ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
“---------- --
Arable store can be placed on rhe reporta of h
e
2 ““d“U' mfomalron nXj.7 
The important migratory species are elephant
* 11h lo"8 experience of ,1,^"“'
* /eneertS) and Mi!e lechwe
motions,  m the xnse that they nspo^to^ s} ^ last two  specIes
food and, as such, the direction and timina
mfonnation on the hydrology and changes ofthe^ ^Ovcmen^ can be
in thc tisthbiHin d nike 11136
j
0    Sco^ ^
3biIity to cover vast areas, are control^ l0 a f”? ^
resources, although there appears to be some t* 
f CSSer extcnt bv the se*™ r tHeir
E
,C,ed k
501,16 tea,P°rt Panem with re2 *
Although kob and lechwe move together th ■
reported to lake place north of the RaPri ’ main traflEic °f the form* 
an east-west direction corresponding tn Whiist thal of lechwe annJ Qpe ’Pecies is arrivals as starting in December and c at,tu<lc of Gog. AnecdotaK
° rT,OVerncni-
Sudan about the middle of March F ^
O
U ’°8 thnU8h subWent
place ln
gives 1116
populations have been decimated h w!y> Aliens of animak unrest dunng the Derg 
People's Liberation Army camp easin' 31,1008 was Populauons of the Akobo CHA
Wllh re,Urns to bw
dvil
had a profo^^t on
The utilisation  of wildlife,  especially  by  safari hunting,  is gradually  being  regulated.  During  a workshop  in  February  1996,  consultations were held  between  the Regional Authorities and EWCO to  make arrangements for the opening  of the hunting  season.  However the issue of hunting  licenses without up-to-date wildlife inventories would  be detrimental to  the protection of endangered species and the efficient management of the CHA's.
In  addition  to  safari hunting,  monkeys and  baboons,  which  are trapped  as part oi crop conservation,  arc exported  from the upper basin.  The magnitude of this trade is hard  to determine^ as is the production  and  export of musk  from male civet cats (Civetta  civetta), although various authorities advance estimates of its magnitude.
TAMS-ULG
River Basin Integrated Dtvetopmeor Master Plan
2F-3NATURAL RESOURCES
^2^
1
3. SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
The situation of institutional arrangements is in a state of flux that has become co 
by disparities between national and regional administrations. The Transitional
employed a four-tiered system of natural resource administration and management0'^^
government there was a Ministry for Natural Resources Development and Envfo 
Protection (MNRDEP); regional governments had NRDEP bureaux; and zonal
governments had NRDEP departments In some cases, this structure has been mta*'^
others, the future relationships among these bodies remains to be clarified. The relati lfl
among wildlife bodies - for example EWCO - were clearly stated in Proclamation^ ^
1996. pursuant to ministerial offices We understand that Regions have established Bureaus
of Natural Resource Management.
3.1. Historical
The Ethiopian  Wildlife Conservation  Organisation  (EWCO) was established  within  the Ministry  of Agriculture in  1965  Close links with  forestry  always existed,  and  in  1980  the Forestry  and  Wildlife Conservation  and  Development Authority  was established Subsequent!) this authority  was disbanded,  and  sectors responsible for environmental conservation  were located  within  the Natural Resources Conservation  and  Development Main Department (NRCD-MD) in  the Ministry  of Natural Resources Development and Environmental Protection  (MNRDEP).  This Main  Department was divided  into  a Community Forests and  Soil Conservation  Development Department,  the State Forest Conservation  and Development Department, a Land Use Study and Regulator)’ Department, and EWCO
3.2. Current Status
With the dissolution of the MNRDEP, both EWCO and the Department of Forestry and 
Wildlife were relocated to within the Ministry of Agriculture At the time of writing, detat s
of their revised organisational structure remain to be finalised. EWCO is
undergoing a major restructuring and a United Nations Development Programme (V* 
consultant is assisting them. Central government has offered no format to gui c
reorganisation of regional wildlife. Under the new Fcderal/Regionai Govern^F
arrangements, regions will be responsible for developing their own wildlife policy (Ann 
Institutional Support)
At d* Hillman (1993) summarised the staffing situation of EWCO prior to restructuring , 
time of his review, staff numbers were very limited (e.g. Gambcla NP v>as a’'^.^0 3.3 seven). The situation remains largely unchanged, although restructuring (refer to below) was conceived as a remedy.
TAMS-ULC Biro-Akobo River Ba.io Integrated Development Master PU"
IF - 4ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
j legislation,  appropriate national and  regional policies,  and  a properly 
rt ve
j    ven    SUP.P°r      plan,    the    EWCO    in    its    present    situation    would    be    unlikely    to    have    the
, ntegr3tcd 
35 ^ ment an  effective wildlife management programme Constraints that limit
e
-opacity 10 'n1^ ,tinn of EW'CO have been documented in several renorts. including EWCO
r;
• ------------------
officials are foresters who were allocated to EWCO after graduation 
u,
?x:»ratai"
8 tai,utt wberc
-*
It:
. insufficient awareness by government of the significance and potential of natural resources. 
■ critical financial limitations:
. absence of comprehensive management plans for pnority conservation areas
• Efficient .nftastBKture .o m«t u,  needs „f
e                      COIUUn ptive m(j
,
consumptive forms of wildlife utilisation;
- virtually no research or monitoring capacity at either basic or applied level with the
J
Znerated3'
managCmenl nCeds SUch 35 *e of quotas Cannot be
TllNDP ' beenhtaken  l° remedy  this Sltuat*on.  however,  as seen  by  the recent appomtment of
aLNDP consultant to  propose structural changes within  the wildlife department of the
Department of Forestry and Wildlife Conservation. 
ihe
VLG Baro-Akolifl River Basie tetetraird Development Muter Plin
2F-5.natural resources
4. SECTOR LEGISLATION AM) POLICY
4.1. Wildlife Polio
The Inception Report made reference to a draft Wildlife Policy document. Since sub™
of that report, the draft document has undergone further review at a workshop held in t, 1996. The latest version (February. 1996) of the Draft Wildlife Policy of Ethiopia CDWtT
was designed to reflect Ethiopia’s new constitution, with its emphasis on peoples rights r participate in development, and with other core development policies, especialh regionalisation The Policies were drawn up to be consistent with the National Consent Strategy (NCS), especially
"to preserve, develop, manage, and sustainably use Ethiopia's protected areas and other wild animals and plants, for national, social and economic development and for the integrity of the biosphere".
The following paragraphs summarise the major features of the policy, particularly those that bear relevance to the Baro-Akobo Master Plan. Some of the Planning Studies proposed in the Master Plan have been drawn up in line with the policy document. The main features of the conservation,  development  and  wildlife  utilisation  policy  applicable  to  EWCO  include  the following responsibilities.
•     The Government's obligations under international treaties or other agreeneffi concerning the protection, conservation or utilisation of wildlife;
•     National wildlife policy;
Preparation or amendment of national wildlife legislation;
•     Gazenement of protected areas managed by regional governments;
, ^ec^araI’on gazettement of federally managed protected areas:
Sctenofic research on wildlife and related topics;
,   r    6    ®^on^nat*on    °f   foreign   aid   to   support   wildlife   conservation;
, 
* Th j ^aI10D
of wildlife affairs with other federal and regional agencies;
promote
Promote the apprecial on b>. ,
utilisation including sport hunting, fanning or ranching.
^ lsscmrnauon of information and education progf3" ‘
LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M»5,er ?
2F-6ANNEX 2F wildlife
3  Wild,ife Legislation
i^rcTpod thiit the central thrust of the new legislation would Kp j i -, trough, about by the devote™ of rente) auftonn ,„
4®> . .. ,™,«, responsible for rhe adnumstenon of Nanonal P„  d.ho..."
ls
The Convention on Biological Diversity
The World Heritage Convention
The Government’s membership of the IUCN
•      Endangered Species of Wildlife Conservation Commemorative Coins Regulation, 
Legal Notice No. 61 of 1978 and amended by Legal Notice No. 65 of 1979
. Convention on the Prohibition of the Development. Production and Stockpiling of
Bacteriological and Toxic Weapons and their destruction, 1972.
•      Convention on the International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and 
Flora (CITES). 1973.
•      Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna Rectification 
Decree. 1989.
•      Biodiversity' Convention Ratification Proclamation No. 98, 1995
4.3. Policy and Legislation in Perspective
Many  of the constraints facing  the development of wildlife resources in  Ethiopia have already been  described  by  many  writers,  and  further repetition  is unjustified  in  the light of more recent information.  Regional attitudes tow’ards wildlife conservation  are a crucial factor in  the future development of the wildlife resources in  the basin  Environmental and  Wildlife institutions to  a large extent are dependent on  other government agencies.  For example; rhe imposition  of legislation  related  to  poaching  is a function  of police and  military  capacity  and commitment, as well of capacity within the wildlife sector itself.
rcs P°ns’Clitics. For example, federal authorities will continue to promulgate
Whilst the S>
accept responsibility for the establishment of a conservation trust fund.
:t niusi be re^lOnal states will he tacked with th/* riav-in-dav management of nrotected areas.
TA-MS-ulq Ba ro-A kobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2F-7NATURAL resources
5. PLANNING studies
The Inception Report identified massive gaps in the data required for a Maste p
subsequently endorsed by the Steering Committee. For various reasons (lar
With the original terms of reference for the Master Plan), the collection of ' COnc«^
before preparation of the final Master Plan submission was not possible. co
the Wildlife Sector, it has not been possible to draw up a comprehensive list
Options, as is the case for most other sectors of the Master Plan: no direct
interventions can be made until a basic set of preparatory Planning Studies has
to. It should also be borne in mind that many of the studies proposed below are
draft document, the Wildlife Policy, and can only proceed when the relevant sect 3
draft have been accepted by the Council of Ministers. The recommendations are°th °f
necessarily provisional and may need to be modified when new data are obta^j^^1
It was noted  in  Section  2  that,  in  addition  to  the Russian  and  ARDCO-GEOSERV reports a selection  of technical literature dating  between  1972  and  1994  was consulted  to  presents picture of the present situation.  On  this basis,  a number of development options have boa identified.  With  the transfer of technical and  managerial responsibilities to  the regions n  is obvious that considerable training  and  wildlife extension  efforts should  be applied  ai the local regional level.  Section  5.2.1  elaborates on  the skills requirements and  states that a training intervention  could  be concentrated  on  students from the Baro-Akobo  basin  regions Other possibilities are discussed  and  it appears that the establishment of regional wildlife bureaux including a study of the protected areas should be given priority.
Most of the Planning  Studies that follow can  be grouped  according  to  whether they  fall withx Protected  Areas,  or whether they  fall in  the category  of wildlife utilisation  outside Protected Areas
Before any planning studies take place, however, a Regional Wildlife Authority should ~ up. In the devolution of authority to regional level, the understanding is that each rep ftec to develop its own wildlife and conservation authorities according to a strU^-trajne- meets its specific conservation and wildlife management needs. Given the paucity o. staff in the lidlife Sector, however, there is a clear need for external assistance
and strengthening institutional structures for conservation and wildlife
could be provided by an expatriate advisor attached to the regional authorities or (oSkard- at least a year. The NCS, when implemented by the regions, may also contn 
meeting these needs.
_ 01j c_*
TAMS-ULC Baro-Akobo River Basin [nitrated Development M*s,erANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
protected area STUDIES
dies
concern    the    redefinition    of    protected    areas    in    the    project
area
and 
their
These sni >
j   has defined those areas intended for Protected .Area status, the
|hc reg on
ftU                     horitjeS
nage
[Tlcni
mljst        then     approach     EWCO,     which     will     then     convey 
the
intention
of
regie”11
 c     j|, through the Minister
the    ounc
Boundary Definition and Proclamation of New Protected Artas
6.1
The current
Protected .Areas in the Project Area have been summarised in Section 2 above
rfnner    and    Lower    Basins    have    different    requirements    as    protected    areas    For    the    Upper Basin,   the   major   conservation   concern   is   for   the   broad-leaved   forest   systems,   whilst   for   the Lower   Basin   it   is   the   wildlife   resource   itself   that   requires   immediate   protection,   as   wildlife habitat    is    still    largely    intact    The    conservation    needs    with    regard    to    indigenous    forests    are addressed in the submission on Forestry (Annex 2E).
The intention  is that,  if proposed  changes in  the categories of protected  areas are adopted, then  existing  National Parks could  become Federal Parks,  and  Sanctuaries will become Regional Parks,  unless decided  otherwise by  the Protected  Areas Committee However,  there is no  mention  of the fate of existing  Controlled  Hunting  .Areas.  Currently,  there are no Sanctuaries (as defined  in  Appendix  I) in  the project area This means that there could  be no automatic creation of a Regional Park
Consistent   with   the   spirit   of   the   Wildlife   Policy   of   Ethiopia   the   following   options   for   protected areas could be considered in the Master Plan
retain the existing NP as an FP;
reconsider the status of the Gambela NP as a protected area, and have no FPs, and designate a new Regional Park, Weiland Reserve and Community Conservation Area Set up National Forest Priority .Areas
designate migration corridors
41.1 -
Retain the existing National Park as a Federal Park
One option is to
6-1.2 ~
- -J retain the existing National Park, but rename it as a Federal Park
consider the Status of the Gambela NP as a Protected Area
of ,he
t^.^her
-^r
'
rai?*s
nyrn
- status of the Gambela National Park should be considered after te yond rtDa 5 I=dt'Ons ^iavc shown that the protected area characteristics have been lost
a w . r An imPOrtant and crucial factor in the study is the population pressures and the t0  Bieet the ? T °f ROt can ** completely or partly removed The resettlement of people
n UCmedse ° ”f pr  Hot iuieccmteed aa arreeaass ha hass pr  prove oved ad an i n intnirraacctuos  ablee pr  probl  oDetmem t ihrnroughout         uugnum A /vne  fricaa, a, andna
r
problems In any event, the area has been recognised as being devoid of AMS-1 LG Baru-Akobo River Bajin Integrated Development Master Plan
2F-9natural resources
better directed towards definition, proclamation, and management of aherri • than investment in an area with a wildlife potential that could Only^'rHi exceptional circumstances. 
rea| ts c<j **
Duckworth (1972) identified four sites in the Lower Basin of the p
ro ec
j
, 
considered viable alternatives to Gambela NP:
(1)    the southwest forests (north of the Tepi-Bonga road, and south
Gambela. Bure. Mattu and Bcdele);
(2)    an area west and north of Tepi. coinciding with the Godere and Ab k referred to by Duckworth as the Godare Valley;
(3)    the floodplains of the Baro, Akobo and Pibor rivers, west from C
the Sudan border; and 
(4)    the plains north of the Baro river, northwest of Gambela.
What is the current status of these areas a quarter century later? This can only be det by field survey specifically within these areas. An initial idea of their condition could^ been gained had air surveys been made possible by this Master Plan study.
6.1.3 New Regional Park, Wetland Reserve and Community Conservation Area
01 a line 1^
0  forests UambeU. Up
1
lhe Wetland  Reserve (WR) category  could  have immediate relevance to  the Upper ai Lower Basins.  In  lhe absence of reliable recent faunal surveys,  one means of identifying  hip conservation  priority  areas is through  Important Bird  .Areas (IBAs); Appendix  6  summarise lhe IBA Project.  Briefly,  the project approach  is to  use bird  species diversity  as an  indicate: of general biodiversity  .  Although  there are exceptions to  this concept,  it is a valid  ecologies proposition  At a workshop  in  May  1995,  prospective and  confirmed  IBA sites wrr identified  for Ethiopia.  The intention  is to  produce a National Inventory  of IBAs,  although this will be presented regionally.
For the Lower Basin, the Jokau area (defined by 33 33'E to 33 52’E and 8 02^ to 820W identified as being particularly important to migratory species; other prospective sites ~ associated with the Baro floodplain. The creation of a Wetland Reserve c0 ^oft immediate step for regional conservation authorities, as the level of survey requir
boundary definition is relatively simple compared to that needed for savannah an 
systems. This relative simplicity is based on physical characteristics that
ror $itt
0
wetland systems. In addition, lhe IBA identification will serve as an initial P ^
definition. For the Lower Basin, swamps are best developed between  ^     $s. 
c
tswaJ
confluence with the Pibor River al Akobo. In parallel to the north, other P   J^       3p^
crn
hvsioP
including two lakes, are found along the Gilo River. These hydrological and p . 
.
features define wetland boundaries within which to base faunal and sociolog,L
IBA sites in lhe Upper Basin link with the following NFPAs: Bonga. Tepi Shekecho, Godere-Shekecho, Saylem Wangus, and Sigmo Geba. Butcher &of w<tl^. have drawn attention to the possible adverse hydrological and pedological el drainage in the Upper Basin The proclamation of sensitive sites as WRs c0
these concerns, as well as conserve biodiversity as indicated by IBA listing-
—----------- ~ ~
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Baiin integrated Development M*5(cr
2F-10rOAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
"
- -------
Basin. the Inception Report drew attention to the importance of floodplain
In    die    ^'Tnaniics.    as    well    as    highlighting    out      ignorance    of    (he    hydrology    and    ecological
^ ,c(" d'
o
f     those     dynamics.     If     the     WR     designation     is     formalised.     it     will     provide     the
s .gnificance       protect    that    area     west    of     the    existing    Gambela    NP,    on    grounds    of    single-
,lC
.“I
}jf Nat Oft
>unlC>     Nation     (especially     of     Lhe     rare     whale-headed     stork     Balaemceps     rex),     and     on c °^ ns’mlion of floodplain Ko^tems.
i   al forest Priority Areas
j- > to the Ethiopian Forestry Action Plan (EFAP), the government has classified 58 of
AcCording[Wll naturai forests as National Forest Priority Areas (NFPAs). It is the clearly 
the mosi I policy to use these forests primarily for protection and conservation purposes, 
5Utednlv secondarily for commercial purposes For Duckworth's first two categories above
0 ?              12 - the forest areas), these coincide with the following NFPA designations (refer
\FPA°G1S map)- Abobo Gog. Sele Mesengo, Sigmo Geba, and Saylem Wangus.
]r.    the    Upper    Basin.    EWCO    (1989)    recognised    the    unique    importance    of    the    broad-leaved forests   of   the   south-west   by   naming   forests   of   the   Tiro   Bota   Becho.   Mocha.   Didesa   Valley. Dcmbidolo   and   Kulo   Konia   (south-east   of   Jima)   areas.   Further,   the   EWCO   report   recognised the    rainforests    between    Bonga    and    Gore    as    being    unrepresented    in    the    Ethiopian    protected area   system   and   in   need   of   conservation.   Of   this   list,   only   the   forests   of   the   Mocha   and Demhidolo   areas   and   those   lying   between   Bonga   and   Gore   fall   within   the   Baro-Akobo   project area   (again,   reference   should   be   made   to   the   NFPA   map),   and   coincide   with   NFPA   zones. However.   the   map   boundaries   of   lhe   NFPAs   (as   arrived   at   by   the   Forestry   Department)   are, according   to   the   Forestry   Consultant,   largely   arbitrary,   having   been   arrived   at   through   a   desk study   Thus,   it   is   possible   that   the   NFPA   boundaries   will,   on   occasion,   contain   no   forest   at all   This   possibility   is   confirmed   in   lhe   project   area   by   Land   Cover   categories   of   lhe   NFPAs, where continuous cultivation coincides with an NFPA designation (Volume IV, Map 34 and
Apart from this dubious inclusion  in  an  NFPA category,  no  broad-leaved  forest receives tormal conservation  status anywhere in  Ethiopia.  As reliance on  inclusion  in  an  NFPA is no fruarantee oi conserv  ation,  important areas should  be considered  for some form of protected cate SUtUS outs^e of the NFPA system but consistent with  the proposed  new EWCO full ^°nes’ however.  exact boundaries to  any  proposed  protected  area can  only  be set after a corri^ °f i t? a™" ^^ding  (in  the case of wildlife areas),  identification  of migration 
and population estimates of key species.
* Migration Corridors
Hie
species frGrnCcOrJ cou'd also  be invoked  to  protect the migration  routes of key  ungulate Cor ndor$  is |  Udan Kenya.  The rationale for the definition  and  protection  of migration ^1  have the ht^°SC species ^at contribute both  to  the highest biomass as well as those ^^te-cared  l k esl Potential returns from safari hunting  art migratory'.  This group  includes
re ^tive]y 
1q  °u
w
’     'ec^We’     and     elephant.     Migration     lakes     place     between     a     country     with 
Pre ^Surc
s
ha     kUTrian        Population     density     (Sudan)     and     the     Lower     Basin,     where     population e  been increasing.
a MS-L'LC Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
IF - 11NATURAL RESOURCES
There are several options for protecting migration corrid 
of safari huntmg operations in specified areas To place reliance on safa^ CSUb,'slta management, various provisos must be met, however. These are discuss^
below. 
In the special case of providing protection for migratory corridors, a great deal
is needed than mere appraisal of the resource base. The required research resej»tt account several areas, different seasons, and even different countries. It wiUbT take into relate migratory movements to hydrological events, the prime determinanu c Cntical V> range phenotype. 
" ^ler
°f
It   is   unlikely   that   any   resident   elephant   populations   remain   in   the   project   area
following    traditional    migration    patterns    or    will    have    adopted    new    patterns    of    mo°S'    *'11 response    to    human    pressures.    For    example,    the    movement    of    elephant    in    the    lowe'^^ thought   to   comprise   two   different   populations.   One   enters   from   the   south   of   Sudan   and*0     * of   Kenya   and   Uganda,   thence   to   move   in   an   arc   through   Guraferda   into   the   Omo   A   s^i population     enters     north     of     Gambela     from     the     upper     Nile     region.     Passage     through^ Guraferda    region    has    been    recorded    (Roussos,    pers.    comm.')    from    about    October    through December   (the   hunting   season   ran   from   December   to   the   end   of   March);   a   small   percentage apparently   continue   down   to   the   Omo   valley   towards   the   middle   of   the   year   In   company the   influx   of   elephant   into   the   Gambela   region   is   reported   to   begin   in   August   or   Scpiemfa and continue to April.
Thus,  based  on  anecdotal evidence,  there arc two  separate ranges with  distinct differences it timing  of movements.  This justifies a need  to  define ranges and  seasonality  of movement,  wt only for elephant but also for the other principal migratory species
6.1.6 Sociological Impact of Protected A reas
The proclamation of protected areas is a sensitive undertaking, and cross-sectoral exposure « critical In addition to the obvious institutional involvement (EWCO. the Env 
Protection Agency EP A, and associated bodies), the role of local offices of the N also be considered as a facilitator for cross-sectoral exposure. Some suppo international institutions will also be a pre-requisite for maintenance of the integri, 
new proposed protected areas. Section 5.2.2.5 proposes that the Regional
policy document about the treatment of refugees. The intention is that this serve as a guideline for both regional authorities as well as for the critica
5 houW
0< U
j^
t or^
teTna 1
organisation, the United Nations High Commission for Refugees (UNHCR).
In the zonation of a Protected Area, where the needs of people must be taken iinWc separate sociological planning study will be needed. Here, one is dca,’ngp Ucy of Eih»°P,a between protected area settlement zones and ethnic groups. The W ildli e ’5C3son^- indicates settlement zones associated with NPs and FPs as permane^^ not
temporary* The intention is to designate boundaries that meet park o jec p^ples legitimise current settlement patterns. As the project area includes a \ane,
' t?' ?0UMO1' Ethiopian Rift Valley Safaris, Box J658. Addis Ababa 
The disuncuon between seasonal and temporary settlement requires furthei clan i TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
2F-12
^ ation.annex 2F wildlife
Affer
ent
lifesty
les
(employin
g 
various
combination
s
of
pastoralism, 
tr
anshumance. 
^edly 
dl
it
is
clear
that
certain 
settl
ement
designations
will
be
acceptable
or
applicable
* J cr°PpltlSoupS of people. Annex 3B. Socio-Ethnic Groups, outlines the characteristics of
tial categories of protected area have been proposed, then their zonation must take Oncefoten t lifestyles of the ethnic groups associated with them. The objective is to 
inw 3CC?an1 protected area sites to (he needs of the ethnic groups associated with them, so match potent^ designations in management plans wiH be in harmony with ethnic realities. 
®mC
ro
^
)Sa
indeed- e P
l of the ad hoc committee to rationalise the collection of field data to meet states: ... “the recommendations of the Master Plan are expected
-tpamme    of    anthropological-    sociological    research    combined    with    Protected    Area    options should yield
.    localities    of    major    ethnic    groups,    together    with    a    range    of    zonation    options    acceptable for each protected area; and
•     movement     patterns     of     nomadic     groups     within     and     between     the     Protected     .Area network.
6, J. 7 Alternative Sites for Protected Area Status
Wbai alternative sites can  be considered  for protected  area status? According  to  anecdotal information  (mainly  based  on  reports of hunters who  formerly  operated  in  the region),  there aic three areas which  may  still have the potential for safari operations that could  qualify' for protected  status and  these areas are described  m the study  on  Safari Hunting  below.  The Master Plan  would  assist with  proposals and  justifications to  promote the gazettement, degazetiement.  and  rebategorisation  of protected  areas.  These would  then  be submitted  to the Protected  Areas committee.  No  boundary' proposals can  be made,  however,  without adequate field  survey.  Similarly,  decisions on  which  Protected  Area category  to  adopt (FP or RP, for example) will likewise depend on acceptable survey results.
Regions should initiate such submissions rather than waiting for federal directives ^proceed. The Wildlife Policy of Ethiopia proposes a sequential process of community 
m allOn- decision on category and boundaries, inventory' of wildlife, and drawing up of the £emcni land-use plans, culminating in regional approval. Il is this sequence which 
Ln,en c"tion should identify with.
Jtecommen 
•"or                B
for further studies
(1) wildlif VL-StUdies? is estimated that lhe following personnel would be required:
(2) s°cioin '
t 3* least six months, with separate inputs seasonally);
In additfoSbant*UoP°' &iM (three months).
o
°n. n would be essential to have air survey facilities (minimum 50 hours').
' aMS^ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin 1 
Dtvelopment Mister PlanNATURAL RESOURCES_________________________________ ___ANNEx 2f
6.2 Planning Studies for the Management of Protected Areas
It   is   pointless   to   define   new   conservation   areas   unless   they   can   be   effective]
section deals with several approaches to the management of these areas. '
6.2.1 Preparation of Management Plans for Protected Areas
As    the    preparation    of    Management    Plans    forms    an    integral    part    of    EWCO'
skills    should    be    expected    of    EWCO    staff.    To    ensure    that    this    is    realised,    a    traL^^' could    form    a    further    intervention    allied    to    the    management    of    protected    areas    n^Co’nP°!^i redefinition    of    protected    areas    can    be    seen    as    one    approach    to    translating    h    PrOp°Sed Wildlife    Policy    into    regional    action.    There    are    a    host    of    other    approaches    but*'    NatK>na!
wildlife management staff is an obvious priority. 
Although the intention of the new policy is to decentralise management to the re ’
5
policy and strategy statements arc too broadly drafted to be effectively taken up^R ’ authorities One way around this is to select a specific sector, and then io streni th'8 sector at the regional level. An obvious starting point is to train regional staff for protect areas management and conservation.
’ c ^ning Of
l"l I
We propose,  therefore,  to  develop  a regional wildlife strategy’ in  line with  national policies and  conforming  to  the action  plans of the NCS and  regional conserv  ation  strategy.  Wildlife management staff of the regional wildlife authority  (in  whatever form is ultimately  adopted) will require the following skills:
•      technical ability' to appraise wildlife resources;
•      understanding of the concepts of community-based wildlife conservation:
•      technical competence to control problem animals, maintain roads, law enforcement etc,;
•      proficiency to educate local communities and tourists in conservation;
•      ability to practice wildlife management, particularly in such matters as the principle and practices of veldt burning as a management tool; and
•      personnel management.
Wildlife management training in Ethiopia is through the Mweka College of ‘^^caJ^  j g  n 
3l n    o
Management. A training intervention could continue with this strategy, by  ^ ^
cn
cn g^d 
trainees from the region itself. It could promote the development of an 
training facility’, which could be based in the project area, thus meeting the nee
to a wide range of habitats from rain forest through savannah, to wetlands.
The EWCO will clearly play a major role in the development of a training jjendfe wildlife management. In addition, there are international organisations * linked w with training initiatives. For example, the African Wildlife Foundation (Ay ) CoOs^an01. training of protected area managers One project, PARCS (Protected ^d i* 
Strategy), is co-ordinated by the Biodiversity Support Programme in the , 
by USAID. Along ^qth government agencies, some NGO input is also de
continuity across government departments and institutions
TAMS-ULG Ba to-A kobo River Basin Integrated Dcvek»P«el,c Ma5l<r
2F-14
* l0R ESCH rRCES
---------
Ration of management
ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
pi™ bi„l0gisl sociolo8isr: 1LX
ft* lllC/area.
pr
o^teda^
-    ah     Huntingr   properly   conducted,   can   be   an   efficient   management   tool   for   Pmi^t   j
S*San'ffurtting
f£p«'s
l "'m"8.ar^ (CHAS) were onguselly esebirshed for £ fcl^d
bXg  °( *«‘fedfr'“ <to=by  generattng  considerable foteign  eunenerj^d  orTe capture and  export of l>«  antmaJs.  Tbe mtenuon  was that sorb  TOuW tonally  aa JS buffer zooes for protected  areas such  as Gambelo  NP.  Hunurrg  appears to  ha" e bin banned for the following reasons: lu L*cn
. absence of scientific bases for setting quotas;
.   dvil   unrest   oyer   two   decades,   which   led   to   failure   to   unplement   any   WI.   lemslanon   as
well as to proliferate firearms in civilian hands;
• resettlement programmes enacted without regard to wildlife resources
' B1 ion as
SSbXe T
fOr COnCera °Ver declirung
^phant.
Table 1. Records of rvorv from elephants shot on safari hunts in Ethiopia, from 1987 to 
1992.
Year
No of Tusks
Total Mass
(kg)
Mean Tusk
Mass (kg)
Standard
Deviation
198?
146
3,642.1
24.9
9.7
1988
87
1.898.0
21.8
H.5
l 989
75
1.729.4
23.1
126
1990
44
840.0
19.1
5.6
I9?1
52
918.0
17.7
6.4
1992
22
271.0
123
7.5
426
9298.5
21 8
99.8
SQUIT*- E^-re-ll T" . I t
T
Tola!
Source: fisjj] Ttk]e(  993).
The problem however with interprctin® tusk quality to hunting or to poaching
will be for large tusks.
The CHAs in the project area are * the Jikau (sometimes spelt Jokau) CHA,
■ the above table is *
place pnmanb
hclhcr 10
lusks, and selection 
■u* the decline in
’ the Tedo (sometimes spelt Tcddo'l CHA, an
the Akobo Valley CHA. 
^tnty-ftve years ag0 these CHAs could offer Jt bushbuck {Tragelaphus script^ elephant (IoJO
ylvicapm grintmia), eland (Taurotrog05 0
.     . u.rffalo (Syncerus
_ following animcahoe l • r^ P^^ Oranfs „ lh
{Po(amo
, duiker
____________ —------------
InKir>t
2F-15NATURAL resources
gazelle
(Gazella              grant )' ,              Soemmemng’s
gazelle
(Gazella 
hilocramus walkri), Lelwel's hartebeest (Alcelaphus buselaphus lel^r (Hippopotamus amphibius). Idipspringer (Oreotragus oreotragus),
s Omfnerr.J^
L
^Popot^
strepsiceros),     lesser     kudu     (T.     imberbis),     leopard     (Panlhera     pardus),     lion        (pJX lechwe      (Kobus      megaceros),      white-eared      kob      (Kobus      kob),      defassa      wJ„      Ja ellipsiprymnus),      oribi      (Ourebia      ourebi),      oryx      (Oryx      gazella),      reedbuck      (Red         °Ck         (A< roan       antelope       (Hippotragus       equinus),       uang       (Damaliscus       lunatus).       wanho^S       redu^ . 
0
ajricanus). Burchell’s zebra (Equus hurchelli), and  Grevy’s zebra (Equus grel i} ^COCot^ elephant,  roan  and  white-eared  kob  were the more important drawcards for ex .  list
in the project area. 
Some indication of which species (countrywide) previously formed the backbone industry can be gleaned from Table 2 (scientific names have been included ° ?e salar previously cited).. 
Table 2. Numbers of animals requested and shot by tourist hunters 1983/84
Patnate hiu^
• W
to 1992/93.
Species
Number
Requested
Number
Shot
Success Ri(t
(per cent)
Bushbuck
329
265
82
Gelada baboon (Theropithecus gelada)
36
30
83
Elephant
360
243
68
Greater kudu
256
152
59
Lesser kudu
391
281
72
Mountain nyala {Tragelaphus buxtoni)
283
201
71
Leopard
17
6
35
Source Fassil Tekte (1993)
One   result   of   permitting   entry’   into,   (except   in   the   case   of   hunting   parties)   and   even   resident in  CHA’s.  was  that  wildlife  resources  declined.  The  present  status  of  wildlife  in  many  CHA.  s is   now   so   poor   that   the   designation   no   longer   serves   a   useful   purpose.   Under   proposed   ne* designations   of    protected    areas,    even    strict   categories   of    protected    areas   could    now   cat^^ controlled    hunting.    Two    outcomes    are    possible:    by    maintaining    the    presence    o    a operator    with    a    long-term    lease    on    the    periphery    of    core    areas,    poaching    co    po decline.   On   the   other   hand,   if   hunting   forced   animals   into   core   areas,   recharging   e     P
CHA s might not happen.
’ flfects.
The ban on hunting is unlikely to have had far-reaching positive conservation 
that poaching was in no way affected, if anything, levels would have in gybave^ absence of a professional hunting presence. In general, a ban on safari hunting following negative effects:
loss of national revenue, especially foreign exchange;
no    management,    conservation    or    anti-poaching    presence    in    key    areas, that consumption will be non-sustainable;
no    returns,    including    safari-related    cmplovmenl,    to    local    peop|e-    30
conservation awareness;
re^1
. t^s re^
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Bisin Integrated Development
PANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
. 
a-™® " —* 
!„■* of a
land-u^-
.    impaired 
^senceofsome unusual hunting species. ersely- properly managed hunting can
i n,en,a,ional    a^ness    of    Ethiopra    as    a    hunting    destination    t    u 
* esunation. despite the
contribute to funding for management of other conservation areas, immpr prove  ove a attttiittude  udess of  of l lococaall pe  peopl  oplee t towowaarrds ds w wiilldl dliiffee;;
mure   <b.t   »   K«<~e   »   maiiHMed   in   all illegal access, and cattle grazing;
m
* pining,
.  lithatleve ldeitttrliem deenttraiml eentffaelc etffon   ect on popul          populations  ations( (asas of offfttaakeke isis nornor mmallay l lly imliitmed t iteo ol   d  tdo  old males), unlike commercial poaching as was the case in the Gambela.
The introduction of hunting should be seen as an active conserv hunters. given security of tenure and knowledge of the reeio 
Fxperienced
information   which,   under   ideal   conditions,   will   allow   them   t   T   ™,JnUln    3     of
disburse funds as anti-poaching incentives. 
°
Pochers and to
Based on discussion with Roussos (refer footnote * 4) who, until the hunting ban. operated in the project area, there are three sites with potential for wildlife conservation and utilisation:
(1) An area south of Gog. with boundaries following the Akobo river on the west, the mountains towards the east, and by Dima in the south.
«>
operated tn the Gurraferda
annually (Roussos, pers. comm.). Tn PP
and the Guraferda mountain range were survey 
1978. and a summary of his survey is documented in Osborne^ report recommended conservation status tor this region. 
middle reaches of the .Akobo river Stephenson et al in
Osbornc (|991). The survey
where significant
undertaken        in        1974        (agam        sununansed        by        OsborneJ^^nv^uth 
populations of hartebeest were recorded in the
XJXey of 1990.
of   Guraferda.   north   of   Maji,   and   east   of   Dima   e   op   JP
undertaken by Allen-Rowlandson, reported that
Gurafcrda or Godere
in importance as a priority conservation area but
(or even some other part of the Mtzan Tefen area) deserved some status, as did the AmeyaBonga forest area.
f  protected
l3 ) The Bure Area lying to the east of Alwero and includes mountains and savanna habitat. This region c
well as for consumptive utilisation.
f or walking safaris
0Q b   possible   conflict   zone   would   anse   in   the   .Akobodownstream   of   Dima. ^0-GEOSERV, Which involves the right bank of the .Akobo over
^^^ULGl^o-Akobo River Bas.c
MlS"r P1,nnatural resources
The components of this Planning Study for Safari Hunting will, to 
preliminary. given that the WL policy still awaits ratification, and that WL le50?6 Cx,CrT i
to be reviewed. Despite this, several components can be spelt out at this stage8’S a,i°n is
 lik |
e
•      Establishment of concession boundaries, as well as their zonation ’
other zones within a broad Protected Area;
•      Seasonal assessment of the status of wildlife populations;
Decision    on    which    species    are    to    be    offered,    and    the    settinn    of concession, by species;
Decision     on     a     system     of     allocation     of     concessions     acceptable
ln rclat>onsh,p .
n
quotas fOr
regional authorities;
Establishing mechanisms of community involvement;
'° bMh EWCO w
Establishing    a    system    for    monitoring    trophy    quality,    and    for    population 
hunted species;
Creation    of    appropriate    management    institutions    to    meet clarification of any new legislature needs
dynamics of
the    needs    of    the
rc gion. aM
some    understanding    of    large
The following  paragraphs address the above components in  turn.  The establishment of concession  boundaries can  only  take place after a survey  of the areas,  including  an  assessment of wildlife populations involving  consultation  with  local people and  EWCO.  The setting  of quotas is dependent on  the preceding  stage,  but involves
mammal population  dynamics.  A possibly  more complex  issue will be the system of concession  allocation,  which  is expanded  on  in  the paragraph  below under some of the legal implications.  Some aspects of community  involvement are covered  under the tourisn submission  (refer to  Joint Venture Operations),  as is the allied  question  of management institutions.  However,  with  regard  to  community  involvement,  it is pertinent to  record  that with  the lifting  of the hunting  ban,  some hunters have offered  substantial sums (e.g.,  USD 3000  for a single elephant) to  local communities for specified  species shot in  their areas There is justification  for these returns to  be standardised,  by  species,  through  the Ethiopia- Professional Hunters' Association.
What needs will arise for legal documentation between concessionaire an 
authorities? These will be a function of the type of arrangement (hat is decided QP°^
arc various options for the designation of safari areas as well as for the me 0 s
allocation. These options are summarised in Appendices 4 & 5.
the absen^r
For the designation of safari areas (Appendix 3), the most suitable option (m supportive research) would appear to be the granting of a concession with a long Safari hunting can only operate as a conservation measure if security of tenu 
lease-
ith short-term operations, it is in the interests of the operator to mine the reso 
ten C
j f is
method of concession allocations (Appendix 4), it would seem that some o desirable.
Although the Consultant recommends the re-introduction of safari hunting  grounds (as outlined in this section, above), this should only take place *   jjjeto* 
n
 CO^ClAa^dl i^^
y
U
particularly those that led to the hunting ban. have been addressed, following:
_ 
“              J71
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M**crANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
* U   Clear flections be placed on the use by those no, engaged in hunting of areas
1
set
1
■ Sc for I’UHW ;
/ r clear demarcation of concession areas be made (it is understood that division of
' Je Miz*  Teferi CHA took place following arbitrary agreements among hunters
themselves).
nflt  set in a realistic manner or if the data on which they are based are flawed, a
F     the     dcvelopment       of       legal        arrangemeilts        ^eluding     concession     allocation     for     safari     hunting: environmental lawyer (one month).
£ 7 ? The Ro/e of the Private Sector in Protected Area Management
Safari    hunting    has    been    discussed    above    from    a    broad    perspective    of    its    management potentiaJ-   For   hunting   and   other   uses   of   Protected   Areas   by   commercial   operators,   there   will be   specific   management   expectations-   The   Wildlife   Policy   of   Ethiopia   refers   to   the   delegation of    management    duties    by    the    agency    holding    primary    responsibility    for    a    protected    area.    If tins   can   be   interpreted   to   include   the   private   sector,   (hen   a   whole   range   of   possibilities   arises Whilst   the   notion   of   concessionaire   responsibility   in,   say;   a   Controlled   Hunting   Area,   is   both familiar   and   practised   elsewhere   in   Africa,   the   role   of   the   private   sector   in   the   management   of NPs   or   Sanctuaries   is   a   new   concept,   which   is   being   explored   in   some   other   countries   in Africa (e.g, Zambia).
The primary' stage of a Planning  Study  would  be to  arrive ar an  acceptable format for commercial operators in  NPs and  other non  hunting  areas Operators would  be allowed  to generate revenue from tourism,  whilst al the same time being  allocated  management responsibilities. Some of the key factors to investigate would relaie to
length of tenure;
return of revenues to state and local communities fin a situation where management is an additional obligation); and 
nature of management obligations.
Ws study: sociologist (two months); wildlife biologist (two months).
Having. 
immunity
Me    l^USSCd      1110      role       of    the    private    sector    above,    this    next    Planning    Study    concerns    the c 0nse- 41 COrruniJniri&e ______________________ _ _____ ________ Tbp notion ot community based
l A51^fG Ba^Akobo River B Jinl
""
2F-19NATURAL RESOURCES jVNNEXjFWu
must arise primarily  within  the community  itself,  and  where dependence (a) | 
term) cannot be placed on revenue-generation from an outside agency . 
The   first   category'   is   addressed   in   the   Tourism   Annex   2G,   particularly   that Operations The second is expanded on below:
Probably nowhere else in Africa have protected areas been invaded by people and 
C  tock|o 
the extent that has taken place in Ethiopia. It is now accepted by mos( auth  ? community involvement is a desirable approach to redressing this conflict, even h 
U
community-based initiatives in Africa remain at an experimental level The”' ° ^ most central government controls on conservation has proved a failure at every level
Cas ‘the lo
of
involvement    may    take    different    forms.    These    have    been    grouped    by    some    a      d°nUnun^
Integrated Conservation and Development Programmes (ICDPs), 
uth °rities
For    community-based    conservation    to    be    successful,    communities    must    recognise    the
must   accept   the   discipline   required,   and   must   be   prepared   to   explore   and   adopt   new   s
The   problem   is   how   to   integrate   these   conditions   into   some   kind   of   acceptable   framework indicated   by   the   Wildlife   Policy   of   Ethiopia,   communities   associated   with   protected   areas   *11 have    the    opportunity    to    elect    Park-Community    Committees,    who    will    negotiate    zonation regulations   and   access   to   resources,   approve   and   monitor   management   plans,   and   ensure   local compliance    with    agreed    management    actions    and    procedures    In    accordance    with    this,    some of the objectives of a community-based conserv ation programme would be
•      to maintain the integrity of protected areas;
•      to agree to curtail undesirable practices (e.g., cutting indigenous forests, poaching);
•      to negotiate procedures for making the above effective;
•      to identify' and provide sources of alternative income to substitute for income lost as a result of the agreements negotiated above;
•      to arrive al conditions where the movement and resettlement of people would be acceptable:
•      to facilitate research related to better community management of natural resources A clear need will arise for some standardised approach to the formation of Park^Commuru
H
Committees An objective for this study would be to develop an 
process for arriving al committee structure and function and to decide on benefit are suitable for specific communities.
A     positive     contribution     would     be     to     produce     a     handbook     to     assist
efficient and accepubJ which for®s 01 NGOs in
implementation         of         communitv-based         conservation         projects. considerations to take into account? What are 1
available, and under what conditions will a particular approach be accept-
What
What
are the iroachcs _
the constraints? What,^re.15
,lab  project
...
wuiui uuuug a recent success tn the Southern Ethiopia rarxs rRvc^aibi .al,u*-  ^X --- "--r-e--c-e-^----------------- prccede^ worth noting a recent success in the Southern Ethiopia Parks
about 7.000 people agreed to their relocation from Nechisar NP This even 
a sociological survey and a workshop where representation of peasant
a sociological survey and a workshop where representation of peasant - pro<*
aSS C1
^
^ -duI^Ce>du^5
rreegi giona  onall of  offfiicciiaallss t look pl       ook plaaccee. T. Thus  hus, t , theherree i iss a allrreeaady a   dy a m mode  odell on w    on whi hicch t h to pe   o neopl  ople--
c
at least one aspect of community involvement in conservation: the relocation
m
... 
. 
.          ___ -1nation 01
TAMS-ULQ Biro-Akobo River Basin Integrated DevelopmentrESOURC^______________________ ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
tjve management of the wildlife resources will require international support outside
^wldltfe Sector. As has been pointed out in several sections of this report, the presence of
s and their largely uncontrolled activities effectively deny wildlife as a form of land 
It will be pointless for regional agencies to attempt extensive wildlife development
Xieg’c'; whe0 the> 3re harnperec^ by constraints that can only be resolved internationally.
The refugees in  the Lower Basin  are a case in  point.  The prognosis can  only  be guessed  at,  but it is pertinent to  examine the situation  in  other African  countries where the refugee situation rjb  gone out of control.  For example,  since 1994,  hundreds of thousands of refugees fled from Rwanda to  enter eastern  Zaire.  More than  75  000  refugees now live at the southern  end of Virunga Park,  home to  half the world’s surviving  gorillas.  In  addition,  over 10  000 lippopotamuscs have been  killed  by  refugees.  The important point to  note here is that no form of protected  area designation  has countered  this situation: Virunga NP was declared  a World  Heritage Site by  UNESCO,  yet 900  000  t of wood  are removed  daily  for fuelwood  or for processing  as charcoal.  In  theory*,  people arc allowed  to  collect dead  wood  from a buffer zone,  but this is ignored.  Finally,  refugees were recently  responsible for the shooting  of six 
.‘alian tourists, with a major impact on the tourism industry
A   first   approach   to   this   Study   will   require   liaison   with   Regional   authorities,   in   particular   the Regional   Conservation   Strategies,   to   arrive   at   a   consensus   which   will   address   the   following policy issues:
riling of refugee camps,
restrictions on activities of refugees. 
t  Citations on the size of refugee camps, and Procedures for regularly reviewing status of camps.
for a minimum penod of six w*eeks.
e I tilicnHfhn
d__ *__
TA ^n^I|rcHAkobo Basin Integrated Devdopmenl MasterPlan
2F-21natural resources
regions will jointly develop guidelines for the management of wildlife out i
sd
areas. 
6.3.1 Civet Cat Farming
Civet (Viverra civetta) fanning is an old form of wildlife utilisation that has be
for hundreds of years in Ethiopia (refer Inception Report). According to EW’CO Pract’*d civet farming occurs in the south-west of the country. where some falls within n?’ .nx’sl Basin of the Project Area. The fanning of civet takes place under a shroud of secre reasons behind this are not clear The implications of this secrecy are
it has proved impossible to collect reliable data on the magnitude of th although some unpublished reports are available;
the details of the farming methods can only be surmised, and consequently ext
C  *3r° cte j
te
c
l ppei
CCy’and the c t »’de.
services to improve reanng practices as well as musk production cannot be devek^j
effective marketing strategies cannot be devised, with the result that the extent of th 
form of wildlife utilisa
tion r
emains
limited; and 
s
• 
it   is   neither   possible
to 
gauge
the   unpact
of
the
farming 
on 
natural   populations   nor
t
y
devise   conservation   strategies   to   ensure   that   utilisation   of   this   species   is   both   human* and sustainable.
The ultimate objectives of the study  would  be to  develop  an  extension  capacity  to  meet the needs of civet farmers and  to  introduce measures to  ensure the expansion  and  sustainability  of the industry.
Firstly,  a research  programme into  the social aspects of civet fanning  will be required.  The need  here is to  understand  the motives and  history  behind  the secretive approach  of civet utilisation.  This could  be coupled  with  a market survey  to  determine what quantities and qualities could be exported, and to which countries.
Given this information, the second stage would be to educate farmers about the goals oi <■ programme: to increase their production and ensure sustainability. At the same ^De’ research programme could be initiated on the ecology and physiology' of the species- provide the necessary information for the extension programme:
•      What methods are used to capture civet, and how does this affect its pop
dynamics?
•       What recommendations can then be made to improve capture techniques in maintain an acceptable wild population?
•       What factors determine musk secretion in the male, and how can this be
•       How can captive conditions be designed so as to maximise longevity. allow for reproduction in captivity?
•       Would it be possible to extract musk in a capture/release?recapture of* so, how would this affect yields of musk and populations?
[0
mised'1
|l3
n  ^d, -f
IA.vis-ulg Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Developm'n*ANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
^her $tu^*es
utf
fo f‘^
r
eatiire   university   postgraduate   study   (M.Phil.   or   even   PhD)   or   physiologist
W                 ** ■ (six months); ecologist with expertise in population dvnamics (one TheP^. socio*0^1
>
ffdile farming
(J.2 CfCC . re<j cr0€odilc farm was established about ten years ago at Arba Minch, in g\VCO-adnun,S,ean pcOples Regional Government (SEPRG) Region. It was populated by 
^Southern E^P1
\^k  collected f^n
he
initial harvest yielded 2.074 skins, which earned nearly 1
’ jecond  harvest.  nearly  600  skins were exported,  many  to  Japan,  and 
pillion  0irr-  gjrT   was    earned.  Over  5  000  crocodiles  arc  still  on  the  farm,  and  Rather ^n^anncd-
he  no  reason  why  a  crocodile  farm  could  not  be  established  in  the  Lower 1                           would he required to decide on location, pen structure, methods of
[Here appears ®
Basin A feasiw*1
stocking,  skin  yea
.  conSU Unt5
avgnues Expertise on crocodile farming is available from
] who  could  make a rapid  appraisal of its potential.  The
Zimbabwe. 
first approac 1^ s
//f/jwff for further studies
madc hoWeVer, through the Crocodile Specialist Group of the Conscrvation of Nature and Natural Resources (IUCN).
A single crocodile specialist should be able to assess the potential and advise on procedures in a three-weck period in the field.
6.33. midlife Ranching
Th,      of      wildlife      ranching      in      the      projectshould      be      JJ-W
basin opportunities might exist. However without up °
tpecies.  tor  migration  routes  and  properly  designated  protected  antas.  toe likelihood of such a scheme succeeding.
A number of countries in Africa practice this form of wildlife utd’s“*j®”.cnt for giyCO io that such countries be approached. Kenya would be the most co 
g, little
contact.
TA?®iE^ro Aklllw
.
** Inl’^r^-^ni MriRr Pl"
2F-23natural resources
regions will jointly develop guidelines for the management of wildlife
6.3.1 Civet Cat Farming
Civet (Fh'erra civetta') fanning is an old form of wildlife utilisation that has for hundreds of years in Ethiopia (refer Inception Report). According to EWCO civet farming occurs in the south-west of the country, where some falls wi Basin of the Project .Area. The fanning of civet takes place under a shroud of reasons behind this are not clear. The implications of this secrecy arc
• it has proved impossible to collect reliable data on the magnitude or although some unpublished reports are available;
' <wdt
° **lc trade,
•      the details of the farming methods can only be surmised, and consequent!
services to improve rearing practices as well as musk production cannot be d^^'™1
•      effective marketing strategics cannot be devised, with the result that the extent - form of wildlife utilisation remains limited; and 
“ ot
it  is  neither  possible  to  gauge  the  impact  of  the  farming  on  natural  populations  no-1 devise  conservation  strategies  to  ensure  that  utilisation  of  this  species  is  both  humane and sustainable.
The ultimate objectives of the study  would  be to  develop  an  extension  capacity  to  meet the needs of civet fanners and  to  introduce measures to  ensure the expansion  and  sustainability  of the industry,
Firstly  ,  a research  programme into  the social aspects of civet farming  will be required  The need  here is to  understand  the motives and  history  behind  the secretive approach  of civet utilisation.  This could  be coupled  with  a market survey  to  determine what quantities and qualities could be exported, and to which countries.
Given this information, (he second stage would be to educate fanners about the goals of programme: to increase their production and ensure sustainability. At the same research programme could be initiated on the ecology and physiology  of the species, 
7
|_FJ
provide the necessary information for the extension programme:. LL1 A-UA         -
«
What   methods   are   used   to   capture   civet,   and   how   does   this   affect   its   pop 
■
dynamics?
, w What   recommendations   can   then   be   made   to   improve   capture   techniques maintain an acceptable wild population?
What factors determine musk secretion in the male, and how can this be m
I noevity. 311 “ c
.ujati?" sr^' '
(c
How can captive conditions be designed so as to maximise
allow for reproduction in captivity?
Would it be possible to extract musk in a capturc/releasc/recaptme ope so, how would this affect yields of musk and populations?
_        ____ _____________________________ _ -——-
TAMS-ULG Ba to-Ako bo River Basin Integrated Development
p IAANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
<Al.,^ALRgOt-,RCTS
uforfurther studies
will ^mrc ^ ersi^ po  gr
v
St
aduale studv
I**** (six mouths);
' Kai oI0lnojia
 dynamics (0Qe
 e^^Wjurph^
A f  3 Crocodile Farming
. g^CO-adr ' ^
nn
ste rcd crocodile farm was established M
* 'seulhem Ethiopian Peoples Regional Go«raraem
seek 
mld  Th= initial harvest yielded ■>«?
rfW girt. Of the second harvest, neady 600 Z 
*» ’■ Art. Mfci, b " ”« nopdiated h
«tdS 7
«°tf    ,00.000    Birr    was    named.    Over    5    000    crocodte      "™'<L    many    (0      , 
r
faster is planned. 
OT "« *' all m
fhert  appears  to  be  no  reason  why  a  crocodile  farm Basin. A feasibility study would be required to 
tteehing. skin treaintent. and sale avenues
ZiuMnte. and there are consultants who'cnT^ °” "““d1' 
, nOt es*M‘tied in the I.
°"                 W «ntcto ±hW" £5 
"
to approach should be made. iXX
hianattonal Union  for the Conservation  oWanu^,^™
• antral RT' esour^c“e"sii (* JL’CGNroup     )         of     J
Inputs for further studies
A single crocodile specialist should be able to assess the potential and advise on procedures is a three-week period in the field.
UJ. Wildlife Ranching
Tboquenion of wildlife ranching in the project are. 
barm opportunities might exist. However without up o
Wes. then migration routes and properly designated prated areas. likelihood of such a scheme succeeding-
A number of countries in Africa practice this form ot wildlife
*
would be little
«
r  gwCO to
tta    such   countries   be   approached.   Kenya   would   be   the   mos.   comemenl   to 
contact.NATURAL RESOURCES
^^11PE
7. FUNDING FOR PLANNING STUDIES
7.1.       Donor Perspective
Despite wildlife management in Ethiopia being devolved to the Regions ther functions that have been retained by EWCO at the federal level Apart from the' Feniain of protected areas, EWCO serves as the conduit through which donor
channelled Under the Lome Convention it is not possible for a region to directly a"
8  mUSt
r
 ** 
EU for funding; donors can only be solicited through central government Thi^j^•the two-tiered bureaucracy that must be addressed in developing a donor-funded, regional
It is for the Region itself to inaugurate the process, however. 
** * P r°jec:
Donors may  prove reluctant to  invest in  planning  studies that develop  from a master plan rather than  in  direct master plan  projects,  as it could  be argued  that precursor projects should be undertaken  by  the master plan  consultants themselves.  However,  such  studies fell outside the Terms of Reference of the present master plan  study  In  addition,  some donors may perceive that the lower basin  has all but lost its once prolific wildlife and  that any  investment should  proceed  only  when  a certain  level of the resource has been  re-established.  This situation  is exemplified  by  EU assistance in  rehabilitation  of the Mago.  Nechisar and  Omo NPs.  That project started  after appraisals by  an  EU delegation,  in  which  the area in  question was identified  as having  the greatest long-term potential of all Ethiopian  protected  areas.  This was based  on  the presence of the largest remaining  populations of plains game in  Ethiopia,  on spectacular scenery,  and  on  fascinating  tribal culture.  In  fact,  as wildlife habitat is still remarkably  intact in  the Lower Basin,  any  measures aimed  solely  at habitat protection  would be justified  (and  this can  be taken  to  include the strengthening  of regional capacities as well as the direct proclamation  of protected  areas),  as the response of most species to  protection will be rapid.
The establishment of a trust fund in co-operation with external or internal donors should be considered. In this respect there are a number of NGOs with specific interest in cnV'5on^^1( r
.
protection and wildlife conservation. The IUCN in Geneva could be approached tor details.
7.2. Priority Areas
In the opinion of the Consultant, the first priorities should rest with:
The Establishment of a Regional Wildlife Authority, and 
Boundary Definition and Proclamation of New Protected Areas
as detailed in Sections 5 and 6.1 respectively
TA MS-V LG Baro-Akobo     River Basin Integrated Development Master P««n1
- <nA (1993). Feasibility study for a wildlife conservation ■
■
Unpubl. report submitted to the EEC. Addis Ababa. ’ W * SOUthern &. Woo^ A (undated). Sustainable wetland development tn Highland nt, ■ u
S-^^ureh Report No. '■ Addts-Ababa^uddersfieltlBnlish Council AcadeJ'■
w    worth. F d’
72 ’- R‘!C Wi"“^ Si'“a"an
E ^CO. Addis Ababa. 
- ™w Community (undated). Ecology in D^cioping Cmwa Program Aft™ ‘"w* Conservation Programme, final report. Volume 3. Elepham Comwvata
Development Programme Ethiopia
E UCO(1991). Ethiopian Elephant Conservation Plan. Unpubl. report 67 pp. FARMAFRICA
UnpuWmpon
*•
Fjssil
(1994).  Participatory  Forest  Management  Workshop.  Unpubl  report  (two volumes). VPs RJDEP.
Tekle  (1993).  Past  experience  on  wildlife  utilisation  in  Ethiopia.  Unpubl  Renori EWCO, 7 pp..
Hitlman,  J  C  (1993).  Ethiopia  Compendium  of  Wildlife  Conservation  Information.  Ethiopian Wildlife Conservation Organisation, Addis Ababa. Vo Is ] & n.
l/trae. J (1991) The Southwest Forest Area: a study and review of available EWCO, Addis Ababa.
information.
Akofeo River Basin Integrated Development Muter PlanAPPENDICES
jpeM)Ik,:U
a’ idlife Conservation Areas (WCAs) in Ethiopia fall into two categories, Principal fT'’‘ECtd^. WCAs The former category refers to those areas where there is some
od  Second conserVation and management, and includes Sanctuaries and National
’‘Ethiopia's protected areas currently consist of National Parks (NPs), Sanctuaries, Wildl?Dif Ce Rontesreolrveled Hs.'-wunt * ing Areas, and National Forest Pnoritv Areas
^ ona] Park is an area proclaimed for the express purpose of protecting wildlife and j,  f aesthetic, ecological and scientific interest. Prohibited activities include hunting, 
< riiRRE*T CATEGORIES OF PROTECTED AREA IN ETHIOPIA
o
dtivauon, grazing of livestock, felling of trees, burning of vegetation, settlement, or
epilation of natural resources in any way unless for park management purposes.
iia Wildlife Reserve, persons are prohibited from residence without (he written authority of EWCO.  excepting  persons who  were resident before the date of declaration.  Authorised residents may  cultivate land  and  graze livestock,  but may  neither hunt nor possess firearms wins with written authorisation from EWCO. These areas essentially were meant to act as njfiei areas for NPs and Sanctuaries, with the possibility of being upgraded al a later date.
iiaSanctuary, prohibited activities include grazing of cattle, settlement, and hunting. For the
■ prohibited activities include grazing of cattle, settlement and hunting, unless in 
««teicc with the conditions of a permit.
Wildlife R            Sanctuaries are managed in the same way. Only hunting is controlled in
Rories T 
^d all other forms of land use are permitted within these two
Bi: ?Posed   t5   ,  ^man   <  1993)  points  out,  these  definitions  concentrate  on  what  is  prohibited, at people can actually do in these areas.
Baro*Akobo River Basin Integrated Developer Mister PIm
IF- AtANNEX 2F WILDLIFE
P
aED1S^  FORMAT for park MANAGEMENT PLAN
rt£ !•
3 t is baSed °n
d  to<*uon I.1S^7
and Use '^^viousPl^
i Eflvirt},uncnl
p p  of National Parks & Wildlife Management of Zimbabwe)
ct
! 33 Water supple I 3.4 Flor3
I 3,5 Fauna
I . surr<wldme^ j e5
;ncT^^—&so''s
5Key
Mai»Sctne ,
1 UuffEnabl'shm<:
t 7 2 Visitor Facilities
15 3 Transport &Equ.pn«n. 1.7.4 Roads. Airstrips
1.7.5 Leases
1.7         Visitor Usage 1 OBJECTIVES
“ rksh0,K
3. MANAGEMENT OF THE PROTECTED AREA
JI Lav. Enforcement
3.1.1, Monitoring
3.1.2 Manpower
3            13 Budgets
52 Ecological Management
3.2   1 Adaptive management 3.2.2 Habitat
3.23 Water
5 2.4 Eire
5.2.5      Animal Populations
5.26 Monitoring
5.2.7 Annual Work Programme 5.2.8 Staff Requirements
5.2.9 Budgets
T AM$^Lg Bsro Akobo Wver Bisip Inltgn^
_
MU‘tr P
2F-A2XATI HAL RFSOl KC'ES
J PUB1IC USE Ol DIE PROTECTED AREA
4            I Zoning of the Protected Area
4 I I Special Conservation .Areas
4 I 2 Wilderness Areas
4 I 3 Wild .Areas
4 1 4 Dc\ clopmcnl Areas
4 2 Implementation of tounsm
4 3 htcrpretatnr needs
5  STAFF REQUIREMENTS
o BUDGETS
The   following   arc   sample   Terms   of   Reference   for   a   consultant   involved
management plan for a protected area
RESOURCE ASSESSMENT
The consultant will be required to:
outline geological and soil features;
within   the   context   of   the   above,   delineate   major   vegetation   communities,   and provide a map consistent with these findings;
assess  the  status  of  large  mammals  and  the  more  conspicuous  bird  species; based on the above, provide some measure of biodiversity;
Present land use
The consultant will:
summarise patterns of human settlement and movement;
isolate areas of potential conflict between existing and proposed land use, suggest mechanisms to alleviate such conflict, without unduly prejudicing interests of subsistence communities
Proposed Land Use
The consultant will define
he/sbTwdl Ethj°P‘
as
'  National Cons^CS-
mana8em«it of Stra tl^heW pr '*>otn techitesd a  sert of ei  object.
Pnnciole^l    °"    eco’IOuhsm    and    safari    J*n>P!1Ve     3/1(1
Pnnoples. 
|
Inc udlng.
™ safan hunting, and incorporating sound conservation
^-consumptive    utilisation    of    the
zonation    of    Se^'^    °f J
(
ntended      operations    within    the    scheme    defined    above, 
operations, as spelt out in the DWLP
'° f°T thc rangC °f
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Batin Integrated Development Matter P
2F-A3(1
RAl
»lLD
I. In
c-ls for
tbc siting °f 307 ,nfrastnJCTu
rc . inclu
ding perr..^, u
• 
pr °^
and 
staff
accommodation, 
road 
network.,. 
aintri^
** 
’ CT1^
Tuition of the nature of such infrastructure. pay1ng prtcufc * e v
- defi I for adverse aesthetic impact on the environment SSe' ofa can,ing for !?“'?■ ,rK“,n’t 504 I*™™*
,J *
• 
jurist accommodation
O'’"
3  ^'n
“ d »f
and Conservation Measures
^ Man3gC
r  -onsultant will make recommendations on restocking of game species, including:
3   desirable mix of indigenous species for the area, based on habitat considerations, stocking rates for each species.
the  consultant  will  make  recommendations  on  any  aspects  of  range  or  habitat FU ^mcnt consistent with restocking and wildlife management objectives
consultant  will  further  identify  any  possible  negative  environmental  impacts  arising from  the  proposed  developments,  and  will  propose  mitigatory  procedures  to  reduce  such 
□pacts,  including  those  which  might  impinge  on  any  archaeological  or  palaeontological ^Allied to this environmental impact overview, the consultant will be required to
. taw up a monitoring programme to assess rhe success of such mrugtars
. 
so of regulations for project staff, consistent .ih the eonsosono.
objectives for the chain.
Concerns of Local Communities
The consultant will identify options for local communities protected   area,   including   relocation   (where   the   possi   i   ty 
wU k
^plored), as well as the incorporation of individuals into eco Rect, be consistent with the Wildlife Policy of Ethiopia and t
~ vitie$ 
D                   arising 
now
®ar<*~Akotx> River Basin Inlet rated Dt»elop®fflt
2F-A4NATURAL RESOURCES
APPENDIX     J:     POTENTIAL     METHODS     FOR     DESIGNATION     nr
SAFARI HCNTING
3 1 Pool Areas
Phis was the system which previously operated in Ethiopia. 
Characterised by no exclusive access; all outfitters/hunters share area Advantages: all outfitters/hunters have access, and no allocation decisions required
'
ARF« F0»
1          05
Disadvantages: outfitter will not develop area, nor conduct anti-poachine
wildlife numbers not properly monitored, and Tragedy of the Commons tvp^ *™’ ” ’ prevails (where each operator will attempt to maximise returns irrespective of |*'tUa"on consequences) with regard to offtake rates. No continuity: therefore no relational
local communities. Impossible for government to monitor manage properly; expcnsiveT* government
e or
3.2   Concession Areas
Characteristic: allocated  to  concessionaire on  exclusive basis,  for specified  period,  with defined  responsibilities,  including  road  building,  anti-poaching,  monitoring  of animal numbers, water supplies etc;
Advantages: outfincr will invest in  the area.  As outfitter is carrying  some conservation  and management costs,  government expense reduced.  Outfitter takes long  term view of concession  and  offtake quotas not exceeded.  Outfitter can  develop  working  relationships with local communities and help them develop maximisation of revenues
Disadvantages:  not  every  outfitter  can  have  access  and  allocation  decisions  must  be  made Concessionaire's performance must be monitored, and management responsibilities define
TAMS-L'LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
Manter P'»"r
L  HfSOl’RCES____________________
*■ WTENTIAL METHOBS for .., 
$^oNS
j I private Treaty
L-oally d°ne for conccss,ons °r for individual hunts on prjv^
Tender
j, I     Tendered Hunts
Ofa   in   communal   lands   or   private   lands   area   d’   -a ^tive hunters submit closed tenders, with hunf
l0CATW' or „f,r,
,nt0  ^mdual hunt.
Usually a fixed price or percentage of tumn 8 1W3Tded ,0 highest b,a r ’ *txb will accrue to local communities throuoh * rcqu,rcd >n the tender H°r
Shunts or for concess.ons
.As the hunt is awarded to the highest bid f 42.2   Tendered Concessions
Ugh 3
body.          •UCTS be jubrmtted or Pool j/ea
of
 ~ « 
Procedure: prospective concessionaire submits sealed bid for concession, in comprehensive ixument which specifies price to be paid for concession, details experience and reputation af tenderer.  together with  financial resources.  This can  be refined  by  the submission  of separate technical and  financial tenders.  The pricing  on  stale land  is usually  for the sovenunent trophy  fee and  for the concession  fee; on  private and  communal land. Percentage of turnover (see below) can be stipulated. For communal land bids, proposed immunity involvements must be detailed, as well as management responsibilities.
^fetruage of turn
Snover:  a  likely  W^erc    P°lcnti*l  outfitter  proposes  to  pay  a  fixed  percentage  of  his 1  f^raniee of a rrriniOUnl          calculated, and payment of a minimum is guaranteed, subject to Rusted fo  ^ljn,nirpuni quota. In this system, the advantages are that domestic inflation 
r
. 4 Sven fOr J*0, c ^ssor benefits in good years, and is protected in bad. An incentive ^live to oversh^ *° mana^c area properly, as he is more involved; there is no 
which °° ’ disadvantage is that there is an incentive to under deciare
1
i  procedure n  ^^snates an a
ud t
* is ev
cn
a^arded'^ 311 ln(lcP  dent panel, against predetermined and advertised 
<ici.
Q  Note that Z° ^g^est scoring bidder (which is not necessarily the highest
411(1 should kl lt 1S awarded to the highest price bid. it then effectively becomes an 
Ad
v
J S’8es: allow
inducted as such!
ng Ihe award.^^gement authority flexibility to apply other criteria than finance m 1110 of the incentives to over-use fall away.
2F-A6natural resources
------------------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------- Disadvantages  revenues  not  as  high  as  from  auction;  process  not  transna
corruption 
4.3 Auction
Can be done per hunt or per concession. 4.3.1 Auctioned Hunts
P^ent  and  subject
Area  divided  into  number  of  hunts  of  varying  duration,  and  individual  hunts  th public auction. Additional, individual trophy animals auctioned. Price paid 
at
concession  and  trophy  fee.  Has  been  done  on  private  land,  state  Parks  md  wCM??°Silc   of
and other state land. 
Advantages: highest income generator; most efficient way of marketing hunts
Disadvantages: Administration and management very complicated and expensive operat will not invest, manage, monitor trophy quality, nor conduct anti-poaching; operator” °|| 
1 d  '^c ^tate.
n
always sell entire quota.
Unsuitable  for  state  or  communal  land,  and  most  useful  in  areas  with  efficient  management and no financial constraints.
4.3.2       Auctioned Concessions
A  hunting  concession,  with  specified  offtake  quota,  sold  at  public  auction.  Used  on  Parks and Wildlife estate, other state land, and on private land
The  Pricing  structure  varies  Can  be  total  price  (with  adjustments  for  increase/dccreasc  in quotas), used on private and communal lands.
On  state  land,  bid  is  for  right  to  hunt;  thereafter,  government  trophy  fees  paid  in  first  year, in second year onwards, government trophy fee plus 20 percent of trophy fee.
Advantages: allocalion/pricing process is transparent, and no corruption adc^all0nS
str C(e(
jj
made, revenues for the concessions are high; the system clears the market i unre access to auction is given.
Disadvantages: person with the most money not necessarily the best con^^p aWard little flexibility for the management authority to apply other criteria when m n; ^y  ot
n
(e.g. experience, expertise, reputation); outfitter may tend to overuse cone invest, and may take whole quota.
Often the most desirable method, but suitability depends on management o j 4 4 Mixed Tender and Auction
TAMS-ULG Biro-Akobo River Baiin Integrated Development Master.^durt: Tenders submit closed tCchn Asians), tenders arc evaluated agai .
n(
'^ "
Z anil a^tton. Does away ^th 
st  criteria,
^oot to the same degree as for oom ^^ges
'*• for ,
^1. toe is
acxibilily
fj Commons Allocation 4$ Lottery/Draw
47 First come/First served 4! Command Allocations
Critcria. \  disach^^’ *»
0NATURAL RESOURCES
--------------- -—------------------------- --------------------------- -------------------- APPENDIX 5: METHODS FOR THE SETTING OF QUOTAS
5.1 Background
AWv
Usually divided into trophy quota and cropping/culling quota by government agency. Safari hunting concerned solely with the trophy quota, which is seiC°nSCr'ailOn trophy quality and to maintain economic importance of hunting 
C  *° ma*nUin
For   most   species,   trophy   animals   are   a   fraction   of   the   older   males   in   the Therefore   a   very   small   quota   of   the   population,   and   sustainability   of   the   P°Pula,lon seldom  linked  to  population  sustainability  .  In  many  cases  in  Africa"  it  has  been  qU°U that   the   offtake   from   poaching   exceeds   that   from   regulated   hunting   bv   a   fart   CStirna,ed
hundred-fold. 5.2    Principles
Z Iac,oruptoa
Sustainable trophy  quota: one which  ensures trophies replaced  at the rate taken  When unsustainable,  fewer trophies available and  reduced  average trophy  sizcquality,  which  leads to marketing problems, as international clients will not pay large sums for poor trophies
Harvesting  of a population,  according  to  Maximum Sustained  Yield  (MSY) formula,  can take place at any  level provided  offtake sustainable i.e.  it is not necessary  to  rest a popula tion.
’Wherever possible,  quotas should  be relatively  consistent so  as to  maintain  economic profile.  Declines in  trophy  quality  and  population  numbers should  be statistically  significant before adjusting quotas.
5.3   How to set quotas
Although sophisticated mathematical models exist which relate response of populations to different levels of sex and age-selective harvesting, in practice the setting of quotas wi
often be an empirical estimate. The more important data required would include: trap ) quality; catch effort, census data; reproductive data. The role of illegal hunting is us
ignored, as the data from this form of offtake are notoriously difficult io collect.
Active adaptive management can be used, where one experiments with i nonseof^e
levels, but the problems of this are that one needs sound data to monitor c rc^p 
intervention; one also assumes that trends detected are solely in response to 
intervention
. UI „iv for selected spec‘cS' Review census techniques: air survey best, but expensive, suitable omy  ffjcient-
c
and certainly excludes forest species, the method is neither cost effective no 
A combination of survey methods: remote sensing, aerial photo-interprt^^ ho*’ ' surveys, together with ground checks provides the best results. It shou 
that area accessibility could reduce the general accuracy.
and
e ef
" " TA.MS-ULG Ba ro-A kobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Pl
2F- A9^.jsed 
x 6 ethiop,aN elephant conservation plan (EECP)
,oon produced an African elephant conservation plan in uusanne CITES meeting of 1989 over □nsustaiX'^
This plan was approved by Government. report of 1991 prioritised eight elephant areas i» Elhiw
harvesting of
■y   were (in descending order):
E
Iour
Mizan Teferi CHA.
’ vlago Omo NPs and adjacent areas.
' ^ya/Bonga region, and
Gambela NP.
M the Project Area contains priority areas recognised bv th, ™
conservation.  Although  Mago/Omo  falls outside of the oro'ec/ VCTnn,cnt for Ejephant
elephant will probably mean that the same animals mav move a Mago/Omo protected areas
The objectives of the EECP were
n  “* Project Area and
m0Ve’WW of
.  to  acquire resources to  halt the destruction  of elephant populations in  Ethiopia,  to buildup  the national capability  to  conserve and  manage elephant popuhnons.  and to educate public and government officers as to the significance of elephan .
•    io undertake actions in the field against poachers, .
- to obtain the necessary information population dynamics ot the P
S   CC,CS
 .
•       and   to   eventually   achieve   wildlife   resource   conservation   objectives, sustainable utilisation (emphasis that of the consultant).
^philosophy of the EECP is that these objectives can only be met ^roach to land use planning, and conservation cannot be real! y p ^-poaching activities.
Accurate
across
316 t0 ajTlve at- t0 movement of populations
lu/dlfr °f forage ni31lonal boundaries) in response to human pressures and seasonal
f°  Gambe7 bjp
r
S
CeS est*rnatc the acaa^ ccnsus 1990 detected only 
are a as T n " SUrvc' 8ave 30 ^'rotate of the elephant population in the ^els) Ji 0’ but this figure cannot in any way be used to infer cunent
its Pl^°f P otecr2i
r
PPCarS 1)131 mosl elephant of the south-western forest areas are found 
of  nec area netv,’ork Thus, the EECP perceives that any implementation of
^uld Mini
involve numerous actors including Forestry. Tea and Coffee
e  role of ft O/.Aericu*ture, the NCS process, the Ethiopian Flora Project etc It e  aster Plan to assist in this integration.
1M
Baro-Akobo River Basin Integral^ Develop”" 'NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2F wilvh
4Fe
r rrent or proposed elephant-related conservation
pojeeis i» E'
eecp -hio',‘“- '°8
pro)",s *“ »
follows’.
conservation and environmental education;
training field wardens in Ethiopia;
support for Babille elephant sanctuary.
elephant parameters and the development of an elephant conservation program education programme for elephant conservation;
conservation of habitats and species, including elephant, in south-west Ethionj • establishment of an anti-poaching unit for Ethiopia;
replacement of EWCO aircraft;
development of conservation infrastructure for the SW axis National Parks
c> ,a -
The objectives ot th 
WL policy mightI introdu toM’g remaps «• 
,.       • r .t,- cprp will need some revision in the light of changes which the new
peCP
as criUcai ;ssuc of ejcphanl
documeM Nevertheless, the unportant
govenunent, and Baro-Akobo Masm, Plan .men™, objectives ofihe Plan.
TAMS-ULG Biro-A kobo River Basin In leg need Development
2F-AI1Z'
URC£S
1
■- jc3.
HE IMPORTANT BIRD AREAS (IBAS) PROJECT
nne the ten countries of highest biological priority fn, c
J        In 1' ’ ise is that birds serve as indicators of important areas ofbiJr Ump' prioritisation of conservation areas Thus, although defin^T?
2 
°< “ IBA "C,WOrk Wdd
' * a
tin „ of the IBA programme is to identify and protect a network of rites, at a
* lPhic scale, critical for the long-term viability of naturally occumng bird nopuja-
oss the ranges of those species for which a sites based approach is appropnate
IBA project is a global initiative administrated by BirdLife International, a L’K-based ‘Jon body. In Ethiopia, it is working in conjunction with the Ethiopian Wildlife and 
utural History’ Society (EWNHS), and with EWCO. The overall objective is to develop a Enable local capacity' for biodiversity conservation activity. The specific objectives are
to identify- sites for IBAs, as well as those with the potential for IBA status;
to prepare an inventory of these sites, including a review of threats and feasibility 
of actions for the maintenance or enhancement of their biological integrity;
to publish and disseminate an IBA inventory both as a national site directory and 
as a computer database;
to prepare (in outline form) proposals for conservation action at high priority sites. fate are three categories for the selection of an IBA site:
Lraup A sites are those which have globally threatened species, or where the site represents e of set that holds all the restricted range species of an Endemic Bird .Area. A Group A
^aav also meet RAMSAR criteria for waterbirds, where more than 1 % of congregaion. 
4  regional migratory species are held.
^coiter^eS arC t^lose °f regional importance, where a site might meet agreed thresholds
WiecX. a!°0' 
or agreed thresholds for species that are in regional decline, hut
threatened globally.
be (U ^eS As of sub-regional importance, where the need for identifying thi. le QCCldedbythe sub-region
l °P,a’a Project Officer and a Survey Team Leader were appomied in April 1995.
IF - A12ANNEX 2G
TOURISM
fAXfr“ ' -____________________  _ _-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* —’ ’ '
LG B«ro-Akobo River Barin Integratwl Dc^Jopme"' M*er PliDANNEX 2G TOURISM
CONTENTS
1>THOP«'CT1ON.................................................. SSESSMENT of available DATA
3 SECTOR INSTITUTIONS.................................
1
..... 2
4 SECTOR POLICY................................................................................ -........................................... ..
u-   —   B
4 f 2 
Procedures ..................... ><.................-................. .......................... ■ ft I B........    Xd « F        —......... 6
4 2 Regi■' ’1:                                                 ....... ....................... *...........  •" ................................................. ........
5 DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS....................................... ............................ ........................................a
$ I Joint Venture Pilot Projects Upper Basin
9
5 i / Ranono/e/br fnrervenricwi..........          ................... ...............  ... ....................,..........................9
j;/.2/Jeweric?or?es .       ............................................. .............. ....... .......................... ............. ■ 9
J i1 j /Iccepra&drry qfZnftrrvrnfton............
........ .9
11
:.l.4 Looaftmand Extern ................................................... .............................................................. — P
5.1         5 Emplvyrnent Opporrunities...... ................. ............................... .................. ................... 9
....................... ............... ..... ......... —... ........ ........................................................
5 J 7 Implementation Details.. 
.......... 
........................ .............  ............. .................../0
J I <5 /nrfifitfjona/Support.....................  .. .......... ........  .. ............. ........... .....—  ....................  -■ /0
5 / 9/trrJtr ro die Pro/ecf..........          ....................................  ...................... - ...............................
5 2 Joint Venture Pilot Projects Lower Basin ...
...................................... 11
5 2/Pofiona/efer Z/rrervenhon.......................... .............  .................. ....... -—>-•■■..................... 11
5-2 2 Beneficiaries.. ....... .. ............... .............. ................................... ...................... ......................//
i2J4eeepro6r^O vf/wrervennow,,. . 
r
......... ......................... ............... H
1
'I
5-+.4 Location and Extent ........ „..................  .......... ...... .......  ... ......... — .... -• — • •- —
-> z 5Employment Opportunities____ ____  . ....... .................. ................  ...............
5 2 6 Financing. ... ...............„...................................  ....................... . ..... ........... .  . . . ...... ..........  J /
-2 Implementation Derails...................... .........  ........ ...... ..... ................ .......................  -■---■ «//
- 2 S Krxta (o Proper.................. .......... . ....... ... ... ................ ... ........... .................  .. .... ............... 12
Environmental/mpaers  .................... .................. .................. .............. .........  ........................ *2
&wfa/ Impacts............................................. . .,... ........................... ........................ ............. -12
11 Afulnpliers. 
.         _ ........................... .................. ........ ........... ......-...... . /2
6  3 r
IC nCe
6   NATIONAL programmes linked with the above interventions, b
6 1 D'Ve,opment of Mechanisms for Joint Venture Operations 
- B
j     ^roce<*ures for Safari Guides ........................................ -..................... ..................................... I4
0 e ot Conduct for Tourists and Tourist Operators........................... ............... I*1
I-RF,^r'p c
Indices................................... ............. ....................
P ndix 1: Objectives of Tourism Strategy........................... ...... .....
x ' format for project profiles as set out in ETC (1994a)
TAMS-LLG Barv-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
16
1NATURAL RESOURCES
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 1 INTERNATIONAL TOURIST ARRIVALS BY YEAR
TABLE 2 CATEGORIES OF PARK VISITOR AS PERCENT OF TOTAL
2
LIST OF ACRONYMS
CHAControlled Hunting .Area
CTTI
Catering and Tourism Training Institute
DWLP Draft Wildlife Policy
EALEthiopian .Airlines
EFAP                     Ethiopian Forestry Action Plan
EPDF.       ...       ..Ethiopian Peoples Democratic Front
ETC Ethiopian Tourist Commission
ETO Ethiopian Tourist Organisation
EWCO Ethiopian Wildlife Conservation Organisation
FAO                       Food & Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations
ICDP Integrated Conservation Development Planning
IR Inception Report
JVA Joint Venture .Agreement
NCSNational Conservation Strategy
NP                        National Park
NRDEP Natural Resources Development and Environmental Protection
OAL'
Organisation for African Unity
UNESCO             United Nations Educational, Scientific            and Cultural   Organisation UNHCR                 United Nations High Commission for Refugees
WRD.A                  Water Resources Development Authority
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development .Master
2G-iiANNEX 2G TOURISM
( lNT
R0Dl;crlO?S
average  foreign  tourist,  accommodation,  food  and  beverages  facilities  and  security  are for    as   important   factors   tn   the   selection   of   tourist   destinations   In   addition   cultural   and re ^   *cal    interests   are   important   With   regard   to   the   Baro-.Akobo   basin,   access   to   tourist ^^^ccommodation,   food   and   beverages,   the   only   one   hotel   existing   in   the   area   is   the sl<i      Hotel    in    Gambela    and    this    hotel    eenerally    is    below    the    international    standard ^ P“by the average foreign tounat
Tourism in the country  in general and the project area in particular has  been, over the last decades  unsuccessful in attracting foreigners  and local tourists  to the many  attractive sites The realisation of its  foil potential has  been addressed elsewhere in this  report, including the Annexed summary' of the Inception Report The constraints  are a combination of national and regional issues The national issues are summarised as follows:
•      the  previous  regime’s  policy  of  excluding  the  private  sector  from  the  tourism  industry- led  to  a  serious  decline  in  standards  of  tourist  facilities  in  the  state-run  National  Tour Operation and Hotels.
•       competing   attractions   and   far   superior   services   offered   elsewhere   on   the   .African continent, particularly in East .Africa, which developed apace during the same period,
’   civil   unrest   and   problems   related   to   the  handling  of  famine  relief  detracted  from  the image of Ethiopia as a tourist-friendly country .
•        the   socio-political   situation   in   the   country   dunng   the   Derg   period   created   an atmosphere that was uninviting for the majority of potential tourists, and
restrictions  on  movements  of  foreigners  to  travel  outside  the  capital  restricted  potential tourist arrivals to such an extent that the consequences of the policy is still felt.
The aattttrraact ctiioonns s iinn tthhee pprroojjeect ct aarreeaa aarree lliimmiitteedd ttoo eecoco--ttoouunrismsm tthhaatt oonnlly y tteemmpptts s aa cecerrttaaiinn
category of preinoqupuilleia.jiiInit [taimdudiuijtiuo^'n.uutuhnv' ejailiimuu iutjevudtuvo   acco ui uiv mpuoj muoui,dation facilities in the project area are a           oju a
■
-
fo. .... ^v
a    t*ie
.    odr eimvesloscpumiueinmt ouficthuis asseinct . vouruinsituhoembgausii»nc. Considering these factors uitsshuuowudld
p
C1W   U1Cln
- e  recognised  that  the  Baro-  Akobo  basin  is  no  match  for  the  heavy  competition  from  many F ^t African
Tast -African tourist destinations
regional constraints in the project area included
*     poor access and absence of an established tourist arcui,.
lack    of    accommodation    and    transport    for    tourists,    Q^tla    National    Park    mainly 
’ absence of wildlife in proclaimed areas, especi y m
as a result of uncontrolled influx of refugees, settlers, ano
injudicious siting of
military training camps,
*     the ban on hunting (proclaimed in August 199,). win tourism in the Gu rater da district,
*     puontsteantbiale! sehecualtrhit^y osif ttuha. tion,
, loqyy which terminated safari-based .. . .ye inception Report).
f AMS-ULG Baro-.Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
2.  ASSESSMENT OF AV AILABLE DATA
The Ethiopian Tourist Commission (ETC) estimates that about 17 %  f total
o
Ethiopia are actually tourists on vacation Tabic 1, which indicates the internatio m arrivals in Ethiopia, by year, illustrates a steadily increasing arrival of tourists iAu l°Unsl considered by region of origin, ' tourists' from Africa showed a significant increase ’ & arc Assuming the reliability of the data, the explanation might lie in some political issue within or outside Ethiopia (it is inconceivable to postulate any change in sav^ C^Cr infrastructure to account for this increase) The most likely reason may lie with the f t0Unsl of the Ethiopian Peoples Democratic Front (EPDF) in the same year
Table 1: International tourist arrivals by year.
^tior.
V..r
Arrivals
Stated Number for
vacation
Percentage of total
arrivalj (%)
1984.85
63033
15238
24
| 1985/86
61802
15586
25
1986/87
60297
------- ------ ----------- 1 12549
21
1987/88
79740
12595
L             16
_
1988/89
73317
12080
u-
1989/90
80157
15460
1990/91
79495
15198
19
19
1991/92
82333
15726
19
1 1992'93
84139
16071
19
1993/94
94534
1---------------------------------- 18056
19         _____.
Source for first three columns ETC. 1994
Resident expatriates make up about 35 % of the visitors to the National Parks (Table 2 rc However, the data for total numbers could be misleading, in that it does not give a true Pl . of the demand for wildlife tourism, as a far higher percentage of tourists would visit we(j parks were certain criteria to be met For example, a survey by Agriconsulting ^ j
a c bs 
that accessibility and availability of accommodation w'ere determinants in choices tourists among different parks in Ethiopia
TA MS- V LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master
2G-2RpSOl  RCES
1
ANNEX 2G TOURISM
Table 2: Categories of park visitor as percent of total.
Visitor
Category
\' Or>.resideni gxp>3tri2ies
Resident expatriates
' Ethiopian
national
’ Total No, of i visitors
12705
Source Agnconsulting, 1993
With the presence of the OAU, the UN Economic  Commission for Africa, and a host of other international organisations, Addis  Ababa has  a high expatriate population (estimates  arc  of the order of 10,000) With limited leisure options, there is  a large untapped potential for wildlife tourism within the country.
IhcTe are no data on the number of visitors  to Gambela National Park  or the three hunting areas  Only  national data can therefore be presented Its  relevance to the study  area is therefore limited, but nonetheless still of some use
t ams-lig Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2G-3NATURAL RESOURCES
3.  SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
Most  of  the  relevant  information  under  this  seaion  has  been  included  in  the  Inc Briefly,  the  Ethiopian  Tourist  Organisation  (ETO)  was  founded  in  1964,  and  wasPh°n    ^cP°n the    promotion    of   tourism   Subsequently,   the   Ethiopian    Tounsm   Commission   (ETC    w,t*1 the    ETO    in    1980.    The    semi-autonomous   para-statal   organisation   at   that   ti   '   re^'aced
auspices of ETC were
•      all nationalised 66 hotels which had been under the management for the Hotels Corporation (NHC) and were grouped into 6 administrative chains * at'°'lal
•      the National Tour Operation and Travel Agency (NTO),
mc Under the
•      the Ethiopian tourist TradianrgraCnogrepmoreantitos n f(oErTTC),
.An  update  of  the  institutional
this  sector
are  given
in  .Annex  3F  Institutional
Support
•      the Catering and Tounsm Training Institute (CTTI)
With the proclamation of the New Market Economy  policy, the National Hotels  Corporation was  dissolved and the 6 administrative chains  became self-managing boards  At the same time the NTO and ETTC were given the same status  However, the training institute CTTI remained with the ETC.
The decentralisation policy  of the government was  carried through into the tourism sector and at central level the Ethiopian Tourism Commission was  retained The previous  regional branch offices  have been replaced by  autonomous  Bureaux  in 9 Regions, excluding Region 5, which has its own unique structure
TAMS-l I.G Barn-Akobo River Bavin Integrated Development Master PI*
2G-4u RESOURCE
------------ --
ANNEX 1G TOURISM
^0* POLICY
rdrrf National Tourism Policy document has K Cemmission and has been submitted to the
prod“<*d by ih- Pt. •
iB3 iOTgralificat,on b>r Ihe Council of Ministers for Woval This d'^'^ r°urism
b the meantime however ETC was instructed t0 ...
Kument has  been approved and forms  the basis  forT? 3t'OnaJ  touri^ Strategy  Thi
^ment is sti||
the 5-year programme (1995-2000)
he Pr<Wuon and implemerttMion of
The proclamation which established Ministries. Commission and Regional Bureaux  clearly jcnarcates  responsibilities  and powers. On this  basis  ETC has  produced a five-year programme for its own use. but that does not apply to the Regions
4,1 National Policies
There are two national policies with direct relevance to tourism the Tourism Policy itself, and the Wildlife Policy The intention behind their summary- here is to indicate the overall direction of the programmes, and then to evaluate the tourism potential of the project area against this background.
4.1, J National Tourism Policy
The National Tourism Policy  document or Master Plan has  been produced by Tourconsult/Intemational, it still awaits  approval by  the Council of Ministers. Nevertheless, a five-year development programme (1995-2000) based on this  Master Plan is  presently  being ^plemented Some of these documents are regarded as confidential and ETC was reluctant to rtiease them Despite this, it was possible to glean the following
IheT
ourism Strategy comprises six different progmmm .
with the following objectives
R
egJ
onal Tourism
Institute, based in
«
institutional capacity building, with emphasis on t eI
Bo.eaux,   and   on   fc   CTO   «he   Ca.ennS     and   Tounsm Addis Ababa);
formulation of additional policies tor tourism,
4
tourist marketing and promotion. developmerii of tourist products related 10 v National ParVis
^^gjcal and historical sites, as well as
standardisation    of    hotels,    restaurants,    tour    and    tra    P    ^st      administration    and studies on possible sources of funding to assist
development.
dividual
programmes are expanded on in Appendix
■^AMS-VLG Bare-Akoto River Busin ]me«rated Development Master Plan
2G-Snatural resources
4.1.2 Investment Procedures
The intention in the tourism Master Plan is to develop Project Profiles for Scle„ which will then be made available to potential investors. The format for sUch 3rtis outlined by ETC (1994), and is summarised in Appendix 2
The Transitional Government issued Proclamation 15/1992, to provide for the enco
‘ Profiles ;s
expansion and co-ordination of investment Under this proclamation, investment certifi38'”'011 issued under conditions which include a minimum capital investment of USD 500 000^ 316 investors may remit profits and dividends accruing from the investment
4.2  Regional Policy
As part of the five-year programme mentioned above, ETC (1995) has produced sc regional outlines relevant to the project area, which are included under the designation "western circuit”.
Ore,?n
Some of the documented tounst attractions  of this  circuit fall outside the boundaries  of the Baro Akobo project area, but nevertheless retain some relevance as they serve as components of any  circuit which would ultimately  include parts  of the project area itself One example is the Palace of the King of Jima, which is  presently  being rehabilitated with the assistance of UNESCO This  impressive site lies  outside the project area, but could well link  with a tounst circuit to include both Upper and Lower basins of the Project Area
In summary, the five-year programme document essentially  proceeds  little further than a listing of road connections, airport services, and towns  with potential tourist hotel accommodation (including specifications  of rooms  and restaurant seating capacities) Alongside this  is  a catalogue of what are considered to be tourist attractions  (including some very  dubious comments  on the fauna of some areas), which could form part of a tourist route The document has little application to the development of tourism in the project area
Against this background, what approach should be adopted by the Baro-Akobo Masterplan Is 
there, for example, a need for a tourist policy document specific to the project area, and ci
issues would such a document address, bearing in mind that the responses of the reP^
governments to tourism is unknown, including their reaction to the ETC five-year progra
Two issues come immediately to mind Firstly, it is clear that the potential for a^V<^ct]y is impact exists (whether arising directly from flooding due to dam construction, or in ' ^jress 
a result ot the impact of ethno-tourism) Consequently, a local policy document cou
some of those concerns arising from this passive form of tourist involvement art
concerns are covered by Intervention 5 6 below
z-_- gxatnpk Secondly, there is the potential for a more active tourist involvement, whereby. . tCbr
le 5  eaS 1^
spelt out for the incorporation of local people into tourist operations9 c themselves to this kind of activity9
local people arc involved in guiding (e g. through gallery forests). What Pnnc‘P ,
TAMS-L LG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master
2G-6SA Tl’R.\L resources
though it is considered premature at this tourism policy as a formal project inters J.
AV ^^to(R/sm
pro P°* the ,
this   need   might   arise   If   this   is   the   case   h   "   Shou,d     te   borne   in°pmcnt     of   a   reaon,f
of those f0mis of * ®' ' <W cover acceptable only tn specified zones.
"J™ in dee 'S
"' Ould <* "Mcreomfe!' "J abow- « UeB ~
' ,Q Project area, „
2G . 7NATURAL RESOURCES
5. DEVELOPMENT OPTIONS
As explained above, most previous work related to the tourism sector in Ethion’ concentrated initially on the tourism sites and locations, based on a listing of natuM cultural phenomena This has normally been followed by suggestions for infrastnj developments to "serve" the listed sites Given the scarcity and condition of existine to facilities in Ethiopia, this approach to the development of the tourism industry would relv ™ large extent on massive capital injection
Whilst recognising the validity of this approach under certain conditions, that section of -h
1     81
' 0a
Baro-Akobo Master Plan concerned with tourism is directed more at proposals for develop * mechanisms for eco-tourism, as well as for providing conditions where investment may in cue
course become attractive
Eco-tourism has  been defined in numerous  ways, and this  has  led to considerable confusion in the marketplace about what eco-tourism actually  means  in practice Most interpretations  of eco-tounsm include some generalised reference to nature-based tourism (i e a market perspective), usually  involving education and interpretation of the natural environment, which is managed for ecological sustainability
In this report, eco-tourism is understood as a form of tourism in which;
•      local communities receive tangible benefits from tounsm,
•      those benefits should be sufficient to persuade communities to adopt conservation
measures to maintain the resource on which the tourism depends.
•      the adverse impact of tourism on both natural resources and associated communities 
will be minimal
In addition, the relationship between conservation and tourism should be clear eco-tounsm should not be seen as  a mechanism to fund conservation, and tourist operations  should be managed separately, employing accepted business principles
There are two interventions contained in this proposal one for the Lower Basin, and one or the L'ppei In designing these interventions, it became clear that there were associated nee which really should be addressed at national level Accordingly, the two proposed regie interventions are followed by suggestions for some national programmes
It is stressed that all interventions will be tested against other development proposals to conflict in the prepared final draft master plan This exercise has been carried out u - allocation of resources in Volume 11, Chapter 5, Integrated Development and in 0 u Master Plan Implementation
Site selection for the Joint Venture Pilot Projects in the Lower Basin should be deci^)nol through detailed surveys of the river systems of the Gilo, Baro, Akobo and Bidesa excluding any other possibilities) and discussions with local communities
TAMS-ULG    Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Pl»
2G -8stT i«AL R^SOVRCES_____________________________________________ ANNEX 2G tourism
dopment of opportunities in local handicrafts has not been discussed directly it has 
fa Mferred however at Section 5 2.10, Social Impact, where the Anuak and the Nuer have
Kefl ’ ntioned for “their cultural attributes” It is felt that the initiative for small scale cottage
nie  shouid come ideally from the local communities themselves Outside inierfererxe^
^ UStthe cause for the production of poor quality crafted items
s 1 Joint Venture Pilot Projects: Upper Basin
The concept of Joint Venture Agreements  (JVA’s) is  expanded on in Section 6.1. under ruuonal programmes  The following intervention for the Upper Basin is  closely  allied io the development of JVA’s, and seeks to involve a real community in eco-tounsm.
5J.2 Rationale for Intervention
This  intervention will serve to a large extent as  an experiment in the joint management of a lourist operation by  local communities  and a commercial operator. Thus, it should provide invaluable feedback  on how best to structure cco-tourism operations  involving local communities.
5J J Beneficiaries
Local communities and the tourist industry.
5-L3 Acceptability of Intervention
Acceptable to all parties
5 -1.4 Location and Extent
A  suitable  site  for  the  location  of  this  pilot  project  is  al  Lake  Bishan  Wak'a  Hayk*  ("the  Water °   God'),   which   is   situated   about   20   km   north-west   of   Tepi,   This   is   a   spectacular   lake ^ Trounded   on   all   sides   by   dense   indigenous   vegetation.   With   raised   banks   overlooking   the
*  e.  the  site  is  particularly  suited  to  the  construction  of  a  tourist  lodae  to  meel  international standards
Employment Opportunities
fhere
J G h  several types of employment opportunity
e
that related to the construction of a lodge, and the clearing of" trails (short-term ) that linked with the servicing of the lodae (essentially the role of hotel staff; long-
term).
market gardening opportunities, to meet visitor needs for fresh fruit and vegetables; guiding of tourists on lake-based trail systems, as well as in adjacent htgh-forest areas, handicrafts
1’AMS-ULG Baro-Akolw Riser Basin Integrated Des chip merit Master Plan
ZG -9natural resources
5. 7.6 Financing
it    is    vital    that    partnerships    are    assisted    through    effective    funding    to the establishment of the venture
annex zctq^
sunive the first
yearS(?.
5.1.7     Implementation Details
1 here are various phases of implementation Among these are:
identification of suitable local institution through which to form the Joint v Agreement,
drawing^up of the JVA, including agreements on nature and amount of returns’O h
.
agreements related to conservation, to be entered into by the appropriate body definition and restrictions of lodge construction, so as to minimise environment impact,
venture
menti
trail    definition    around    the    circumference    of    the    lake,    again    consistent    with    minimal environmental impact,
agreements     on     minimum     levels     of     employment,     including     some     understanding     of minimum wage, and of training expectations,
• publication of project document and imitation for international tenders
In the immediate vicinity  of the lake is  an extensive forest system, an upland rain-forest as described by  Friis  et al (1982) This  forest system includes  numerous  text-book  examples  q: unusual and interesting biological phenomena, which could be described and marketed accordingly. Among these are
• stratification of the forest structure, showing division into distinct strata, characteristic
of rain-forests,
adaptations of the leaves of rain forest trees (e g drip tips);
a profusion of epiphytes, represented by fems and orchids;
the existence of living fossils, as evidenced by numerous tree fems.
examples of utilisation of forest products
as   well   as   the    interesting   practice   of   maintaining   a   forest   network   for coffee (Coffea arabica)
Many     of     these     phenomena     are     visible     directly     from     the     road,     especially     tree     t epiphytes
5.1.8     Institutional Support
Institutional support would be provided by 5.1.9     Risks to the Project
ETC, NGO. Forestry' Department.
inrema.ionalidenrific*"'**
The success of the project
will be dependent upon local orANNEX 2G TOURISM
t  Venf'rt pi,ot prQ’ccts: , ower Basin
„ rla0 occurs here with the Wildlife submission, where the introduction nf r ^discussed (refer Sectton 5 2,2.2, of the Wildlife submission} Fry the 1^'
*!•£.«•W“ °f JVA thi" could take P,ict
JZ
"■T, M
rela,ed ,0 I'™-“"’sumP’lve
Il is the former whichi, iddrji
uU JS’ he wildhfe submission (safari hunting).
t
.^E^alefnr Indention
/for Section 5.1-1 above, additionally, there is an urgent need to create a demand for some firm of tourism in the Lower Basin that is not necessarily dependent on the wildlife resource
obvious alternative is to draw on the spectacular river systems of the Lower Basin. The ictivity which best meets the requirements of a pilot project in this situation is canoe safaris
57J Beneficiaries
As for all tourism activities: local communibes, tourist industry
Jcccp/ahififp rf Intervention
Acceptable to all parties
5.2.4                   and Extent
The location and extent of this intervention should be decided on through survey of river systems, together with discussion with local communities and potential operators Initially, ^Jioe safaris would best be run by a hunting safari operator during the off-season (i.e closed
Jniing season), as a base would already be established The Gilo. Bare. Akobo and Bidesa R 'ers (to name only the more obvious) alt have extensive tracts of water passing through wild country suitable for canoe safaris of several days' duration.
Opportunities
fc
ideniifi tOIJr*st °P^ration associated with local communities In addition, with the isee A^1011 °^ P° ant Bird .-Areas I [BAs) associated with wetlands of the Lower Basin
m     rt
b «tomJ?rdlX 7 of lhe
Dmetoun
Wildlife Annex, 2F), there is the potential for local participants to
stguides
$2.0 r;
^®lai,iv^[y iio 1 - *
^ence   nf~   A-   investment,   and   thus   could   be   handled   by   commercial   operator   in   the Clonal Suppon
SyStCrns for
stretches identification of overnight camps; agreements
Unities; establishment of base camp: advertisement of tounst potential
^^tS-lrLG Baro-Akiibo River Basin [unrated Development Muter Plan
2G- IlNATURAE RESOURCES
5.2.8 Risks to the Project
There are several requirements that must be met before a tourist operator will co
to an operation of this nature Of these, the more important are
security,
legal guarantee from the Regional Council or other appropriate bodv sue minimum period for the concession (of the order of five years); clear bo d8 '*** extent of operation; nature of the operation, including definite statements of and prohibited activities, and accountability,
lt
non-consumptive      operations      should      be      conducted      by      licensed Section 6.2)
5.2. 9 Environmental Impacts
Given a proper code of conduct, environmental impacts will be minimal The Resdor.iJ authorities, working with EWCO, could draw' up operational guidelines which would sp» - limitations on infrastructure at overnight camps, regulations regarding the disposal of and any other requirements relevant to low- density tourism
5.2.10      Social Impacts
As canoe safaris are a form of low-density tourism, usually undertaken by people environmental sensitivities, social impacts should be minimal However, if touristr. ixs expand in the Lower Basin, then consideration should be given to the potential impacts.« tribes which would be "targeted" for their cultural attributes, especially the Anuak and 6c Nuer.
5.2.11     Multipliers
P’Hflnjd operators only
Once a tourist operation has  been consolidated in the Lower Basin, it should act as  a cauys: for the development of a range of other forms  of non-consumptive nature tourism ltsbojii additionally provide feedback for the design of mechanisms for JVA’s (see Section 61)
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
2G - 12annex 2G tourism
1        1                hanisms r°r Joinl Venture Operations
pjiTIONAL PROGRAMMES LINKED WITH THE ABOVE INTERVENTIONS
6.  NA1
pevchp" *’"  of M«
6.1
jflt    Venture  Agreement  (JVA)  is  one  whereby  a  community-level  institution  enters  into  a ^mal  agreement  with  a  commercial  operator  or  company.  In  broad  terms,  the  agreement jjows  for  a  tourist  operation  to  proceed  in  the  area  controlled  by  that  community,  in  return for  which  a  community  institution  receives  a  share  of  the  profits  It  has  been  found  elsewhere
•  Afrca  that  in  the  absence  of  appropriate  local  organisational  structures,  it  is  difficult  to establish the necessary working partnerships
There are several models which could be adopted, and these revolve around two basic types, the Equity Mode! and the Catalyst Model
In the Equity Model, each stakeholder has a share in the development and revenues generated. This model is applicable to a situation where, for example, land is managed by a regional or federal conservation organisation, where the community has the potential to exert severe environmental pressures on the land, and where a private commercial operator with an intemadonal reputation is considering establishing a tourist lodge on a long-term basis Here, there is a balance between three critical factors:
the extent of land ownership by a stakeholder;
the potential adverse environmental impact from another group,
the ability of a third stakeholder to generate benefits (profits).
n the second model, the Catalyst Model, one of the stakeholders has an unbalanced stake in e proposed development. In the case of, say, a long-term concession leased to a safari
a Pnvate c°mpany would be operating the safari business as well as involved in
tc m;ind8errient. The community stakeholding lies in the threat it poses as a potential
In tbs °f pOachin&’ bui ft '» outweighed by two of the three critical factors mentioned above grants!CaSt’ P^vate operator will act as a catalyst to secure soft funding (i e. community 
thUS ** referred to as the Catalyst Model Howev er, this form of revenue sharing
are not J°
goodwill of local communities can only be effective where such communities #nied a decision-making role in the management of their own resources The situation rTirnuru(y members become passive benefidaries is to be avoided (Turton. 1995).
E hi
"ill be The
is 1'kel> rhat most of the eco-tourism options ihat develop in The project area the lines of (he second model the Catalyst Model.
ill voh^l^na! P°licies for both Tounsm and Wildlife are consistent with community-based
natural resource utilisation To ensure that local oommunities benefit from proposes 
^opt as a
useful for a standardised formal which ail operators and communities could tor drawing up their own agreements
T AMS-L'LG Baro-Akobo River Basin tntci;ra<«i Development Mater Plan
2G-13NATURAL RESOURCES
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------
This   would   not   necessarily   be   a   format   that   would   be   imposed   upon   communi'
include
tles- hw coui
a   checklist   of   those   factors   which   would   need   to   be   taken   into tourist operator and community organisation;
“Nation by
some   examples   of   Agreements   that   have   been   adopted   elsewhere   i Zimbabwe).
The I basis for drawing up models for Joint Venture Agreements will be P community level, matched with the needs of potential investors As there
- ' • Afc
a (e g ,
approaches    towards    such    Agreements,    some    of    the    following    are    factors    which6     Var,Ous the Format of JVA’s:                                                                                                                               ^etenrur..e
whether   the   form   of   tourism   proposed   is   consumptive   (e   g consumptive,
the duration of the lease which will be offered.
the  nature  of  returns  that  will  be  acceptable  to  local  people; the severity of the conservation measures expected of the community
This study will require the skills of a sociologist over a period of six months
6.2    Licence Procedures for Safari Guides
safari hunting) or w
This  proposed national programme is  consistent with that component of the tourism strato related to the standardisation of tourist operations, and fills  a need if eco-tourism is  to proceed in Ethiopia It also relates  to the need to define a new category  of tourist operator to cater for eco-tourism a person who will be conducting trails  for tourists  in wilderness  areas, often wit overnight stops in the field
Currently. Ethiopia operates  with a licensing system which caters  for Tour Operators  and ftr Professional Hunters  With the development of eco-tourism (as  defined above), where touriss*- be taken on trails  and canoe safaris  often lasting several days, there is  a need to se: standards acceptable to the ETC
The primary need is to set a curriculum for theoretical and practical examination This can be dn»- up after consultation with EWCO, ETC and safari operators.
Programme will require Safari/tourism consultant over a period of three months
6.3    Code of Conduct for Tourists and Tourist Operators
ethnic * The  need  for  a  code  of  conduct  has  become  apparent  in  the  Lower  Basin,  w  here  e
have been the targets for the limited tourism the region has experienced
• 
. • This particular topic max prove irksome to some authorities, but it is a real addressed al national level as well Further, it is quite consistent with the stat
i icaie that nceth t^ ot •
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development MastANNEX 2G tourism
"         , police of creating a POSi uVe “T Of lhe
. standard tourist consultancy documents produced for Ethopia
10
not hither been
^sonal experience both in the field and in Addis, it is dear that there are local responsto t0
^Xhich have the potential to create a negative tounst image of rhe country Some of these
tlXUl‘ are understandable in the light of recent civil strife, others appev to arise simply in
to an alien cultural presence
I the response by local officials and even ordinary citizens to a tounst presence needs to be 2ed so that potential negative images of the country do not become entrenched in mtemawnal tourist lore
Cecondlv if ethno tourism were to be promoted in the project area, then a set of guidelines for the
-  veptable  behaviour  of  tourists  themselves  wndd  be  appropriate.  Thus,  this  Code  of  Conduct would serve to promote desirable patterns of behaviour on the part of ethno tourists as well as on the pan of those Ethiopians likely to be exposed to tourists, whether as operators or as ordinary citizens.
There are three levels to this programme The first requires a set of guidelines to be drawn up for operators, which will specify the normal expectations of an international tourist, and at the same
time will lay down guidelines for what constitutes acceptable or unacceptable behaviour for
tourists This has particular relevance in ethno tourism, where tourists are exposed to ethnic groups whose lifestyles can be profoundly different to anything tourists have previously been exposed to
Thus, some of the major issues to address will include
lhe role of photography  in tourism, unacceptabiiity  to the average tourist of the numerous  restrictions  in Ethiopia on the photography  of what elsewhere in the world is considered perfectly  normal by  any  tourist buildings  of whatever nature, bridges, and other objects;
similarly, there should be photographic  guidelines  for tourists  themselves, especially with regard to the photography  of indigenous  peoples: this  could be combined with Sidelines  for the conduct of tourists  with ethnic  groups  (this  component is  directly ^levant to the project area, where the ETC itself recognises  ethnic  diversity  as  a l °urist drawcard),
constitutes permissible behaviour some tourists like to experience a degree of individuality - currently, there is either an unbelievable level of bureaucracy which must
e complied with before visiting any unusual site, or an official (often self-proclaimed) intervene and indicate that a certain area or activity is forbidden
Stase is to disseminate this Code of Conduct to operators and agents, with the
^day ? that theSe °P rators will
e
in rum relay lhe message to local peoples as part of their
- Hcounters, This constitutes the third stage,
Witl need sm’,ces of anthropologist (three weeks) as well as tourism consultant
l AM^LTxFB^Akobo uasin Integrated Developreem Matter Plan
2G - 15NATURAL RESOURCES
REFERENCES
Agriconsulting (1993). Final Report Feasibility study for wildlife conservaf southern Ethiopia 211 pp
Cunlla, M (1987) Regional Tourism Development Programme in Ethiopia Ethi Commission Planning Service
Ethiopian Tourism Commission (1994) Tourism Statistics (Summary) Static the Planning Service
Ethiopian Tourism Commission (1994) Tourism Statistics (Summary) Staticir the Planning Service
l0n Pr°ject
P|an
t,CS Secl|on of S ecl,on °f
Ethiopian Tourism Commission (1994a) Tourism ETC, Addis Ababa
Investment Opportunities in Ethiopia Sector Profile
Friis, 1, Rasmussen. F N & Voilesen, K (1982) Studies on the flora and vegetation <• 
southwest Ethiopia. Opera Botanica 63: 14-28.
1ANUS (1969) Ethiopian Tourist Development Plan F Angeli (ed.)
Little. A D (1969) A plan for developing tourism in Ethiopia Report to Technical Agency 
Ministry' of Planning & Development
Thyssen, S Kenya, Ethiopia Regional Study World Bank, year unknown
Turton, D (1995) The Mursi and the elephant question. In Proc Participatory Wildlife
Management Workshop, Addis Ababa August, 1995.
WTD/UNDP Tourism Master Plan, Ethiopian Tourist Commission (1995). Regional Tounsrr.
Development Plan for North, East, Wrest Ethiopia land use circulation and infrastructure plans  for new facilities  and pre-feasibility  analysis  Unpubl Repel, Tourconsult/Intemational SA
TAMS-ULG Ba to-A kobo River Basin Integrated Development
Mast«r pl,nANNEX 2G tourism
APPENDICES
ANfS-ULQ Baro-Akobo River Bik»m lntetraled Develop™*"1 Mafler plM1
2G-AlNATURAL RESOURCES
Appendix 1: Objectives of Tourism Strategy
annex igtouuism
With regard to the tourist product develo_pment programme, the immediate oh • develop the National Palace Museum in Addis, and to provide visitor informal 4lttr-
six historical/archaeological sites
Ion c®nire$ 5
For the tourism marketing and promotion programme, the primary objectives are
positive image of Ethiopia, to attract more tourists, to encourage links with EaI?0 Creaie ‘ Airlines) and private tour operators, and to increase foreign exchange earnings The^Opian activities include public relations in target market countries (W Europe USA, th 
and the Middle East); the preparation of guide books, tourist maps and posters^ participation in international trade fairs The historic route in N Ethiopia is to k?
target area
1 *
The programme for the standardisation of tourist facilities has as immediate objectives preparation of criteria for standardisation of travel agents, tour operators, tour guides and souvenir shops Classification of the approximately 600 public and private tounst erteronse-
in Ethiopia will be included under this objective
In the Tourism Policy & Planning Programme, the objectives are to review and refine the national tourism policy, and to prepare a comprehensive plan for the nonhem. western ami eastern regions of the country- The components of this programme are to:
•      review the inventory and evaluation of tourist features with recommendations on how these should be conserv ed and developed,
•      identify foreign and domestic markets,
•      designate development areas or zones;
•      determine type and number of accommodation and other tourist facilities services t these development areas,
•      recommend transport and other infrastructure needed;
•      make land-use plans for priority areas.
•      undertake economic analyses of costs and benefits of developing tourism;
•      evaluate environmental impacts ;
•      determine manpower/training needs
In the programme linked with Tourism Institutional Capacity Building, the pnme o .■
are to
improve institutional capacity of the ETC and regional tourism bureaux (co 
with government’s decentralisation policy);
to expand the capacity of the CTTI,
to support the private sector
Flatly- with regard to sources of fi ,u-
lounst administrationa^d^o'S^'?6 °bjcctivesare identanitf0y- augm sourecnt es gove    cf     rnment budgetary' aliocanof-»
1AMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
2G - A2
Master PlA"ANNEX 2G TOITRJSM
2 . Format for project profiles as set out in ETC (1994aj
Objectives
de national and regional objectives linked to meeting specific aims of the National Tourism
vfXr Plan- as well “ conservation objectives of the national wildlife Policy
Project Description
Feasibility  studies,  infrastructure,  specifying  guest  rooms,  level  of  senices,  intended  expansions, energy linkages
Investment Costs
Specify materials not available locally
Benefits
Capita) generation, employment opportunities, multiplier effects
taxation and Access
Specify links with major towns and air services.
^•ection Criteria
of (tie ^^stOl^cai and cultural resources which contribute to tourist demand, promotional features
Barty-Akotn) Rivrr Basin lnt«ral<.d Development Master Plan■kesovrces
ANNEX 2H APICULTURE
ANNEX 2H
APICULTURE
TAMMJLG Baro-Akobo Intend D^elopwe.1 Master Planifl-’i.——---- -
oFSOURCES
ANNEX 2H. apiculture
-———
CONTENTS
V
mTRODUCTION..................................................... .....................
Natural resources for apiculture .................................
Bee resources........................................... ........................ ”....... plant resources for bees
J’U 1.2
L2I 122 123
Wafer..................................................................
Materials for beekeeping.............................  ...........................
Current practices ........................................................
Honey hunting ........................................ Traditional beekeeping ..  ,
r
12.4
13
/ ’J
112 11.3
Frame hive beekeeping
Modem low-technology beekeeping Outputs from apiculture
Pollination of crops
Beeswax and honey.....................
Other nutritional outputs from apiculture
.......... ...............
j, assessment of available data
|( ,MJ„aia a< ,aa
■■
2.] Previous studies
2/1 Climate and vegetation data
21 2       AXDCO-GEOSERV Upper Basin Study ...........
21.3       Lower Basin Studies............................................
21.4        Other studies .......................................................
23 Economic analysis.............................................................
l ■ I I i IB ■ ■■•  14 1 -I .
............ ir---------- 4.
Ill
input costs.......................
tJ .’
Production data 
...................
23 3 
Output values
.iii«-
2 3-4 
J, SECTOR institutions
Export data 
import data ...................................
................... ...
■ National Institutions
Regional Support .....................................................
Legislation.
q se5TOr targets AND CONSTRAINTS..................
4;
objective?
'-went constraints. ...............  .................................... 4 2. j         On fi ramrs for beekeepers and honev hunters 4 2 3 Feticide use
• ’
15  * Futur?^^0*^ jzz::z..................................................
4jj fc constraints
4j.; Habitat !oss............................  "ZZZ 
* L 3 p '^ucrion of exotic disease......................................
4  Pm Pesncjdeuse......................
E S^fjS^tiVeS” ................................................................... DEVri rx WrVe,lQons bv other sectors upon beekeeping
^<^NTorr,°Ns-......................................................................... .
To C^un  beekeepers............................... ........
e
Baru-Akobo River Basis taegrafed Development Master HanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H.
——
5 4         Organisation of a beekeepers co-operative and market development
6. ANALYSIS AND MAPPING BY REGION..................................
17
7.      PRIORITIES AND SECTOR PLAN.............................................
.... ■........ .
8.      NEED FOR FURTHER STUDIES...............................................
........... —.30
8.1         Survey and evaluation of beekeeping practices...........................
........ ...........
8 2         Effect of pesticides ...................................................................................
8.3 Low technology beekeeping ......................... ................................................
REFERENCES.........................................................................................
31
...............  11
............... -31
’ —--------------- ------------- —............... ..................................................................................................... ................................... .. ........... _......__..............................................
APPENDIX A: NUMBER OF TRADITIONAL HIVES IN SOME WEREDAS Wirm PROJECT AREA
APPENDIX B ESTIMATES OF EXTENT OF BEEKEEPING IN ETHIOPIA
APPENDIX C ESTIMATES OF NATIONAL BEESW AX PRODUCTION
APPENDIX D FIGURES FOR NATIONAL BEESWAX EXPORT
APPENDIX E ESTIMATES OF NATIONAL HONEY PRODUCTION
APPENDIX F NATIONAL HONEY EXPORT FIGURES
APPENDIX G NATIONAL HONEY IMPORT FIGURES
TABLES
Table 1 Honeybee races present in Ethiopia (Ayelew Kassaye 1992)1 
Table 2 Resources for beekeeping provided by forests within the Baro-Akobo project ara 3 
Table 3. Resources for beekeeping provided by crops, and pollination requirement of crow
grown within the Baro-Akobo project area.......................................................................... .................  3
Table 4 Number and percentage distribution of beehives by type and region for private
A PPIs DI
....................... . ....... .
.6
.6
holdings 1991/1992 
Table 5
Table 6
Table 7
Table 8
Table 9.
Equipment costs for frame hive beekeeping ......................................................... Production by individual beekeepers interviewed May 1996
Producer   prices   ‘farmgate   prices’   for   honey   &   beeswax   mixture   May   1996 
Dealer prices for crude and pure honey
Beeswax prices.....................................................................................................................
.12 
. |4 !5
J6 .. 17 
. r
Table 10. Honey retail prices
FIGURES
FIGURE 1 THE FLOW OF HONEY AND BEESWAX
ACRONYMS
FAO Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations
11
TAMb-ULij Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Developmemy^fl’RA^' R^soli rces
^'CTi-rwu:
Nest. B«eW P
e
er
A FEW APICULTURAL TERMS
j^ny container provided by humans in which bees can build their nest
The comb structure in which a bee colony lives This may be built by the bee5 inside a hive, or in a natural cavity (hollow tree, etc ),
haSomrveesone ts fr womho pr    tt. ovides a container for bees to nest inside, and subsequently Someone who plunders bees nesting in the wild
Honey himter
i
Bee forage. Cottib 
B* colot,y  honeybetoge  e fatmheilry, c  as one  onsi sstocing of   ial uni  thous  t    ands of individual bees living The beeasnwd sa(ox s re hone   tructur y poU e, meande of hexagonal cells, in which bees raise their
Flowering plants that provide the nectar and pollen that bees need for foodNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H.
1. INTRODUCTION
This report presents information concerning resources for apiculture and their
within the Baro-Akobo project area. Strategies for the development of the an’ 't°'taiion
are discussed and possible constraints upon this development considered. The e I • Se°Or bees provides a major, fully sustainable income source from trees for people li
project area. Indeed, the area supports a high level of beekeeping and honey himf8
perhaps one of the highest concentrations of farmers exploiting bees found in 
indicates that there are excellent resources of bees and food plants for bees
The importance of apiculture in Ethiopia may be appreciated by realising that b 
included amongst the National Bank of Ethiopia’s listing of major export commoditi ** ** newspapers list three grades of honey amongst daily Commodity Prices.
W  ^ |!
Total   national   income   from   honey   and   beeswax   is   estimated   at   120-150   million   Bin   The annual export of beeswax accounts for about 5 million Birr in foreign exchange
1.1 Natural resources for apiculture
l.L.l Bee resources
The bees used  by  beekeepers are in  no  sense ‘domesticated’ and  are simply  the indigences ‘wild’ bees.  These honeybees have evolved  according  to  the prevailing  climate,  seasons, flora and  predators,  and  are better suited  to  local conditions than  bees introduced  from elsewhere could be.
Honeybees - species present
Ethiopia has one indigenous honeybee species with five races as shown in Table 1
Table 1. Honeybee races present in Ethiopia (Ayelew Kassaye 1992)
Distribution
Present in project |
area?
Species         present in Ethiopia
Apis mellifera
This species is native to  Europe,  the Middle East and Africa.
I Races present
Apis mellifera abyssinica
This  race  has  been  identified  only  in Ethiopia and is likely to be endemic.
Undetermined
Yes
Possible
Apis mellifera adansonu
Low altitudes
Likely
lower - ------------
Apis melliferajemenitica
Eastern area
Apis mellifera litorea
Southern area
Apis mellifera monticola
Montane
Unknown—— Likely                   of high altitude Upper
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Mas*<r PANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
\pis mellifera monticola is elsewhere in Africa known as a rather gentle
^ h°wybK’
f    African  honeybees  have  behaviour  and  biology  different  from  honevbees  that  have R3CCS   d  in  temperate  climates.  Tropical  bees  have  evolved  a  specific  survival  strategy  when 
C '°!i rions become adver5C m°VC t0 3
C, 'M' honeybees in temperate zones. Tropical bees can afford the risk of moving their nest because a long winter penod does not lie ahead. (Honeybees in temperate climates build 
^'^rge honey stores to survive long winter dearth periods.)
Traditional beekeepers understand  that honeybee colonies are mobile,  and  accept that the majority  of their hives may  be unoccupied  at some times.  For example,  a traditional beekeeper may own 100 hives but al any time perhaps only half will be occupied by honeybee colonies.  This mobility  of bee colonies must be appreciated  when  interviewing  farmers: how many hives they have, and how many colonies they have are different questions.
Because tropical bees often  abscond  when  the colony  is disturbed,  European  methods of honeybee management are not appropriate for tropical bees.  This important fact explains one of the reasons why  European  methods are not appropriate for tropical beekeeping,  and  is not addressed in existing documentation.
Health of honeybee populations
Ethiopian  honeybees were found  in  1989  (Koch),  to  be free of major bee diseases and Plashes.  Other nearby  countries (for example Egypt.  Yemen) arc facing  severe problems because of the diseases of introduced  bees.  Il is essential that efforts are made to  maintain Ethiopia's disease-free stocks of bees.
and Sh°W far more ,nomadic’ behaviour
^ax m h
P3-.  • 
olh5   ^d  ants  are  indigenous  predators  with  which  the  honeybees  have  a  normal  host-
rernovi*  rc^ai'OnshiP- Wax  moths may  even  be a beneficial insect for honeybees in  terms ol
"wy  i °ld COm^s harbouring  disease.  The disease status of wild  bees is excellent and  this
siniilarl
due to natural house-keeping’ that is done by wax moth. Ants are
y ltld'6enous predators ^ b1berof k
’beir harrv,a i
t
"<mnful efitefc
P 65"15 can be eradicated. The onlv 'cure’ is good beekeeping practice to avoid
EtKS^
Miopia is
55 i,eC£
d °Cu**ntaLhkely       t0       havc       several     sPecies       of       stingless     bees     (Tngona     spp)     and     the d^'hes  b  "  menlions  one.  the  ‘  Tazma  ’  bee.  Stingless  bee  honey  is  hunted  in  most  Afncan J^ct  flaVn^aUSc   il   is    available  in  smaller  quantities  than  honeybee  honey,  and  has  a  very hQnters   (Anuak  Slin8less   bee  honey  is  always  highly  valued,  especially  as  a  medicine.  Honey 
) near Gambcla knew of slingless bees, named 'odea .
Ms "ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Desetopmrnt Master Plan
2H-2NATURAL RESOURCES
7.1.2     Plant resources for bees
Forest resources
Forest resources within the project provide excellent forage and nestin 
honeybees, as well as the materials to make hives. In the review of the forestry ha^‘Ul for 2E) nine forest types are identified within the project area. Table 2 shows th^ ^
each type for beekeeping. 
1
Table 2. Resources for beekeeping provided by forests within the Baro-Akobo
area
C  P°tenUal of
P^ject
Forest type
Beekeeping potentiaf                       -
Coniferous forest
Depends on species, possibility of honevdeT^T------------------- -j
Aningeria forest
High 
--------*----- —
Olea forest
High 
-----------
Baphia forest
High 
---------- ---------
Mixed deciduous woodland
High 
---------------'------
Combre turn and Acacia woodlands
High 
------------
Riparian forest
High
Bamboo forest and/or woodland
Medium/high
Plantations
Depends on  plantation  type,  but in  general low potential.  Eucalyptus plantations can  be excellent for beekeeping,  but can  also  be of nil value,  depending  on water available to  roots and  humidity.  Trees are of no value if coppiced before flowering.
Crop resources
The    major    food    crops    grown    within    the    project    area;    coffee,    pulses,    oil    seeds,    maize sorghum, fruits, vegetables and spices, all provide forage for bees.
Table 3. Resources for beekeeping provided by crops, and pollination requirement of
crops grown within the Baro-Akobo project area
Crop
Resources for bees
Crop improved by bee polliD^2°^*
Coffee, other
stimulants
Nectar
Yes
Pulses
Nectar and pollen
Yes—---------------------------------- -------
Oil seeds
Maize, Teff. Sorghum
Nectar and pollen Pollen
Yes
Fruits
Nectar and pollen
Most need pollination             _—---------
Vegetables
Nectar and pollen
Most need pollination.                        °P
cr
pollination for seed production.
Spices
Nectar and pollen
Most need^pollination
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development
2H - 3
Master Pl>°ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
l ‘-    ‘
Xndiiic"131
hunting and beekeeping practices use only materials that arc available the project area hive designs vary according to the particular local
hjliitrttyP6
EV ^ mboo, Cordia logs, grasses, sticks)
fl
j carried in calabash containers and in goat skins. 'Recycled' square tins
Honey ^J^'^ansport honey. The only other tools needed are knives or spoons.
hive beekeeping requires equipment and materials not available within the project
^Further details are given in 2.3.1.
1J Current practices
121 Honey h un ting
Dus is the plundering of honey and beeswax from colonies of honeybees (or stiogless bees) nesting  in  the  wild,  mostly  in  tree  cavities,  but  also  in  rocks  and  underground  Where  bees arc  very  plentiful  honey  hunting  is  widely  practised-  Il is  also  practised  where people  have nomadic lifestyles, and therefore do not wish to own hives. The products from honey hunting arc indistinguishable from the products from beekeeping in traditional hives.
BaroAkobo River Basin [Megrated Development Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
•       Honey hunters interviewed in Gambela use a bird, the greater honev M
indicator) to lead them to bee nests. This remarkable mutualistic int
humans and another species should be retained, and could have ncit*,.- ^ ?°n he'W'e
poxen«i»lfor
C
C^r‘
, 
tourisi
Negative aspects
The main problems with honey hunting are:
•       Honey hunting is non-sustainable if practised to excess (depletion
colonies), or if populations of honeybee colonies are also beine
(loss of habitat). 
°      yt*e
ln otber ways
hone
•       Honey hunters are said to be the cause of forest fires. (1995 ARDCo rt Final report Volume I11G Wildlife and tourism)
*°bOSERVt
•       A recent trend in some countries, when there is a good market price av l k honey, has been for honey hunters to use insecticide sprays to kill bees (rath   k or smoke to move them) at their nest. This results in the death of the bee col"
11
produces toxic, potentially lethal, honey. This is not the practice in the
basin, however. 
Akobc’
1.2.2      Traditional beekeeping
This is the way of harvesting from bees using traditional skills, styles of hives and equipment
It is a sustainable, skilled activity using technology that has withstood the lest of time (more
than 2,000 years - some believe that beekeeping was first developed in this region 5.000 yean 
ago).
Extent in project area
Within  the project area there is a remarkable range of traditional beekeeping  skills The Majangir are perhaps the most skilled.  For them,  beekeeping  is their main  source of income (they have no cattle), and inheritance is based on trees and the hives they contain.
Majangir  make  hives  by  hollowing  out  logs  of  Cordia  abyssinica.  Such  a  hive  will  take  a  day to  make,  but  lasts  ‘for  a  lifetime’  and  will  be  passed  from  father  to  son.  These  hives  are  ml closely   to   the   branches   of   trees.   The   beekeepers   harvest   them   by   climbing   the   tree   and removing    only    honeycombs,    thus    leaving    the   colony    relatively    unharmed.    This    method    not only    ensures    survival    of    the    colony,    but    means    that    the    Majangir    can    continually    ao* larger    amounts    from    their    hives    than    can    the    other    beekeepers.    Majangir    also    go hunting    when    they    need    extra    honey,    but    consider    that    honey    hunting    docs    not    g enough honey.
All other groups of people (except for Nuer) in the project area pr beekeeping, but with varying degrees of skill. One beekeeper (Oromo/ ha a handled knife for harvesting honeycombs, and harvested each colony on^
thus obtaining very high yields of honey. As they were not continually di
were not highly defensive and were kept conveniently in their shelter beside other end of the skill range, some beekeepers simply lower the hive to the
whole contents and take the hive away until it is replaced at the beginning butp' ^ These beekeepers will only ever harvest relatively small amounts from their
nractise trading 
his^ A |ib<
1
they compensate by harvesting from large numbers of colonies.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Mast*
2H - 5L resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
■ imre survey in 1994 revealed that within the project area the number of
• gtrv of A£r,cU j beekeepers ranged between 5 and 500 An average value was not
ANtllU.^d by ,nd'? ' . 
as described above.
Posinm aspect
number of hives owned is not a direct indication of amount of
. with honey hunting, traditional beekeeping income with no financial input. 
. This activity can be entirely sustainable Beckren a
B etb0<is Wide a source of financial
wth any other form of agriculture. Unless
resourees
flowering plants wdl not be utilised. In the nr J
S
nec tar and nollen
bees pollinate the plants they visit and^encc^X  £iSl"
5
8
itu  regenerati
on
Vegahve aspeers
•     As with honey hunters, beekeepers arc blamed for starting forest fires. However, 
these people have a financial incentive to ensure the preservation of forest.
•     Less-skilled traditional beekeepers kill the honeybee colony when they harvest from iL, possibly  making  this  non-sustainable  when  combined  with  habitat  loss,  and  loss  of bees by pesticides.
1.2J   Frame hive beekeeping
^^sed
This    is    the    style    of    beekeeping    developed    ^^^XneybetS-    The    bees    arc    ho^d 
countries where beekeepmg uses European (te P
in rectangular boxes, and encouraged to frames can be removed from the hive. Honey is
TecUEgular frames These rxrractcd from the combs and the empty wa-
combs  are  returned  to  the  hive.  In  this  way,  the  bees  pw rather than beeswax, as the wax combs are continue , 
Over the last forty years various attempts have been 
to Ethiopia In most of the reports cited this style o improved’ beekeepmg, although neither term ** aPP™?^. 
tavest more honev from frame hives than from ^^le Gained in the hive, and all the ancillary equipment was
cffort producing honey keeping
IS  ^ferred to as ‘modem or n js true that beekeepers co
.             as long as the bees
k’*'’'inprojeu area
.         - Agriculture', &ame hiveS
hive beekeeping is promoted by the Mintstiy of-Sri demonstration apianes. and in some areas they 
disnibuied to finn^
Coffee
hiVcs al» used at the Wusch-Wusch Tea Pr J b 
to Mensch
P 0 J«ts. The use of frame hives has also been 
*       (by provtdmg some
hives
ft" * Meto' Th' Project subsidises tbe fanners « "J ab0„ rhe eurw>>
««T’
6w> and
Ur  n
’ S 1996 only 10 beekeepers are being ass
 K-jt honey tek fc™ &nn“‘ Jd W “ w '"dtD“
e ntly adopting frame-hive technology
^Ms-ULG Bsro-Akobo River Basin Inlr|;rllfd Development MmtrrPhn
IH-6NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTUhj.
Positive aspects
On large projects like coffee plantations where there are plenty of trees, and tools labour, training and transport are available, frame hive beekeeping might be^ matcr'al$' However, the projects at Bebeka (coffee) and Wusch Wusch (tea) have bee SUCCessftl1 technology for ten years without appreciable success. The annual honey yield about 10 kg, compared with about 8 kg for traditional hives. 
Negative aspects
’ ' P*r hive b
Here (in brief) are some of the main reasons why frame hive beekeeping is inaoD
promotion within the project area: PProPnate for
•       Simple economic analysis of frame hive versus traditional hive technology rev the costs far outweigh any possible benefits. Currently one frame hive costePo One traditional hive sells for 3 Bitt. Frame hive beekeeping also requires equipment to be bought from outside the project area. An economic studv^fT different technologies has been done in Zambia: at subsistence level traditi I beekeeping is clearly more economical. 
’
0
•       Currently beekeepers own up to 500 traditional hives and accept that at any umt
perhaps only a portion will be occupied by honeybee colonies (Sections 1.1.l
1.2.2  refers).  The more hives they  have,  the greater their chance of having  bees.  The financial investment required  for frame hives makes it impossible for subsistence farmers to own similar numbers of frame hives.
•         Beeswax   (rather   than   only   honey)   is   an   important   product,   and   indeed   is   an   expor. crop     for     Ethiopia.     Existing     reports     and     proposals     favour     the     increased     honey production   possible   with   frame   hives.   However   the   honey   efficiency   of   frame   hives   is derived at the expense of wax production.
•          Depending   on   the   race   of   bees   being   used,   it   might   be   completely   impossible   to manage    them    in    frame    hives    (especially    Apis    mellifera    adansonii).    At    the    well- resourced     frame     hive     beekeeping     project     at     Bebeka,     the    beekeepers     (who    have received   training)   are   unable   to   ‘manage’   the   bees   except   after   dark.   This   negates   the whole    point    of    the    increased    manageability    conferred    by    frame    hives.    Frame    hive beekeeping is not as easy with tropical African bees as it is in temperate zones.
•       Traditional beekeeping has evolved according to the prevailing climate and Frame hives have to be kept on the ground and are therefore subject to ants. effort has to be taken to protect the hives, and vegetation cleared around the the apiary. Frame hives depend upon precision manufacture such that e wooden parts fit well together. Under wet, humid conditions hives warp,  f
c
and gaps appear which make the bees susceptible to predators, and makc!
co o
| ni«-
the beekeeper yet more difficult. The more stress experienced by honey
the more defensive they  will be,  and  the more aggressive will beekeepe
them to be. 
•       Not only is the equipment needed for frame hive beekeeping exP ^^ntre at
difficult or impossible to obtain. The Rural Technology Promotion
that makes frame hives is currently unable to make them because o 
lumber.     In     addition     to     the     hives,     frame     hive     beekeeping     needs     $ foundation sheets, and a honey extractor, as well as various other item
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master
2H - 7
. it is
el
bees*1'ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
j « i w-iechnology beekeeping
0
’,W of b«*“Pin8 at,eT “
mis allows bcek«P>»8to b« P™™«1 in « enviranmoMijy acKplaWe wy
sutaHe for
pcop
10,
. vears a German organisation (DED) has been working in Ethiopia to develop a
*'• g top-bars and with a container made from clay bricks, which is almost cost free
hi* are in at Ambo and Hoileta and seem to be effective from cost and factional
The* . This technology has not been adopted by farmers, 
^ints Ofvtew
of  Seprojects  described  in  Section  1.2.3  above  have  Kenya  lop-bar  hives  on  display, S0[ "e   °eneral  there  is  little  experience  of  these  types  of  hives.  The  clay  hive  developed  by 
^o'lnay     not       **     usefijI       *n       31-635       of      rainfaJI-     Mmistry     of"    Agriculture     demonstration fpjaries should be testing different types of local materials to determine durable hives for the
uca.
Fojj/ivtf aspects
•      Low-techno  logy  beekeeping  can  be  done  near  to  home,  and  without  climbing  trees, and therefore makes beekeeping a possible activity for more sectors of a community
•      The  whole  point  of  low-technology  hives  is  that  they  are  made  from  cheap,  locally available  materials,  but  they  will  still  cost  more  than  traditional  hives.  However  the cost benefit ratio is improved by harvests of good quality honey and beeswax.
•      Top-bar  hives  are  designed  for  tropical  bees:  for  example,  when  the  lid  is  removed there arc no spaces available for bees to fly out (as happens with frame hives).
Aegoifve aspects
•      Top-bar hives still have one feature that must be made with precision - the top bars. These are best made with power saws.
*  Like frame hives, top-bar hives are convenient when kept near to ground level and are therefore susceptible to  attack  by  ants and  other predators and  theft.  Methods io prevent these incur extra cost and work
1.3
Outputs from apiculture
* opia honeybees give four economically important outputs. t        PoUination of crops
beeswax
Honey
p °llen and bee brood
°ihcT
p which are even more difficult to quantity' are p.                 of native and introduced vegetation
Uncial incentive for people to retain habitats ro **U Of social value.
B.„ * ,
k lko R,.„ b™
2H-SNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTVRE
1'ej and Birz are important drinks in Ethiopia and form part of the social
Especially in rural areas, they are important for social ties There are ‘Tej
in  every  town  and  several thousand  in  Addis Ababa.  Lxxially  made beeswax  ca n  hoUscs)
of the orthodox religious culture. 
L3J Pollination of crops
Adequate    insect    pollination    contributes    towards    optimal    quality    and    quantity    of Bees are believed to increase yields of coffee in Ethiopia. It is not possible
economic value of crop pollination by bees in the project area (Section 1 1 2 TabT*^ Ln studies in areas of more intensive agriculture (USA), the value of inc * 
cs  pan
* Cl<k
pollination is far greater than the value of products harvested from bees. 
1.3.2     Beeswax and honey
Traditional beekeeping and honey hunting both generate a product that is a mixture of brok honeycomb and, depending on the technique used, bee larvae and pupae, and pollen V" product is either consumed by the beekeeper’s family or sold on to dealers or Tej maken Beekeepers are not aware of the subsequent value of their beeswax as they sell it along with their honey.
crcas<’  crop
d
Figure 1  shows the paths followed  by  harvested  honey  and  beeswax.  Merchants tour towns m the project area buying  the honey  and  beeswax  product.  The merchants decani the product into  leather or plastic bags,  each  containing  about 120  kg.  The bags are transported  b) road to  Jimma or Addis Ababa where they  are taken  to  one of the barendas (honey  warehouses) In  both  cities there are at least 20  such  barendas.  Working  within  each  barenda are dealers who  buy  the honey  and  sell it,  approximately  90% to  Tej makers and  10% io  honej processors.  It is only  at the Tej makers and  honey  processors that further processing  of the harvested product takes place.
The Tej makers add  the honey  and  beeswax  mixture to  water in  the process of making  Tei. along  with  the leaves of ‘Gesho’ (Rhamnus prinoides). As the beer ferments the wax  floats to the surface of the barrel.  The wax  (known  as seffaf) is removed  and  formed  into  lumps or sale to wax buyers, who process it further to a semi-clean stage called kesskess
The honey processors also separate honey from wax to produce a fairly pure ho 
either packed for sale locally or exported. The wax is sold on to wax buyers.
The wax buyers are agents of wax refiners, of which there are about ten in ^dis
wax refiners melt and clean the wax (kesskess) and render it into 52 kg 
block in hessian for export.
’ to Various     local     industries     add     further     value     to     beeswax.     The     mam     local        |oca| 
special orange coloured candles used in Ethiopian Orthodox c urc es
are    floor    polish    and    cosmetics.    Beeswax    is    also    used    in    the    lost- making the intricate metal ornaments of Ethiopian religion.
-------                 TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Mas
2H - 9
meth^ ■>'____________________
(filter nutritional outputs from apiculture
f rhe beekeepers interviewed stated that they eat lhp u 4 * wn hanging fr<™ *« Wve. ms prodlm js
^spwW'y B*ven “ ct,1',irCT °TO wom“ SW tat Ous
a
lien   is    va,ued     35     3     food*   ^th     unders‘anding   of   the   diff™™ ptoffl- F»' “ample the pollen from
in.
“ 1[h fte Uh. 35  Sood « milk-
of pollen fa,
. .altered bi«er and less popular than other pollens. alrtDMgh it „ a l, “ Amta™. >•
I JLV P f "■ *'
__ -M—-
_ 
—               •—-M M T"'J
LG  ^ro-Akobo River Basin tat«F«W» 
2H - 10
M «'tr PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICVLtihe
Figure 1, The (low of honey and beeswax
Beekeeper or honey hunter
harvests honey & beeswax mixture carries to town 
sells to
Dealer
stores honey in premises in town sells to
visiting Merchant transports to city 
sells to
Trader
stores honey in barenda sells to
4
Tej maker separates honey from wax
sells Tej to sells wax (seffaf) to consumers
4
Honey processor
separates honey from wax
wax to
Wax buyers
sell wax to^.
Wax refiners
Purify wax sell refined wax to
Local manufacturers Export agents
sells honey to wholesalers,
retailers, export agenjs
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development M
2H - 11^SOL’RCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
ASSESSMENT of available data
1
previo
us studies
1.1
■'              Ayclew Kassaye in 1991, considering temperature, rainfall, altitude and
A stuay mj . - study ;
legetahon. ranked the beekeeping potential of the whole of Fib- L
beekeeping potential of the whole of Ethiopia between I (highest! and
^unon. 
4(low«t)-
Most    of    thero ec   project    area    was    accorded 
pj
caterorie^T??*'0
1
^SMand 
w4(dlow thiess st)e-ems a reasonable assessment but it i
t area was accorded categories 1 and 2. From the information swsKSfnent but it is not sufficient tn nnflirt
s not sufficirn , From info™ation
--------
kvel of beekeeping could be increased
2,1.2 ARDCO-GEOSERV Upper Basin Study
the 1995 ARDCO-GEOSERV Livestock Report Volume IDF docs not give a comprehensive review and analysis of this sector. It does give some hive numbers and total honey production figures for four Whereas and one Awraja (Mocha) during one year only. Note however that iteT can be a great difference between ‘hive numbers' and numbers of honeybee colonies in hives' (Sections 1.1.1 and 1.2.2 refers)
2.1.3 Lower Basin Studies
The Russian study of the lower basin did not cover this sector
Other studies
I
,bl
* ’ Number end percentage distribution of beehives by type and region for private
4
holdings 1991/1992
Number of
Number of
Total
traditional hives
modem hives
number __
% of national
tolal
—                   3.330
01
0
740.090
28,860
768.950
____ .         237.750
1,050
238.800_
----- - .            39.910
0
39.910
_
—              294.380
0
294,380
75? 260
55.050
2.808.310
“T
27.4
11
1.4 10.5
100
Survey, Centnl Statistical Authority, 1993.
^hlch th^ r
’ a rigw*s in Tabic 4 are taken does not give details of the subsequent 1994/5 survey care was taken to ensure that it was
^ro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development -1
2H- 12NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H.
APICULTUj^
beehives from which honey was produced at least once in the period’. The result. 
1994/5 survey cannot be located. 
Illubabor, Welega, and Kefa, which all have areas within the Droiect
region.
The data shown in Table 4 are incompatible with those shown in Appendix A that * 36,961 hives in Gambela alone (compared with 3,300 shown above). However the fi ^VCS Appendix A (dated 1992) are incomplete, giving details for only 22 of the Droicct weredas (Volume IV, Map 1 refers). 
2.3         Economic analysis
2.3. J Input costs
S frorn
<i_
5
Input costs for honey hunting
No  special equipment.  A knife or spoon  for harvesting  the bees’ nest,  containers for the harvest.  Honey  hunting  will involve the men  camping  out in  the forest for a week  or so,  three or four times a year.  Other forest activities such  as hunting,  fishing,  and  collecting  special fruits and seeds are also done during this time.
Input costs for traditional beekeeping methods
Hives,    some    household    tools    such    as    knives    and    containers.    Traditional    beekeepers    always make their own hives:
•       A  Majangir  log  hive  (a  hollowed  out  log)  takes  one  day  to  make  but  lasts  for  50  years  or so.   Bamboo   hives   are   also   considered   time-consuming   to   make.   Three   can   be   made   id one   day,   including   time   to   cover   them   and   smoke   them.   If   sold,   the   price   is   5   Bin Bamboo hives last for abut 5 years.
•      Hives woven from twigs and sticks. Six such hives can be made in one working day 
These hives last for five years or so.
•      Split log hives are much quicker to make (30 minutes) and are sold for 2 Bin. These las
for five years or so.
• The average number of hives per beekeeper is between 5 and 500. A guess at the a>«age
Time    taken    for    beekeeping:    one    week,    four    times    a    year    (but    will    vary    tremendous, depending on significance of beekeeping).
Input costs for low - technology beekeeping
Hive: no cost - container made from local material (Chika clay or similar)
Time   taken   for   beekeeping:   hives   kept   near   to   home   are   usually each year. Harvesting each hive might take 30 minutes.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Ph*"- --------- --------------- ------ APICUlh^
(jf/J f°  ^
r
ame hive beekeeping
Table 5. Equipment costs for frame hive
---- - — __ _ B*»t
='
--------------------
ClDV£i—--- '
25~^        '           ~~
49~^               —
Queen -- ----------------- ;7^extractor
exc 1 udcr            ---------------------
Available in Ethiopia, price unknown
Hofo) --—------------- Lmndation maker
Available in Ethiopia, price
Import from Europe >300 SUS
Fnme hives will last for five years or so. Hives will k. . j H^esung each hive migta take 30 mmu.es, wio, a
TcTurn the supers to the bees. 
“J
■ extract tne honey and
Processing honey and beeswax
There is no further processing of the harvested honey or honey and beeswax mixrure It is kept in any suitable covered container until it is taken to the nearest centre lor sale, or bought b  a visiting  honey  merchant.  Beekeeping  work  is always done only  when  there is time available from other activities. Bees do not require daily attention.
food and water
Bees find these resources themselves. There is no feeding of bees by the beekeeper. -’J,2 Production data
‘^hvidual production levels
. . .
■
l1  c
’  summarises production figures by individual beekeepers. The data was o 
'•^ing random interviews conducted during May 1996. It should be stressed at e ig P ovide an indication of production levels.
LG
--------- --------- ----- --------- MjSltr
Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated DevH°P
"
2H - HNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Table 6. Production by individual beekeepers interviewed May 1996
Area
Agaro
Type    of
beekeeper
Private        apiary ~ frame hives
Number of
hives with
bees
109 frame hives ]
Number of f
harvests
yield T;
(kg) per
harvest
nnual
harvest
~2
T"A       872 '
Annual
value a
Birr
wusch wusch
Frame           hive project
25 frame 1 
hives
1
not
ocoeKa corree plantation
nti
Frame           hive project
3-4 |                 10
Bebeka
300 frame
hives 1
Traditional
beekeeper
36  i
~ 3        approx. 4
clear 3000
"Too
Near Bedele
Traditional
beekeeper
"To                 3
102
Beekeeper         from escarpment
Traditional
beekeeper
60+
4  (from different
hives each time)
680
Near             Bonga refugee camp
1 Gambela
Majangir
Traditional beekeeper
Majangir
traditional beckccpci
60
60
4V "T
960" ~468
"Too
~io:o
4760
4416 ~2340
II Gambela
Honey hunters
From 40 nests
collected 78 kg
52
390
2700
Shebelle
Traditional
beekeeper
15
4
Rob Gebiya
Traditional
beekeeper
30
24
240
1200
Guyi
Traditional
beekeeper
734
84
756
Harbi wereda
Traditional
beekeeper
16  j harvests each
hive once in
[ three scjis_______
8
* at price received by beekeeper interviewed
Interviews with  farmers in  May  1996  revealed  that production  is limited  by  the amount that they  can  carry,  the number and  volume of the containers,  and  the time available.  Resources of bees and forage for bees are not perceived as limiting factors.
Production within project area
The statistics for hive numbers shown  in  Table 4  (Section  2.1.4) and  Appendix  A are inconsistent.  This makes it impossible to  have confidence in  any  estimate calculated  trora numbers of hives, of what the total honey production of the project area might be.
A rough estimate can be obtained rising the following assumptions:
•       That the majority of Ethiopia’s honey is produced within forests
.
• 
That 60% of Ethiopia’s forest are within the Baro-Akobo project area and that
a correlation between forest area and the number of hives
• 
Production from honey hunting is ignored.
---
TaMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master P
2H - 15ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
-rtidi* B
lowest estimate of numbers of traditional hives is 2.6 million, f hC5e‘M r u _p are in the project area, 60% of 2.6m = 1560,000 hives. 
^■< 60"/-” '
JI
4iiSiiU'lI'B
j 560 000 hives each year generate 8 kg of honey and beeswax,
that 50% °  ^000 kg, or 6,240 tonnes ofhoney and beeswax, 
f
n 000 x 8 kg
^Jg0' 
.  f honey' w beesw
o
be between 5:1 and 10: 1. Assuming the less valuable j    am might be
flgures for pro ect
Ibe fl
10
'  ^en the annual p 
<3£0°fl sg73 Tonn   honey 
567  Tonnes beeswax
cs
(worth about 50 million Bin to beekeepers I (worth about 10 million Bin)
These figures are far lower than might be anticipated from other estimates of cunent Ruction (Honey 25.000 - 50,000 tonnes: beeswax 7,500 tonnes (Appendices C and =
ftfas), but nevertheless represent significant commodity levels.
;J3 Output values
Pollination of nearby crops
In any economic evaluation of beekeeping it must be emphasised that the return from optimal pollination  of crops that depend  upon  insect pollination  (for increased  crop  quantity  and quality) is significant. As mentioned in Section 13.1 it is not possible to evaluate this output
TibJe 7. Producer prices ‘fartngate prices' for honey <4 beeswax mixture May 1996
Area
Awo. near Jimma
-J^S_h^iBebeka, sold in Addis Ababa -IS^agnaTbeekeeper. Bebeka
Y-^lonal bedtr7
Selling price Birr per kg
16
15
7
in Masha sell to dealers in
white). 5-6 frail 5-61 white), 4-5 (red)
r_Dcar ShebeUe
r near Rob Gebiya
r near Gimbi
rpear Guy i P*^ in Harbi Warcda
830
9_ 
15 (pnee has increased due to current honey shortage in this area 1
Pr,c« 8 3 Bur per kg
Affls-ULG Biro-Ako bo RPer Basin ln<njralrd (;tap,l,cnt M,*e
2H- 16• able 8. Dealer
Dealer
De aler 1 i  j
ANnEX 2H
P ur« honey
n   inuna
May 1996
May 1996
May 1996
May 1996
September 1995
ealer 2 in Jimma
Dealer,      Tepi      handles 200 kg each day
Dealer    1    in    Bedele Dealer 2 in Bedele
Dealer 1 Addis Ababa Buy crude honey and beeswax mixture from beekeeper
erudehonev 5 clean 
crude honey 5
C 'ean(white)h^ey 8 9
.
clean (red) honey 5 
crude honey 7 
not disclosed
C^hiteT'deals only in white honey
13----------------- ------- Z------
—.w nvr.f'i | I 12 (white bones) i
Sell    honcv    rtW    mi packaged 30
Average of above values 11.7 Birr (unpacked honey)
Table 9. Beeswax prices
Date
Buys beeswax at:
Sells at:
May 1996
Dealer      in      Jimma      buys      from      Tej makers
18 Bin per kg
May 1996
Menschen          fur          Menschen          project buys wax from Tej makers
20 Bin per kg
May 1996
----- - "-------------------------------------  • --------------- Tej maker sells wax to dealers from
Magi
I6Binpei§
September 1995
September 1995
Dealer in Addis Ababa______________________ Beeswax  processing  plant buys from Tej makers or honey processors
Price not
disclosed
September 1995
Beeswax         processing         plant         refines ooH tn PYnort agentsRESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Table 10. Hone}' retail prices
Area
Addis Ababa Addis Ababa
Origin
Ethiopia: Gojjam
Price per kg
Addis Ababa
Ethiopia
Ethio-Libyap farms Ethiopia: ‘SEPDA’
upto 100 kg
-45 kg
honey. Jimma
30 Bin
30 Birr
33.3 Birr
Addis Ababa
June
Ethiopia: SEPDA' 
honey. Jinuna
45 kg
28 Bitt
1996
Addis Ababa
Ethiopia: Gojjam
•45 kg
42,2
Jyne 1996
Addis Ababa
Yellow honey 
Ethiopia: Gojjam
,45 kg
May 1996
Addis Ababa
Yellow honey 
Ethiopia
(Commodity listing in newspaper)
1st grade
2nd grade
Addis Ababa
3rd grade__________ USA______________ The Netherlands
16 oz
Addis Ababa
16 oz
44 Birr
66 Birr
*1 SUS = 6,25 But
2J.4 Export data
Summaries  of  available  export  figures  for  bccsv-ax  and  honey  arc  shown  in  Appendices  D and F.
is one of Ethiopia’s welve
ranked amongst the world's majOT beeswax expo J National Bank of Ethiopia figures show 1311 lonne ISS 926,087 (at exchange rate 1 USS = 2.07 Birr) exported
o f value 1.917,000 Bi 19924993.
H °nev
National Bank of Ethiopia does not list ho )
r« honey sepaiareb  °
6m
wcban
ge rate   USS -
1
07 Bin).
'Wts in 1990 were worth 73,000 Bin or 3^6- bouey is currently exported to Saudi .Arabia. Sudan.
I. Uganda and > en
2j
5
-  Import data
L irt|c data are availab -°
le
■^Ported honey is on sale in shops in Addis Ab ^recorded for 1992. See Appendix G.
Matter P1»n
2H - ISnatural resources
SECTOR INSTITUTIONS
3.1          National Institutions
Apiculture falls within  the jurisdiction  of the Ministry  of Agriculture.  The Ministry 
officer based in Addis Ababa with full time responsibility for beekeeping. Research and Training
y has one
Holleta   Bee   Research   and   Training   Institute   (45   km   west   of   Addis   Ababa)   was   established 1965.   It   has   a   staff   of   50   persons   and   is   relatively   well   resourced.   It   has   technical   units   f”
bee pathology,  honey  and  beeswax  chemistry,  bee botany,  a workshop,  a biology  unit,  30/' training  and  extension  unit.  Training  courses are provided  when  requested  by  the Ministn  of Agriculture.  Holleta received  funding  from FAO between  1986  and  1988.  Holetta’s objective is to  carry  out research  that supports the development of peasant bee-keeping  and train  manpower at all levels.  However,  a significant part of the work  has also  been  towards the establishment of the type of beekeeping  practised  under European  conditions,  and  not especially  related  to  the majority  of subsistence level farmers who  are the beekeepers and honey  hunters in  Ethiopia.  A proposal has been  prepared  requesting  USS 1,725,676  » upgrade the facilities at Holleta over five years.  The activities proposed  are a continuauon  of those already established.
3.2        Regional Support
At regional and  zonal levels there are extension  officers who  are bee experts (BSc,  and  wo months training  at Holleta).  At the Wereda level are bee technicians (12th  Grade and certificate from Holleta) who  include beekeeping  amongst their other extension  assistance^ farmers.
3.3          Legislation
Adequate    legislation    controlling    the    importation    of    bees    and    used    equipment    has    been (or enacted). Enforcing such legislation is difficult for every country
_ ----------------------------- -MttS‘er ’>liDANNEX 2H. apiculture
1
SECTOR targets and constraints
Existing objectives
r
4.1
n.  national  agricultural  development  programme  developed  by  .fee  Animal  and  Fisheries Source Development Department focuses on:
Production of beekeeping through improvement of cultural praciice
* Option of appropriate and improved beekeeping technology
4  Manpower development
As  part  of  foe  national  programme,  the  Ethiopian  Forestry  Action  Plan  (1994)  proposes  a [lotiona! programme to.
•      promote  improved  apiculture  management  in  rural  areas  through  the  introduction  of an  additional  20,000  improved  hives,  provided  on  the  basis  of  credit  through  the regular commercial credit institutions.
•     upgrade and diversify the existing research program by adding new programmes in the areas  of  a)  queen  breeding  for  sale  to  producers  using  improved  techniques;  b) planting  high  pollen  producing  species;  c)  quality  control  measures  to  include  taste; and d) disease monitoring;
strengthen marketing arrangements and improve product quality by establishing about l>0 collection centres to supply six regional processing, packaging and distribution plants.
Profile 10. cost USS 6.2 nuLlion. public USS 3-6 million, private USS 2.6 million.) Of fk
feasible* l^lrec objectives, only disease monitoring and the idea of the last is in any way formal objectives for the apiculture sector have been identitied-
Current constraints
<u 
Coflw .
Tiie^ is Srtaintsf°  beekeepers and honey hunters
documentation describing the constraints currently raced by trddiuonal May 1*<J1h<”M5y hUnters From interviews with about 30 beekeepers and honey hunim
Cse  are the main constraints facing this sector:NATURAL RESOURCES
Transport and containers
ANNEX 2H. APICUETURf
The difficulty of obtaining containers (plastic buckets) for harvested honey a d
transporting honey &om the site of production to the site of sale limits beekeepers and h hunters to selling only the amount for which they have containers and can carry This
them susceptible to very low prices offered by dealers and Tej makers. 
Producer prices
The market for beekeepers’ and honey hunters’ products is controlled by the buyers s beekeepers met at Bonga refugee camp had carried their product (170 kg) for two days
it at 7 Bin per kg to Tej makers in Gambela. The Tej makers and dealers know that h producers must sell their products (cannot carry it home again). In Shebelle, a Tei v showed how the drink Birz is made simply two spoonfuls of honey (perhaps 50 g) dissol ed in a bucket of water and filtered. This drink then sells for 3 Bin per litre! As can be
from Figure 1, there arc many stratas of society benefiting from the bee products A r™ return to the producer could encourage increased production by this sustainable forcst-b vd industry.
Products
5  H'akes
Beekeepers and  honey  hunters sell their crude product,  unaware of the potential value of the wax  contained  within  it.  The purification  of honey  from beeswax  is a simple process that can be done at village level,  as indeed  happens elsewhere in  Africa.  At present it is only  the Tt- makers and  subsequent dealers who  are gaining  value from this commodity  that ultimate'.1, cams foreign exchange for Ethiopia.
4.2.2 Pesticide use
The ARDCO-GEOSERV Final report Volume IlIF  Livestock states that spraying  of pesticides on  coffee is a major problem for beekeepers in  the project area.  However,  ARDCO- GEOSERV,  Final report Volume HID Agronomy states that insecticides,  herbicides and fungicides are hardly  used  by  farmers in  the area.  It seems likely  that in  the CoS« Improvement Project areas (for example Gimbi) the coffee is sprayed  during  flowering  aid this will cause the death of bees, but elsewhere the coffee is not sprayed.
Pesticide use will not only  reduce apiculture by  killing  bee populations,  but will also  reduce the value of exported  honey  and  beeswax.  (Honey  importers analyse for pesticide residue^ tn both commodities.)
4.2.3      Lack of Knowledge
The following areas where there is lack of knowledge needs to be addressed:
•      Beekeeping knowledge and training
•      Marketing
•      Processing
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlaE
2H-21>A TURAL resources
future constraints
43
ANNEX 1H. APICULTURE
Habitat loss
The  main  threat  to  beekeeping  is  habitat  loss.  In  Baro  Akobo  it  is  the  forested  areas  that  are the major beekeeping areas.
4.3.2 Introduction of exotic disease
A  significant  threat  is  that  bee  diseases  are  brought  into  the  project  area  This  can  be  by humans    bringing    in    bees    or    used    beekeeping    equipment    from    elsewhere.    Ethiopia’s traditional   beekeepers   and   honey   hunters   would   be   seriously   affected,   as   it   would   not   be possible  to  treat  the  bees.  Effective  legislation  needs  to  be  enforced  to  prevent  this  from happening.   Few   countries   worldwide   enjoy   Ethiopia's  current  situation  of  apparently  disease free,   indigenous   stocks   of   honeybees   (.Asian   honeybees   have   already   been   introduced   to Sudan.)
4.3.3    Pesticide use
Increased  pesticide  use  in  the  project  area  will  be  harmful  for  bee  populations.  The  presence of residues tn exported beeswax and honey will lower their value.
4,4 Proposed objectives
This report proposes that development effort is focused on the alleviation ofThe
currently facing the industry, rather than striving to introduce more complicated technol gy.
Outlines of three development options are presented  in  Section  5.  To  some extent these overlap  in  their objectives,  but they  present varying  levels of assistance depending  upon  the support available.
**■5 Effect of interventions by other sectors upon beekeeping
Forestry
Apiculture has positive effect upon forest resources and therefore financial incentive to 
implications for beekeepers: loss of fo°d tor , building hives, loss of sites to keep hives Beexe P* for starting forest fires. If this is twe, the nr exploitation but because they camp out m *e forest g obtaining other materials from the forest
rwovidine sustainable income sources j  negative
0I v
ofoesx S1 c;
t , for bees Joss of wood for honey hunters are often blamed
nKC$sanly during the bee
hunting
-     ^^^^1 beekeeping practises to
. L ♦, ,~n the forestry and beekeeping sectors. Forestry and There seems to be little interaction betwee
beekeeping students should at some point p
appreciate the many skills involved.
TAMS-ULC BiroAJcobo River B»io i»tep»Ud Devrtapm.nt Miner Pt«nNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Agriculture
Some crops provide excellent resources for bees (Section 1.2, Table 3 refers) but over a mixed agriculture will sustain a lower level of beekeeping than tropical forest and wood/ * Livestock decrease resources for apiculture by reducing the available flora. 
6
and
Biodiversity and -wildlife
The honeybees in Ethiopia are native insects that have evolved as part of the ecosystem Th plants provide food for the bees, the bees enable the plants to reproduce. Flowering plant * the bees that pollinate them are therefore interdependent. It is essential that the Ethi ■ races of bees are maintained, and beekeeping helps to ensure this. Efforts to n P'*1 beekeeping being practised inside reserve areas would be detrimental for the livelihrwi people living nearby 
Tourism
of
Beekeeping  usually  benefits from tourism as honey  finds a good  market with  tounsts Traditional beekeeping  and  honey  hunting  practices,  especially  the use of honey  guides,  have tourism potential.
Mineral     extraction,     flood     prevention,     hydropower,     urban     and     industrial     development All interventions destroying forest habitat will be detrimental for apiculture.
TAMS-ULG Baro-a kobo River Basin Integrated Development Mastfr Pi*11NA TURAL RESOURCES
development options
g.l Introduction
The development options outline three main areas that could easily benefit . and are therefore appropriate options for inclusion in the Master P|£ outlines will need to be fully detailed before implementation. 
5.2        Assistance to honey hunters Sector Natural resources: Apiculture
‘
Intervention  Assist  honey  hunters  to  exploit  bees  in  a  more  sustainable  and  economically beneficial way.
Rationale At present the honey' hunters destroy every bee colony that they harvest With 
reduced tree habitat (which provides food and nest sites for bees) bees may not be able to 
sustain their populations.
Beneficiaries  The  beneficiaries  are  the  honey  hunters  who  currently  spend  time  hunting  bee colonies and receive relatively small payment for their efforts.
Acceptability  The honey  hunters should  be asked  about the type of beekeeping  they  would like to  practise.  They  should  have the opportunity  to  see modem,  low technology'  beekeeping They may also be interested to practise traditional beekeeping if given the skills to do so.
Application  This  intervention  assumes  that  the  current  demand  for  honey  and  wax  does  not decrease.
Location Honey hunters, especially in the lower basin Gambela region
Extent The project can be continuous.
Employment The intervention  would  enable honey  hunters to  generate a more valuable product from their exploitation  of bees.  By  separating  the wax  from the honey  they  would  be able to  sell both  products at a higher price than  they  currently  receive for crude honey.  This activity  currently  generates additional income for Tej makers,  whose income may  decrease through this intervention-
Ein anting This intervention is appropriate to be financed by a donor organisation.
Implementation  The intervention  would  involve the establishment of a demonstration  site wdthin  the area.  Honey  hunters will be assisted  initially  to  participate in  the establishment of l hc site and  will receive training  in  simple methods of producing  good  quality’ honey  and beeswax
The site will use low technology hives constructed entirely with materials that are available in the area. The only items brought in from elsewhere will be plastic containers and sieves for
TAMS-ULG Baro-A kobo River Basin tatrgraicd Do elopment Mister Plan
2H’24NATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX2H. APICULTURE
honey    and    beeswax    processing    and    selling.    These    will    remain    the    property    of    the    proiec» unless sold to the project participants.
Institutional    support    This    intervention    is    appropriate    to    be    supported    by    the    Ministry    of Agriculture, a PS, or an NGO working independently.
Infrastructure The intervention would need a site to establish an apiary.
Legal None
Risks    One    risk    is    that    the    honey    hunters    simply    prefer    to    continue    their    current    activm. regardless of its likely future non-sustainability.
Sustainability  The project is only  providing  technical knowledge.  It should  provide suppon and  encouragement to  the honey  hunters over a worthwhile period  of five years and  be continued in the longer term by Ministry of Agriculture extension staff
Environment The project can  have only  beneficial impact on  the environment.  The purpose of the project is to  sustain  strong  populations of honeybees,  which  are themselves important in  the pollination  and  therefore regeneration  of the vegetation.  Honey  hunters are currently blamed  for starting  forest fires: an  important training  component will be making  and  using simple smokers, and ensuring that fires are not started.
Gender    The    project    is    focused    on    existing    honey    hunters    who    are    all    men.    The    activity being proposed could be of interest also to women.
Health Increased and improved harvests of honey will be of useful nutritional value.
Social services The intervention will have no demands upon social services.
Multipliers    At    present    honey    in    the    region    can    only    be    bought    if    consumers    bring    their containers   to   the   seller.   Honey   is   not   a   visible   commodity.   Better   quality   honey,   presented   in attractive    containers    for    sale    will    stimulate    local    trade.    It    is    anticipated    that    the    stimulated market will lead to an increase of beekeeping activities.
Conflicts (non-financial) There are no  further conflicts.  The project is simply  encouraging an  existing  activity  to  be continued  in  a more sustainable,  environmentally  harmless and productive way.
5.3         Assistance to existing beekeepers
Sector Natural resources: Apiculture
Intervention    Assist    beekeepers    to    exploit    bees    in    a    more    sustainable    and    economical!.' beneficial way.
Rationale      Existing      beekeepers      receive      relatively      low      payment      for      their
assistance will help to alleviate the major constraints they face. 
transport, and with processing of their products. The assistance will also b p 
sustainable beekeeping practices. At present some beekeepers destroy evedestroying 
they harvest. Simple assistance can teach them how to harvest honey m
colonies and at the same time ensuring better future harvests. Many
are skilled in harvesting honey without destroying the bees, and skills can
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan
2H - 25
encouragenaT
ural resources
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
rhe   group   With   reduced   tree   habitat   (which   provide   f     . 
n oi be able to sustam their populations. 
Tbebenefiaiancsa.e.ha™^^
Acceptability Beekeepers should have the
^keeping, and choose between this or
assistance to improve as necessary. 
Application ^ervention assumes that the . Location Beekeepers throughout the project area.
” ,0od nest sites for
^tanuJies.
to  Modern l«
nuation of their tradiiiT?^,? te^nol 0Ct*ogj ccPLBg, With
WM
Extent The project can be continuous.
Employment The intervention  would  enable beekeepers to  generate a more valuable r^uct trom their exploitation  of bees.  By  separating  the wax  from the honey  Lhev  would  be abkt sell both  products at a^higher price than  they  currently  receive for crude honev  This activity 
currently generates additional income for Tej makers, 
Financing This intervention is appropriate to be financed by a donor organisation.
9
Implementation  The intervention  would  involve the establishment of a demonstration  site within  the area showing  simple methods of low technology  beekeeping,  and  demonstrating the various traditional techniques with  examples of how they  can  be improved.  Beekeepers will receive training  in  simple methods of producing  good  quality  honey  and  beeswax,  They will be assisted  to  obtain  containers to  use when  harvesting  honey  and  for transporting  honey for sale.  The only  item brought in  from elsewhere will be plastic containers and  sieves for honey  and  beeswax  processing  and  selling.  These will remain  the property  of the project unless sold to the project participants.
institutional support This intervention  is appropriate to  be supported  by  the Ministry  01 
■^Ericulture, a PS, or an NGO working independently.
Infrastructure  The  intervention  would  need  a  site  to  establish  an  apiary,  and  have  access  to workshop facilities.
Lc «al None
The   an no pan^a,
re
financially profitable and more sustains Sustainability The project is providing techni support and encouragement to bcckccpcn Uvinmme.1 The poject canrftooeyb*.
. - mAe work easier, morc ^owledge. U should provide continue
environm®1
St’XX
X"
Earned for starting forest fires, an linp\ v staJted. s We smokers, and ensuring that r« 
X-
beekeepers who am
“d
ft  The
to
Gender     The     project     is     primarily     foe     °°to        .vomen,     who     n-3 ’Wivity being proposed could howe
.
^Bin beekeeping with top-bar hives. 
j, oney will be of useful nutnoo
^ »lth Increased and improved harvests _____________ _______ ___ ZTsusteTpi*"
e
----------- _--------------------— IBteg_____      rn        ___ — TAMS-UL.G B»ro Akob<>Rnatural resources
ANNEX 2H. AHCULt^
Social services The intervention will have
no demands upon social services.
Multipliers At present honey in the region can only be bought if consumers bring thei
containers to the seller. Honey is not a visible commodity. Better quality honey, presented 
attractive containers for sale will stimulate local trade. It is anticipated that the stinit1i,teri
market will lead to an increase of beekeeping activities.
Conflicts (non-financial) There are no  further conflicts.  The project is simply  encouraoin an  existing  activity  to  be continued  in  a more sustainable,  environmentally  harmle-ss' productive way.
5.4         Organisation of a beekeepers co-operative and market development
Sector Natural resources: Apiculture
Intervention The proposal is to assist beekeepers to gain more income from their products
Rationale At present the beekeepers receive a poor financial return from their activities
They are constrained in how much they can earn by the amount they can cany to martyr
the containers they have. This makes them susceptible to low prices offered by dealers and 
Tej makers. Assistance with honey marketing has the objective of increasing income for the
producer.
Beneficiaries    The    beneficiaries    are    beekeepers.    All    Majangir    farmers    are    beekeepers    Many other farmers in the area also earn significant parts of their cash incomes from beekeeping.
Acceptability’   Beekeeping   is   already   a   well-known   and   accepted   activity.   This   project   seeks to make it more profitable for the practitioners.
Application This intervention  assumes that the current demand  for honey  and  wax  doesnoi decrease.  It also  assumes that there will be export markets for the additional honey  and  wax generated.
Location    The    proposed    beekeepers'    co-operative    can    operate    for    the    whole    of    the    project area. A similar co-operative in Tanzania has 30 000 members.
Extent The co-operative should function continuously.
Employment    Establishment    of    a    co-operative    will    enable    beekeepers    to    generate    a    mor: valuable   product   from   their   exploitation   of   bees.   By   separating   the   wax   from   the   hone?   tb^ would   be   able   to   sell   both   products   at   a   higher   price   than   they   currently   receive   for honey.
vwrkers^m^ovli^tf WlH
3 number of emP Joyces. a manager, an accountant, dnitfs.
workers employed in honey and wax handling.
Financing   This   intervention   is   appropriate   for   financing   initially   by   a   donor   organisation. tn the long term should be self-financing.
Implementation The co-operative would function as a means of collecting 
beeswax from beekeepers and then arranging its onward sale, either within Ethiop13
export.
The     co-operative     will     alleviate     existing     constraints     by     providing     beekeepers plastic containers for honey and beeswax collection (these remain the property" *
1
TAMS-ULG Barry-A kobo River Basin integrated Development
2H - 27
Master P>»nnatural resources
ANNEX 2 H. APICULTURE
operative) and by collecting these buckets from specified collection sites throughout the area. 
7  his means that the co-operative must own and maintain a number of vehicles that can reach 
collecting sites. Depending upon the market available for the honey and beeswax, the co
operative will carry out some further processing of the products, and will also package hones
f or retail sale within Ethiopia.
Beekeepers will be paid set prices according to the weight and quality of their products.
Institutional   support   This   intervention   is   appropriate   to   be   supported   by   the   Ministry   of Agriculture, a PS. or an NGO working independently.
Infrastructure   The   co-operative   will   need   buildings   where   honey   and   beeswax   can   be processed and stored, processing equipment, vehicles, garaging, offices and office facilities.
Legal The co-operative will need legal establishment.
Honey  and  wax  from the co-operative may  receive international registration  concerning  ‘Fair Trading’,  and  it may  be possible to  register lhe honey  and  beeswax  from primary  forest as recognised organic products.
Risks The risk  is that the project will not always be able to  buy  sufficient honey  and  wax  to generate income to  continue operation.  There may  be periods when  little honey  and  wax  arc available, or when other buyers begin offering better prices to beekeepers.
It may also be that beekeepers cannot be paid for their products immediately. In this case the
risk is that the beekeepers would rather gain a lower price bur receive cash in hand. 
.Another risk concerns international markets for honey and beeswax; cunendy these are
strong, and are generally steady markets. As countries become industrialised their demand 
tor honey and beeswax increases.
Sustainability  It  will  be  important  that  the  co-operative  has  sufficient  capital  to  buy  honey and wax so that it has viable quantities for export
Environment The project can  have only  beneficial impact on  the environment One purpose of the project is to  sustain  strong  populations of honeybees,  which  are themselves important in the pollination and therefore regeneration of the vegetation.
Once   beekeepers   have   confidence   in   the   co-operative   then   beekeeping   can   be   seen   as   a sustainable industry for which forest must be retained.
Gender The project is focused on existing beekeepers who are all men.
Health Increased and improved harvests of honey will be of useful nutritional value.
Social serv ices The intervention will have no demands upon social services.
Multipliers Al present honey  in  lhe region  can  only  be bought if consumers bring  their containers to  the seller.  Honey  is not a visible commodity.  Better quality  honey,  presented  in attractive containers for sale will stimulate local trade.  Tej makers will have to  pay  more for
^’
c
r   honey.  It  is  anticipated  that  the  stimulated  market  will  lead  to  an  increase  of  beekeeping 
activities.
Conflicts (non-financial) There are no  further conflicts.  The project is simply  encouraging 311 existing  activity'  to  continue in  a more sustainable,  environmentally  harmless and productive way.
TaMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Barm Integrated Development Muter FlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
6. ANALYSIS AND MAPPING BY REGION
GIS     mapping     of     beekeeping     potential     will     closely     follow     forest     mapping     of     the     area Agricultural areas will also have significant beekeeping potential.
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNA TURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
- PRIORITIES and sector plan
' *
Oeveloptncnt   options   would   closely   follow   those   selected   for   the   agricultural   and   forestr}’ sectors.
TAMS4JLG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Muter PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
8. NEED FOR FURTHER STUDIES
8.1 Survey and evaluation of beekeeping practices
All existing  attempts to  measure the extent of beekeeping  within  the project area and nationally  have done so  by  attempting  to  count numbers of hives in  an  area.  As described  in Sections 1.1.1  and  1.2.2,  this is a superficial way  towards determining  how much  honey  and beeswax  are being  produced.  A comprehensive and  scientific survey  of beekeeping  jj required,  in  which  beekeepers and  honey  hunters sue accompanied  during  successive seasons and  production  levels are recorded.  Accurate data must also  be obtained  from Tej bets and dealers concerning  the numbers of beekeepers and  honey  hunters they  buy  from,  and  their turnover of honey and beeswax.
8.2          Effect of pesticides
The effect of spraying  of coffee upon  honeybee populations is unknown.  The beneficial effect of honeybees upon  coffee production  should  be determined  and  the losses of bees through  spraying  should  also  be measured.  There may  be benefit to  be obtained  from ceasing spraying and thus enabling the coffee crop to be labelled organic.
8.3          Low technology beekeeping
Ministry  of Agriculture apiaries,  and  any  other demonstration  apiaries in  the project area, should  be studying  worthwhile alternative methods of beekeeping  suitable for people within the project area who  are unable to  practise traditional methods.  (For example,  testing  local materials for durability'  as containers for top-bar hives.) They  should  also  learn  about and display  the best methods of traditional beekeeping,  and  should  be demonstrating  how to  ‘add value’ to the products of beekeeping
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PUo
2H-31aVrtIRAL RESOURCES_______________________________ ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
inferences
annual externa/ trade. 1991 Ministry of Finance Customs Authority
Anonymous.  1970.  Honey  and  beeswax  in  Ethiopia production  processing  and  export possibilities,  a preliminary  survey  Imperial Ethiopian  Govt Technical Agency  studv 4/61
Anonymous.  1980.  Project  centre  planning  and  processing  services  National  beekeeping development project. Ministry of Agriculture
Anonymous,  1985.  Planning  and  Evaluation  Department  Supplement  to  Honey  Production project
Anonymous, 1991. Suitability classification in apicultural development
Anonymous.  1995,  Project  proposal  for  upgrading  Holleta  Bee  Research  and  Training Centre, Draft, pp 61
ARDCO-GEOSERV, 1995. Final report Volume IUD Agronomy Survey and Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin
ARDCO-GEOSERV, 1995. Final report Volume II1F Livestock Survey and .Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin
ARDCO-GEOSERV. 1995. Final report Volume lUG Wildlife and Tourism Survey and 
.Analysis of the Upper Baro-Akobo Basin
Asfaw, J., Mechale, S. 1986. An appraisal report of the apiculture project Development
Projects Study Agency-
Australian Agricultural Consulting and Management Company Pty Ltd. 1984. Apiculture project main report
Ayelew Kassaye et al., 1991. Potential areas for apiculture development
Ayelew Kassaye, 1983. Ministry of Agriculture Livestock sub-sector review Annex 4 Apiculture First Draft
Ayelew Kassaye, 1989. Ethio-Libyan beekeeping project study and advisory 
recommendations
Ayelew Kassaye, 1992. Beekeeping and its role in the fanning community of Ethiopia the experience of Ministry of Agriculture Report of the First Agricultural Conference for NGOs in Ethiopia
Ayelew Kassay e, 1992. MSc thesis on Ethiopian honeybee morphometries
Ayelew Kassaye, 1993. Ethiopian Beekeeping Newsletter
Ayelew Kassaye, 1995. Beekeeping extension activity in Ethiopia 1976-1983
Ayelew Kassaye, 1995. Personal communication
Ethiopian Forestry Action Plan (EFAP) Final Report Volume U and Volume m, 1994 EAO, 1990. Assistance in apiculture development. Terminal statement prepared for the
government of Ethiopia by FAO
Fichtl, R., Admasu Adi. 1994. Honeybee flora of Ethiopia Margraf Verlag Hoyle, E., 1993. Beekeeping in Welaita, North Omo Fann Africa report
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Matter PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
Koch, W., 1989. Survey on bee diseases and pests in Ethiopia. FAO Consultancy report Ministry of Agriculture Survey, 1994. (Hand-written draft provided by Ato Nuru Adgaba) National Bank of Ethiopia Quarterly Bulletin, Volume 9, No 3, 1995.
National Conservation Strategy Volume 1. National Policy on the resources base, its utilisation and planning for sustainability, 1994.
Riechert, C., 1987. Report on the future development of beekeeping in the coffee project in Tepi FAO AGO/E/TCP/H/6763
Riechert, C. 1987. Interim report for the training and beekeeping centre in Holleta (July 1987) FAO AGO/E/TCP/E/H/6763
Riechert, C., 1987 Interim report for the training and beekeeping centre in Holleta (December 1987) FAO AGO/E/TCP/E/H/6763
Riechert, C., 1987. Visit to Wusch Wusch tea plantation November 1987
Wainwright, D., 1989. Appropriate beekeeping technology’ in Central Africa. Beekeeping & Development, 14
Water Resource Development Authority, 1994. Socio-economic report of the Upper Baro- Akobo Basin
tZmS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Maiter Han
2H 33RESOURCES
--------------- ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
APPENDICES
TAMS-ULG B»ro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 21L APICULTURE
APPENDIX A: NUMBER OF TRADITIONAL HIVES IN SOME WEREDAS
WITHIN PROJECT AREA
Wcreda
Holding
Number of traditional hives in some weredas within project area
Estimated
number of
Number of
traditional
Production
per hive per
colonies
hives
season k
Gambela
Region
G
odere______
15686
150
Gog & Jor 9600
Abobo______ 7000
Gambela 14286
13200
55
200
501
2-10
3-10
5-15
tang_______ Re  ion 7 12
I
1000
g-
Maji_______
Masha______                    80000
5000-7000
4500
3230
7800
18620
10-15
6-12
Gura Farda
3-5
Mahal   Maji
Tilku Gesha
5-15
3-6.5
Tinishu
2-6
Gesha
Chena_____ Bench Shewa Gimira_______ Yeki
Gewata______
Pecha________
4400
7000-10000
602
8000
5000-7000                       4000
3-6 2-5
2-10
15000-18000
8000
Temen ja Yaki
AndrechTelo
15000
6000
10000
1500-2000
Assosa
Regional
45000-50000
25000
Ilubabor
Chora
Waya
Hurumu
Darimu
3500
145
160
Meta
2000
4500
7895
850
Ministry of Agriculture unpublished data, collected 1992. provided by Ato Gezahegn Tadesse,
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan<              resources
2h AP1CULTVR1
appendix b
estimates of extent of beekeeping in Ethiopia
Estimates of extent of beekeeping in Ethiopia
Date J
Number ofhoneybee
colonies*
Number of traditional
hives*
Number of frame
hives
Reference
*1970
2.6 million
3
197T
1
4.2 million
2870
11
1980
10 million
7 million
4
1991
7 million
4.6 million
14 000
2
1995
5 mi] lion
20 000
6. 12
1995
10 million
7 million
8
• These figures cannot be regarded as more than informed guesses.
APPENDIX C
estimates of national beeswax production
Estimates of national beeswax production
Dm---------
Beeswax production
Tonnes
Reference
1970
600
3
fl 991
3.500
2
[1992
7.000
16
|j995~
7.500
14
All               are estimates and should not be regarded as more than informed guesses
TAMS-ULG HiroAkobu River Ratio Integrated Development Master PionNATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
APPENDIX D
FIGURES FOR NATIONAL BEESWAX EXPORT
Figures for national beeswax export
1
Date
Beeswax Value
export                        fob
Tonnes Birr
Reference
1968
450
9
3                  ■:
1975
490
2,532,000 •
2
1976
708
3,105,000*
2
1
1977
400
3,104.000 ♦
2
1978
507
5,142.000 *
2
1979
386
3,658.000 *
2
1980
423
4.192,000 ♦
2
1981
278
2.582,000 *
2
1982
210
1,758,000 *
2
|1983 ’
405
2.962,000 *
2
II 1983
. 1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1992/3
i 1995
| 1995
>500
5,000.000 *
10.11
756
5.260,000 *
2
229
1.632,000
1
134
939,000 •*
1
210
1.416,000                                     1
373
2,483,000**                                 1
325               1,498.000 **                                1
215               1,458,000 **                                1
131                  1.917.000**                            17
>50C>         8,000.000 SUS  > 6
50C)
14
♦no  indication  of  exchange  rates  or  dates  of  valuations. ** Exchange rate 1USS = 2.07 Birr
TAMS-ULG Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master PlanaTvRAL RESOURCES__________________________  ANNEX 2H. APICULTURE
APPENDIX E
ESTIMATES OF NATIONAL HONEY PRODUCTION
Estimates of national honey production
Date T
Honey production Tonnes
Reference
1961
10,554
3 (EC figure)
1970
9.000
3
1974
26,547
4
| 1977
18,000
2
1991
23,000
2
I 1992
35,000
16
1995
25.000
6
{ 1995
50,000
14
All of these are estimates. They are produced by multiplying estimated number of hives by estimated yields. There are many variables, major ones are hive occupancy rate and amount of honey harvested,
TAMS-ULG BiroAkobo River Basin In Iterated Development Master PlanN ATURAL RESOURCES
ANNEX 211. APICULTURE
APPENDIX F
N ATIONAL HONEY EXPORT FIGURES
National hone) export figures
|l         Dwte
1 Honey export Tonnes
Value
fob (Birr)
Reference
1970
10 - IS
-1
3
1975
22.8
1 10.452*
1976
2
23.1
100,275 *
2
1977
20,8
169.962*
2
1978
443
414359*
1979
143
131.027*
----------------
1980
31.1
301.401*
1981
25.3
190,268*
2 ■ 7 ■
1982
36.5
300,729**
2
1983
11.5
811.000**
V
1984
18.4
109,161*
1985
5.9
. 
ugz
444.000**
1986
3
19.000* A
1 1987
6
44 000**
1988
3.7
45.800**
1
1989
8
62.000’"
1
1990
7
73.000* *
1
1995
approx. 15
14
•no indication of exchange rates or dates of valuations. 
•• Exchange rate 1 USS - 2,07 Birr
APPENDIX G NATIONAL HONEY IMPORT FIGURES
Date
Honey import
Tonnes
Value
Reference
1970
14 00
*
3
1992
0.300
2,000 Birr
1
TAMS-Ul-G Ba to A kobo Riser Basin Integral rd Development Master Plan

Summery

Baro-Akobo River Basin Master Plan Summary

Baro-Akobo River Basin Integrated Development Master Plan Summary

Document: baroakobo1.pdf

Prepared by: TAMS (New York) and ULG Consultants Ltd (Warwick, U.K.)

Date: May 1997

Commissioned by: Ministry of Water Resources, Federal Democratic Republic of Ethiopia

1. Overview

The document presents a comprehensive master plan for the integrated development of the Baro-Akobo River Basin in Ethiopia, covering natural resources assessment including:

Land evaluation
Soils and soil conservation
Geology
Mineral resources

2. Key Annexes

Annex 2A: Land Evaluation

Provides detailed analysis of land resources including:

Land use/cover mapping (40% open woodland)
Land suitability classification (FAO framework)
Population Support Capacity model
Irrigation potential assessment (14,231 km² suitable)

Land Capability Class	Area (km²)	Recommended Use
Annual/perennial crops	36,000-9,705	60.20% of basin
Perennial crops/grazing	9,350	12.32%
Forestry	2,683	3.56%

Annex 2B: Soils and Soil Conservation

Key findings on soil erosion and conservation:

Identified critical erosion areas needing immediate attention
Proposed land husbandry approach integrating conservation with farming systems
Soil loss measurements showing up to 278 t/ha/year in some areas

Annex 2C: Geology

Geological characterization of the basin:

Pre-Cambrian basement rocks in eastern uplands
Tertiary lavas and Quaternary sediments in western lowlands
Low seismic activity in the basin

Annex 2D: Mineral Resources

Identified mineral potential including:

Gold (primary and placer deposits)
Platinum
Nickel, base metals, chromite, iron
Three mineralized belts: Asosa-Benshangul, Metti-Nejo, and Akobo

3. Development Priorities

The plan identifies key development priorities:

Soil conservation measures for erosion control
Irrigation development (16% highly suitable land)
Mineral resource development, particularly gold
Watershed protection and rehabilitation

4. Implementation Recommendations

The report recommends:

Detailed surveys for priority projects
Improved geological mapping (more colors/symbols)
Land register establishment
Farmer participation in conservation programs